IOWA ADMINISTRATIVEBULLETIN
Published Biweekly VOLUME XXIV NUMBER 10 November
14, 2001 Pages 669 to 776
CONTENTS IN THIS ISSUE
Pages 682 to 771 include ARC 1075B to ARC
1130B
ACCOUNTANCY EXAMINING BOARD[193A]
Professional Licensing and Regulation
Division[193]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Filed, Transitional rules, ch 19 ARC
1108B 763
ALL AGENCIES
Schedule for rule making 672
Publication procedures 673
Administrative rules on CD–ROM 673
Agency identification numbers 680
ATTORNEY GENERAL
Opinions summarized 774
CITATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE RULES 679
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Application for dental and dental
hygiene licensure
and local anesthesia
permits, 11.1 to 11.11 ARC 1120B 682
Notice, Examinations—dental and dental
hygiene
licensure, 12.1 to 12.5 ARC 1119B 686
Notice, Renewal, 14.1 to 14.5 ARC 1118B 687
Notice, Current certification in CPR, 14.1(4),
14.3(4),
14.5(1), 25.2(10) ARC 1117B 688
Notice, Continuing education, 25.2 to 25.5,
25.7, 25.10
ARC 1116B 689
Notice, Unethical and unprofessional conduct,
27.9 ARC
1115B 692
Notice, Oral and maxillofacial radiology,
28.1, 28.10
ARC 1114B 692
Notice, Discipline; impaired practitioner
review committee,
30.1, 30.2, 30.4, 30.5,
ch 35 ARC 1113B 693
Notice, Duties of peer review committees;
mandatory
reporting; costs of monitoring
compliance with a settlement
agreement,
31.8, 31.13, 51.19(9) ARC 1112B 694
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA
DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Notice, New jobs and income program,
58.1 to 58.4 ARC
1079B 695
Notice, Enterprise zone program, 59.1, 59.2,
59.3(4), 59.5,
59.6, 59.8 to 59.14 ARC 1080B 698
Filed Emergency After Notice, Iowa jobs
training
program—entrepreneurial
training, 7.17 to 7.33 ARC
1081B 751
Filed, Certified school to career program,
11.2, 11.3,
11.4(1) ARC 1082B 765
Filed, Brownfield, blighted and
distressed
areas—additional points or consideration
for economic
development–related
activities, 168.92 to 168.103 ARC
1083B 766
ENGINEERING AND LAND SURVEYING
EXAMINING
BOARD[193C]
Professional Licensing and Regulation
Division[193]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Filed, Rescind chs 1 to 7; adopt
chs 1 to 13 ARC
1094B 767
ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
NATURAL RESOURCES
DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Notice, Drinking water and wastewater
revolving loan funds,
44.1 to 44.9, 44.12 to
44.14, 44.16, 92.2 to 92.6, 92.8 to 92.11,
93.5(1)
ARC 1122B 703
Notice, Definition—storm water discharge
associated
with industrial activity, 60.2
ARC 1124B 704
Notice, Transportation of radioactive materials
in Iowa,
rescind ch 132 ARC 1123B 704
Filed Emergency, Drinking water and wastewater
revolving
loan funds, 44.1 to 44.9, 44.12 to
44.14, 44.16, 92.2 to 92.6, 92.8 to
92.11,
93.5(1) ARC 1121B 751
EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENT
Executive Order number 23 772
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice, Family investment program, 41.24,
41.27(1), 41.28,
93.110(6), 93.114(14),
93.132, 93.134, 93.138; rescind ch 94
ARC
1076B 705
Notice, Phase–out of 12–month waiver
period,
48.24 ARC 1075B 709
Notice, AIDS/HIV health insurance premium
payment program,
75.22 ARC 1077B 710
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441] (Cont’d)
Notice, Rehabilitative treatment service providers,
77.38
ARC 1085B 710
Notice, Indian health service 638 facilities,
77.45, 78.51,
79.1, 79.14(1), 80.2(2)
ARC 1086B 710
Notice, Nurse–midwives—services and
payment
under Medicaid, 78.29 ARC 1087B 711
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice, Definition—experience or
expertise;
verification of capital contributions, 25.1,
25.4(5) ARC
1110B 713
Notice, Overpayment recovery unit, 71.1, 71.5
ARC
1111B 713
Notice, Discount on raffle tickets, 100.32(3)
ARC
1109B 714
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice of workers’ compensation rate
filing 715
Filed, Licensing of insurance producers,
10.1 to 10.25
ARC 1125B 767
Filed, Motor vehicle service contracts, ch 23
ARC
1104B 767
Filed Emergency, Coverage for contraception,
35.39(1),
71.24(1), 75.18(1) ARC 1100B 759
LABOR SERVICES DIVISION[875]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT[871]“umbrella”
Notice, OSHA record–keeping regulations,
4.1 to 4.3
ARC 1099B 715
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL
EXAMINING
BOARD[193D]
Professional Licensing and Regulation
Division[193]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice and Notice Terminated, Process for
sealing and
certifying documents; national
examination, renewal process, fees, 1.1,
1.7(1),
2.2(2), 2.4, 2.5(4), 2.8 to 2.10 ARC 1090B 716
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, International medical graduates—
passing
score on TOEFL for special
license, 10.4(3)“a”(4) ARC
1091B 717
Notice, English proficiency
test—acupuncturists,
17.3, 17.4(1)“c”(2) ARC
1092B 718
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
Notice, IPERS, 21.6, 21.8,
21.24(14)“a”(1)
ARC 1129B 718
Filed Emergency, IPERS, 21.6,
21.8,
21.24(14)“a”(1) ARC 1130B 760
PETROLEUM UST FUND BOARD,
IOWA
COMPREHENSIVE[591]
Notice, Petitions for rule making, ch 2
ARC
1106B 719
Notice, Declaratory orders, ch 3
ARC
1105B 720
Notice, Board procedure for rule making,
ch 4 ARC
1101B 722
Notice, Claims, ch 11 ARC 1102B 728
Notice, Guaranteed loan program, ch 12
ARC
1103B 736
PRESERVES, STATE ADVISORY
BOARD
FOR[575]
NATURAL RESOURCES
DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Notice, Management plan, 2.2(2) ARC
1088B 739
Filed Emergency, Management and use, 2.2(2)
ARC
1089B 761
PUBLIC HEARINGS
Summarized list 674
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]“umbrella”
Notice, Purse information, 5.5(10) ARC
1078B 739
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice, Tax exemption—delivery charges
for
electricity or natural gas; state sales
tax phase–out on
energies, 15.13, 17.38
ARC 1126B 740
Notice, Clarification, updating and technical
correction of
existing rules, amendments to
chs 71 to 75, 78, 80 to 82, 84, 122,
125
ARC 1107B 742
Filed, Sales and use tax, 13.10, 18.20, 19.2,
28.4, 31.7,
32.2 ARC 1127B 768
Filed, Clarification—department policies,
amend chs
15 to 18, 26, 31, 32, 34, 86, 89;
adopt ch 202 ARC
1128B 768
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Notice, Salvage; weight equalizing hitch
and sway control
devices for trailers;
transport of wrecked or disabled vehicles
by
flatbeds, 405.2, 405.3, 405.6(1), 405.15;
rescind ch 453; 454.1 ARC
1084B 747
Notice, Annual oversize/overweight permit—
increase
in width, 511.7(4), 511.8(1)“a,”
511.9(4) ARC
1095B 749
Notice, Motor carrier regulations, 529.1
ARC
1096B 749
Filed, Statewide standard for permitting certain
implements
of husbandry, ch 181
ARC 1098B 770
Filed, General aviation airport vertical
infrastructure
program, 717.1 to 717.6,
717.8, 717.9(1), 717.10, 717.11
ARC
1097B 770
TREASURER OF STATE
Notice—Public funds interest rates 750
WORKFORCE
DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT[871]
Filed, Contributions to unemployment
fund;
definition—construction employer,
amendments to chs 23, 24
ARC 1093B 771
PUBLISHED UNDER
AUTHORITY OF IOWA
CODE SECTIONS 2B.5 AND
17A.6
__________________________________
PREFACE
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is published biweekly in
pamphlet form pursuant to Iowa Code chapters 2B and 17A and contains Notices of
Intended Action on rules, Filed and Filed Emergency rules by state agencies.
It also contains Proclamations and Executive Orders of the
Governor which are general and permanent in nature; Economic Impact Statements
to proposed rules and filed emergency rules; Objections filed by Administrative
Rules Review Committee, Governor or the Attorney General; and Delay by the
Committee of the effective date of filed rules; Regulatory Flexibility Analyses
and Agenda for monthly Administrative Rules Review Committee meetings. Other
“materials deemed fitting and proper by the Administrative Rules Review
Committee” include summaries of Public Hearings, Attorney General Opinions
and Supreme Court Decisions.
The Bulletin may also contain Public Funds Interest Rates
[12C.6]; Workers’ Compensation Rate Filings [515A.6(7)]; Usury
[535.2(3)“a”]; Agricultural Credit Corporation Maximum Loan Rates
[535.12]; and Regional Banking—Notice of Application and Hearing
[524.1905(2)].
PLEASE NOTE: Italics indicate new material
added to existing rules; strike through letters indicate
deleted material.
Subscriptions and Distribution Telephone:
(515)242–5120
Fax: (515)242–5974
KATHLEEN K. BATES, Administrative Code
Editor Telephone: (515)281–3355
STEPHANIE A. HOFF, Assistant
Editor (515)281–8157
Fax: (515)281–4424
SUBSCRIPTION
INFORMATION
Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is sold as a separate
publication and may be purchased by subscription or single copy. All
subscriptions will expire on June 30 of each year. Subscriptions must be paid
in advance and are prorated quarterly.
July 1, 2001, to June 30, 2002 $273.00 plus
$16.38 sales tax
October 1, 2001, to June 30, 2002 $215.00 plus $12.90
sales tax
January 1, 2002, to June 30, 2002 $144.50 plus $8.67 sales
tax
April 1, 2002, to June 30, 2002 $72.00 plus $4.32 sales tax
Single copies may be purchased for $20.50 plus $1.23 sales
tax.
Iowa Administrative
Code
The Iowa Administrative Code and Supplements are sold in
complete sets and subscription basis only. All subscriptions for the Supplement
(replacement pages) must be for the complete year and will expire on June 30 of
each year.
Prices for the Iowa Administrative Code and its Supplements
are as follows:
Iowa Administrative Code - $1,252.75 plus $75.17 sales
tax
(Price includes 22 volumes of rules and index, plus a
one–year subscription to the Code Supplement and the Iowa Administrative
Bulletin. Additional binders may be purchased for $11.75 plus $.71 sales
tax.)
Iowa Administrative Code Supplement - $440.50 plus
$26.43 sales tax
(Subscription expires June 30, 2002)
All checks should be made payable to the Iowa State Printing
Division. Send all inquiries and subscription orders to:
Customer Service Center
Department of General Services
Hoover State Office Building, Level A
Des Moines, IA 50319
Telephone: (515)242–5120
Schedule for Rule
Making
2001
NOTICE SUBMISSION
DEADLINE
|
NOTICE PUB.
DATE
|
HEARING OR COMMENTS 20
DAYS
|
FIRST POSSIBLE ADOPTION
DATE 35 DAYS
|
ADOPTED FILING DEADLINE
|
ADOPTED PUB.
DATE
|
FIRST POSSIBLE
EFFECTIVE DATE
|
POSSIBLE EXPIRATION OF NOTICE 180
DAYS
|
Dec. 22 ’00
|
Jan. 10 ’01
|
Jan. 30 ’01
|
Feb. 14 ’01
|
Feb. 16 ’01
|
Mar. 7 ’01
|
Apr. 11 ’01
|
July 9 ’01
|
Jan. 5
|
Jan. 24
|
Feb. 13
|
Feb. 28
|
Mar. 2
|
Mar. 21
|
Apr. 25
|
July 23
|
Jan. 19
|
Feb. 7
|
Feb. 27
|
Mar. 14
|
Mar. 16
|
Apr. 4
|
May 9
|
Aug. 6
|
Feb. 2
|
Feb. 21
|
Mar. 13
|
Mar. 28
|
Mar. 30
|
Apr. 18
|
May 23
|
Aug. 20
|
Feb. 16
|
Mar. 7
|
Mar. 27
|
Apr. 11
|
Apr. 13
|
May 2
|
June 6
|
Sept. 3
|
Mar. 2
|
Mar. 21
|
Apr. 10
|
Apr. 25
|
Apr. 27
|
May 16
|
June 20
|
Sept. 17
|
Mar. 16
|
Apr. 4
|
Apr. 24
|
May 9
|
May 11
|
May 30
|
July 4
|
Oct. 1
|
Mar. 30
|
Apr. 18
|
May 8
|
May 23
|
May 25
|
June 13
|
July 18
|
Oct. 15
|
Apr. 13
|
May 2
|
May 22
|
June 6
|
June 8
|
June 27
|
Aug. 1
|
Oct. 29
|
Apr. 27
|
May 16
|
June 5
|
June 20
|
June 22
|
July 11
|
Aug. 15
|
Nov. 12
|
May 11
|
May 30
|
June 19
|
July 4
|
July 6
|
July 25
|
Aug. 29
|
Nov. 26
|
May 25
|
June 13
|
July 3
|
July 18
|
July 20
|
Aug. 8
|
Sept. 12
|
Dec. 10
|
June 8
|
June 27
|
July 17
|
Aug. 1
|
Aug. 3
|
Aug. 22
|
Sept. 26
|
Dec. 24
|
June 22
|
July 11
|
July 31
|
Aug. 15
|
Aug. 17
|
Sept. 5
|
Oct. 10
|
Jan. 7 ’02
|
July 6
|
July 25
|
Aug. 14
|
Aug. 29
|
Aug. 31
|
Sept. 19
|
Oct. 24
|
Jan. 21 ’02
|
July 20
|
Aug. 8
|
Aug. 28
|
Sept. 12
|
Sept. 14
|
Oct. 3
|
Nov. 7
|
Feb. 4 ’02
|
Aug. 3
|
Aug. 22
|
Sept. 11
|
Sept. 26
|
Sept. 28
|
Oct. 17
|
Nov. 21
|
Feb. 18 ’02
|
Aug. 17
|
Sept. 5
|
Sept. 25
|
Oct. 10
|
Oct. 12
|
Oct. 31
|
Dec. 5
|
Mar. 4 ’02
|
Aug. 31
|
Sept. 19
|
Oct. 9
|
Oct. 24
|
Oct. 26
|
Nov. 14
|
Dec. 19
|
Mar. 18 ’02
|
Sept. 14
|
Oct. 3
|
Oct. 23
|
Nov. 7
|
Nov. 9
|
Nov. 28
|
Jan. 2 ’02
|
Apr. 1 ’02
|
Sept. 28
|
Oct. 17
|
Nov. 6
|
Nov. 21
|
Nov. 23
|
Dec. 12
|
Jan. 16 ’02
|
Apr. 15 ’02
|
Oct. 12
|
Oct. 31
|
Nov. 20
|
Dec. 5
|
Dec. 7
|
Dec. 26
|
Jan. 30 ’02
|
Apr. 29 ’02
|
Oct. 26
|
Nov. 14
|
Dec. 4
|
Dec. 19
|
***Dec. 19***
|
Jan. 9 ’02
|
Feb. 13 ’02
|
May 13 ’02
|
Nov. 9
|
Nov. 28
|
Dec. 18
|
Jan. 2 ’02
|
Jan. 4 ’02
|
Jan. 23 ’02
|
Feb. 27 ’02
|
May 27 ’02
|
Nov. 23
|
Dec. 12
|
Jan. 1 ’02
|
Jan. 16 ’02
|
Jan. 18 ’02
|
Feb. 6 ’02
|
Mar. 13 ’02
|
June 10 ’02
|
Dec. 7
|
Dec. 26
|
Jan. 15 ’02
|
Jan. 30 ’02
|
Feb. 1 ’02
|
Feb. 20 ’02
|
Mar. 27 ’02
|
June 24 ’02
|
***Dec. 19***
|
Jan. 9 ’02
|
Jan. 29 ’02
|
Feb. 13 ’02
|
Feb. 15 ’02
|
Mar. 6 ’02
|
Apr. 10 ’02
|
July 8 ’02
|
Jan. 4 ’02
|
Jan. 23 ’02
|
Feb. 12 ’02
|
Feb. 27 ’02
|
Mar. 1 ’02
|
Mar. 20 ’02
|
Apr. 24 ’02
|
July 22 ’02
|
PRINTING SCHEDULE FOR IAB
|
ISSUE NUMBER
|
SUBMISSION DEADLINE
|
ISSUE DATE
|
12
|
Friday, November 23, 2001
|
December 12, 2001
|
13
|
Friday, December 7, 2001
|
December 26, 2001
|
14
|
Wednesday, December 19, 2001***
|
January 9, 2002
|
PLEASE
NOTE:
Rules will not be accepted after 12 o’clock noon
on the Friday filing deadline days unless prior approval has been received from
the Administrative Rules Coordinator’s office.
If the filing deadline falls on a legal holiday, submissions
made on the following Monday will be accepted.
***Note change of filing deadline
PUBLICATION PROCEDURES
TO: Administrative Rules Coordinators and Text Processors of
State Agencies
FROM: Kathleen K. Bates, Iowa Administrative Code
Editor
SUBJECT: Publication of Rules in Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Administrative Code Division uses Interleaf 6 to publish
the Iowa Administrative Bulletin and can import documents directly from most
other word processing systems, including Microsoft Word, Word for Windows (Word
7 or earlier), and WordPerfect.
1. To facilitate the publication of rule–making
documents, we request that you send your document(s) as an attachment(s) to an
E–mail message, addressed to both of the following:
bruce.carr@legis.state.ia.us and
kathleen.bates@legis.state.ia.us
2. Alternatively, you may send a PC–compatible diskette
of the rule making. Please indicate on each diskette the following information:
agency name, file name, format used for exporting, and chapter(s) amended.
Diskettes may be delivered to the Administrative Code Division, First Floor
South, Grimes State Office Building, or included with the documents submitted to
the Governor’s Administrative Rules Coordinator.
Please note that changes made prior to publication of the
rule–making documents are reflected on the hard copy returned to agencies
by the Governor’s office, but not on the diskettes; diskettes are returned
unchanged.
Your cooperation helps us print the Bulletin more quickly and
cost–effectively than was previously possible and is greatly
appreciated.
______________________
IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE RULES and IOWA COURT RULES on
CD–ROM
2001 SUMMER EDITION
Containing: Iowa Administrative Code (updated through
June 2001)
Iowa Administrative Bulletins (January 2001 through June
2001)
Iowa Court Rules (updated through June 2001)
For free brochures and order forms contact:
Legislative Service Bureau
Attn: Ms. Stephanie
Runde
State Capitol
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
Telephone:
(515)281–3566 Fax:
(515)281–8027
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us
PUBLIC HEARINGS
To All Agencies:
The Administrative Rules Review Committee voted to request
that Agencies comply with Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b” by allowing
the opportunity for oral presentation (hearing) to be held at least twenty
days after publication of Notice in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
AGENCY
|
HEARING LOCATION
|
DATE AND TIME OF HEARING
|
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]
|
|
Licensure to practice dentistry or dental hygiene, 11.1 to
11.11 IAB 11/14/01 ARC 1120B
|
Conference Room, Suite D 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 4, 2001 2 to 3 p.m.
|
Dental and dental hygiene examinations, 12.1 to 12.5 IAB
11/14/01 ARC 1119B
|
Conference Room, Suite D 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 4, 2001 2 to 3 p.m.
|
Renewal of license; fees; reinstatement of lapsed license or
registration, 14.1 to 14.5 IAB 11/14/01 ARC 1118B
|
Conference Room, Suite D 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 4, 2001 2 to 3 p.m.
|
Evidence of current CPR certification required for license
renewal or reinstatement, 14.1(4), 14.3(4), 14.5(1), 25.2(10) IAB
11/14/01 ARC 1117B
|
Conference Room, Suite D 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 4, 2001 2 to 3 p.m.
|
Continuing education requirements for licensees and
responsibilities of continuing education sponsors, 25.2 to 25.5, 25.7,
25.10 IAB 11/14/01 ARC 1116B
|
Conference Room, Suite D 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 4, 2001 2 to 3 p.m.
|
Unethical and unprofessional conduct, 27.9 IAB 11/14/01
ARC 1115B
|
Conference Room, Suite D 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 4, 2001 2 to 3 p.m.
|
Oral and maxillofacial radiology, 28.1, 28.10 IAB
11/14/01 ARC 1114B
|
Conference Room, Suite D 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 4, 2001 2 to 3 p.m.
|
Discipline; impaired practitioner review committee, 30.1,
30.2, 30.4, 30.5, ch 35 IAB 11/14/01 ARC 1113B
|
Conference Room, Suite D 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 4, 2001 2 to 3 p.m.
|
Duties of peer review committees; mandatory reporting,
31.8, 31.13, 51.19(9) IAB 11/14/01 ARC 1112B
|
Conference Room, Suite D 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 4, 2001 2 to 3 p.m.
|
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
|
|
New jobs and income program, 58.1 to 58.4 IAB 11/14/01
ARC 1079B
|
ICN Main Conference Room 2nd Floor, 200 E. Grand
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 4, 2001 2:30 p.m.
|
Enterprise zone program, 59.1, 59.2, 59.3(4), 59.5, 59.6, 59.8
to 59.14 IAB 11/14/01 ARC 1080B
|
ICN Main Conference Room 2nd Floor, 200 E. Grand
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 4, 2001 3:30 p.m.
|
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
|
|
Permits for stationary
sources— exceptions, 22.1(2) IAB 10/17/01 ARC
1024B
|
Conference Rooms 3 and 4 Air Quality Bureau 7900 Hickman
Rd. Urbandale, Iowa
|
November 26, 2001 1 p.m.
|
Title V permits, 22.105(1), 22.113(4) IAB 10/17/01
ARC 1021B
|
Conference Rooms 2 to 4 Air Quality Bureau 7900 Hickman
Rd. Urbandale, Iowa
|
November 15, 2001 11 a.m.
|
Drinking water revolving fund; state revolving fund loans for
wastewater treatment; onsite wastewater treatment assistance
program, 44.1 to 44.9, 44.12 to 44.14, 44.16, 92.2 to 92.6, 92.8 to 92.11,
93.5(1) IAB 11/14/01 ARC 1122B (See also ARC 1121B
herein)
|
Fourth Floor East Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 4, 2001 1 p.m.
|
Storm water discharge associated with industrial activity,
60.2 IAB 11/14/01 ARC 1124B
|
Fourth Floor West Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 4, 2001 9 a.m.
|
Household hazardous materials— disposal, collection,
public awareness, 119.2, 119.4(2), 119.7, 144.1, 144.2, 144.4; rescind ch
210; 211.11, 211.12; rescind ch 212; 214.1, 214.7 to 214.9, 214.11 IAB
10/17/01 ARC 1022B
|
Conference Room 5 West Wallace State Office Bldg. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
November 27, 2001 9 a.m.
|
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
|
|
PROMISE JOBS exemption, FIP eligibility, 41.24, 41.27(1),
41.28, 93.110(6), 93.114(14), 93.132, 93.134, 93.138, ch 94 IAB
11/14/01 ARC 1076B
|
Seventh Floor Conference Room Suite 600, Iowa Bldg. 411
Third St. SE Cedar Rapids, Iowa
|
December 6, 2001 9 a.m.
|
|
Administrative Conference Room 417 E. Kanesville
Blvd. Council Bluffs, Iowa
|
December 5, 2001 9 a.m.
|
|
Fifth Floor Conference Room Bicentennial Bldg. 428
Western Davenport, Iowa
|
December 6, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Conference Room 100 City View Plaza 1200 University
Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 7, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Liberty Room, Mohawk Square 22 N. Georgia Ave. Mason
City, Iowa
|
December 5, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Conference Room 3 120 E. Main Ottumwa, Iowa
|
December 5, 2001 9 a.m.
|
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
(Cont’d)
|
|
|
Fifth Floor 520 Nebraska St. Sioux City, Iowa
|
December 5, 2001 2:30 p.m.
|
|
Conference Room 420 Pinecrest Office Bldg. 1407
Independence Ave. Waterloo, Iowa
|
December 6, 2001 10 a.m.
|
Nurse–midwives, 78.29 IAB 11/14/01 ARC
1087B
|
Seventh Floor Conference Room Iowa Bldg. 411 Third St.
SE Cedar Rapids, Iowa
|
December 6, 2001 10:30 a.m.
|
|
Administrative Conference Room 417 E. Kanesville
Blvd. Council Bluffs, Iowa
|
December 6, 2001 9 a.m.
|
|
Fifth Floor Conference Room Bicentennial Bldg. 428
Western Davenport, Iowa
|
December 6, 2001 11:30 a.m.
|
|
Conference Room 102 City View Plaza 1200 University
Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 5, 2001 2 p.m.
|
|
Liberty Room, Mohawk Square 22 N. Georgia Ave. Mason
City, Iowa
|
December 6, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Conference Room 3 120 E. Main Ottumwa, Iowa
|
December 5, 2001 1 p.m.
|
|
Fifth Floor 520 Nebraska St. Sioux City, Iowa
|
December 5, 2001 1:30 p.m.
|
|
Conference Room 420 Pinecrest Office Bldg. 1407
Independence Ave. Waterloo, Iowa
|
December 7, 2001 10 a.m.
|
Nursing facilities, 81.6(16) IAB 10/31/01 ARC
1054B
|
Seventh Floor Conference Room Iowa Bldg. 411 Third St.
SE Cedar Rapids, Iowa
|
November 27, 2001 10:30 a.m.
|
|
Administrative Conference Room 417 E. Kanesville
Blvd. Council Bluffs, Iowa
|
November 27, 2001 9 a.m.
|
|
Fifth Floor Conference Room Bicentennial Bldg. 428
Western Davenport, Iowa
|
November 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
(Cont’d)
|
|
|
Conference Room 102 City View Plaza 1200 University
Des Moines, Iowa
|
November 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Liberty Room, Mohawk Square 22 N. Georgia Ave. Mason
City, Iowa
|
November 26, 2001 11 a.m.
|
|
Conference Room 3 120 E. Main Ottumwa, Iowa
|
November 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Fifth Floor 520 Nebraska St. Sioux City, Iowa
|
November 27, 2001 1:30 p.m.
|
|
Room 420 Pinecrest Office Bldg. 1407 Independence
Ave. Waterloo, Iowa
|
November 27, 2001 10 a.m.
|
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT[471]
|
|
Acquisition of information technology devices and services, ch
13 IAB 10/31/01 ARC 1056B
|
Director’s Conference Room Level B, Hoover State
Office Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
November 21, 2001 9:30 a.m.
|
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
|
|
Iowa targeted small business certification program, 25.1,
25.4(5) IAB 11/14/01 ARC 1110B
|
Conference Room 422 Lucas State Office Bldg. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 7, 2001 9 a.m.
|
Sale of raffle tickets at discounted rate, 100.32(3) IAB
11/14/01 ARC 1109B
|
Conference Room 422 Lucas State Office Bldg. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 7, 2001 9:30 a.m.
|
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
|
|
Viatical and life settlements, ch 48 IAB 10/17/01
ARC 1044B
|
330 Maple St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
November 15, 2001 2 p.m.
|
LABOR SERVICES DIVISION[875]
|
|
Recording and reporting occupational injuries and illnesses,
4.1 to 4.19 IAB 11/14/01 ARC 1099B
|
Stanley Room 1000 E. Grand Ave. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 4, 2001 3 p.m.
|
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
|
|
Resident, special and temporary licensure—passing
score on the TOEFL, 10.4(3) IAB 11/14/01 ARC 1091B
|
Suite C 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 4, 2001 3 p.m.
|
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
|
|
Licensure of acupuncturists— clarification of English
proficiency test requirements, 17.3, 17.4(1) IAB 11/14/01 ARC
1092B
|
Suite C 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 4, 2001 3:15 p.m.
|
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
|
|
Certified type V flotation devices, 37.13 IAB 10/31/01
ARC 1071B
|
Fourth Floor East Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
November 21, 2001 9:30 a.m.
|
State aids to navigation, 41.2(1) IAB 10/31/01 ARC
1073B
|
Fourth Floor East Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
November 21, 2001 10 a.m.
|
Motor size rules for artificial lakes and marshes, 45.4,
45.5 IAB 10/31/01 ARC 1072B
|
Fourth Floor East Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
November 21, 2001 10:30 a.m.
|
State parks and recreation areas, 61.2, 61.4, 61.5 IAB
10/31/01 ARC 1070B
|
Fifth Floor East Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
November 26, 2001 9 a.m.
|
Endangered, threatened and special concern animals,
77.2 IAB 10/31/01 ARC 1067B
|
Fourth Floor East Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
November 20, 2001 10 a.m.
|
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
|
|
IPERS, 21.6, 21.8, 21.24(14) IAB 11/14/01 ARC
1129B (See also ARC 1130B herein)
|
7401 Register Dr. Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 4, 2001 9 a.m.
|
PRESERVES, STATE ADVISORY BOARD FOR[575]
|
|
Management plans for preserves, 2.2(2) IAB 11/14/01
ARC 1088B
|
Fourth Floor West Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 6, 2001 11 a.m.
|
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
|
|
Materials for board review, 12.1 IAB 10/31/01 ARC
1058B
|
Fifth Floor Board Conference Room Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
November 21, 2001 9 to 11 a.m.
|
Podiatry examiners—licensure, discipline, fees, chs
219, 220; 222.5, 222.9; chs 224, 225 IAB 10/31/01 ARC
1057B
|
Fifth Floor Board Conference Room Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
November 20, 2001 9 to 11 a.m.
|
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
|
|
Certification program for installers of manufactured homes,
16.622, 16.625(5) IAB 10/17/01 ARC 1029B (See
also ARC 1030B)
|
Third Floor Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
November 14, 2001 10:30 a.m.
|
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]
|
|
Purse information, 5.5(10) IAB 11/14/01 ARC
1078B
|
Suite B 717 E. Court Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 4, 2001 9 a.m.
|
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
|
|
Salvage; weight equalizing hitch and sway control devices for
trailers; towing wrecked or disabled vehicles, 405.2, 405.3, 405.6(1),
405.15; rescind ch 453; 454.1 IAB 11/14/01 ARC 1084B
|
DOT Conference Room Park Fair Mall 100 Euclid
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 6, 2001 8 a.m. (If
requested)
|
Width allowed under annual oversize/overweight permit; annual
permits and all–system permits, 511.7(4), 511.8(1), 511.9(4) IAB
11/14/01 ARC 1095B
|
Conference Room, Motor Vehicle Div. Park Fair Mall 100
Euclid Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 6, 2001 10 a.m. (If
requested)
|
Motor carrier regulations, 529.1 IAB 11/14/01 ARC
1096B
|
Conference Room, Motor Vehicle Div. Park Fair Mall 100
Euclid Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 6, 2001 1 p.m. (If
requested)
|
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
|
|
Application of payments to level payment
accounts, 19.4(11), 20.4(12) IAB 10/3/01 ARC 0992B
|
Hearing Room 350 Maple St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
November 20, 2001 10 a.m.
|
Ratemaking principles proceeding ch 41 IAB 10/3/01
ARC 0993B
|
Hearing Room 350 Maple St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
November 27, 2001 10 a.m.
|
CITATION of Administrative Rules
The Iowa
Administrative Code shall be cited as (agency identification number)
IAC
(chapter, rule, subrule, lettered paragraph, or numbered
subparagraph).
441 IAC 79 (Chapter)
441 IAC
79.1(249A) (Rule)
441 IAC 79.1(1) (Subrule)
441 IAC
79.1(1)“a” (Paragraph)
441 IAC
79.1(1)“a”(1) (Subparagraph)
The Iowa Administrative
Bulletin shall be cited as IAB (volume), (number), (publication
date), (page
number), (ARC number).
IAB Vol. XII, No. 23 (5/16/90) p. 2050, ARC
872A
AGENCY IDENTIFICATION
NUMBERS
Due to reorganization of state government by 1986 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1245, it was necessary to revise the agency identification numbering
system, i.e., the bracketed number following the agency name.
“Umbrella” agencies and elected officials are set
out below at the left–hand margin in CAPITAL letters.
Divisions (boards, commissions, etc.) are indented and set out
in lowercase type under their statutory “umbrellas.”
Other autonomous agencies which were not included in the
original reorganization legislation as “umbrella” agencies are
included alphabetically in small capitals at the left–hand margin, e.g.,
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101].
The following list will be updated as changes occur:
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP DEPARTMENT[21]
Agricultural Development Authority[25]
Soil Conservation Division[27]
ATTORNEY GENERAL[61]
AUDITOR OF STATE[81]
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101]
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
CITIZENS’ AIDE[141]
CIVIL RIGHTS COMMISSION[161]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]
Alcoholic Beverages Division[185]
Banking Division[187]
Credit Union Division[189]
Insurance Division[191]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
Accountancy Examining Board[193A]
Architectural Examining Board[193B]
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board[193C]
Landscape Architectural Examining Board[193D]
Real Estate Commission[193E]
Real Estate Appraiser Examining Board[193F]
Savings and Loan Division[197]
Utilities Division[199]
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Parole Board[205]
CULTURAL AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[221]
Arts Division[222]
Historical Division[223]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
City Development Board[263]
Iowa Finance Authority[265]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Educational Examiners Board[282]
College Student Aid Commission[283]
Higher Education Loan Authority[284]
Iowa Advance Funding Authority[285]
Libraries and Information Services Division[286]
Public Broadcasting Division[288]
School Budget Review Committee[289]
EGG COUNCIL[301]
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
EMPOWERMENT BOARD, IOWA[349]
ETHICS AND CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE BOARD,
IOWA[351]
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL[361]
FAIR BOARD[371]
GENERAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT[401]
HUMAN INVESTMENT COUNCIL[417]
HUMAN RIGHTS DEPARTMENT[421]
Community Action Agencies Division[427]
Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning Division[428]
Deaf Services Division[429]
Persons With Disabilities Division[431]
Latino Affairs Division[433]
Status of African–Americans, Division on
the[434]
Status of Women Division[435]
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT[471]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Employment Appeal Board[486]
Foster Care Review Board[489]
Racing and Gaming Commission[491]
State Public Defender[493]
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
LIVESTOCK HEALTH ADVISORY
COUNCIL[521]
MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT[541]
Appeal Board, State[543]
City Finance Committee[545]
County Finance Committee[547]
NARCOTICS ENFORCEMENT ADVISORY
COUNCIL[551]
NATIONAL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE, IOWA COMMISSION
ON[555]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]
Energy and Geological Resources Division[565]
Environmental Protection Commission[567]
Natural Resource Commission[571]
Preserves, State Advisory Board for[575]
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK
FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
PREVENTION OF DISABILITIES POLICY
COUNCIL[597]
PUBLIC DEFENSE DEPARTMENT[601]
Emergency Management Division[605]
Military Division[611]
PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS BOARD[621]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Substance Abuse Commission[643]
Professional Licensure Division[645]
Dental Examiners Board[650]
Medical Examiners Board[653]
Nursing Board[655]
Pharmacy Examiners Board[657]
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
RECORDS COMMISSION[671]
REGENTS BOARD[681]
Archaeologist[685]
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Lottery Division[705]
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
SEED CAPITAL CORPORATION,
IOWA[727]
SHEEP AND WOOL PROMOTION BOARD,
IOWA[741]
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGY COMMISSION,
IOWA[751]
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Railway Finance Authority[765]
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
TURKEY MARKETING COUNCIL,
IOWA[787]
UNIFORM STATE LAWS
COMMISSION[791]
VETERANS AFFAIRS COMMISSION[801]
VETERINARY MEDICINE BOARD[811]
VOTER REGISTRATION
COMMISSION[821]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
Labor Services Division[875]
Workers’ Compensation Division[876]
Workforce Development Board and
Workforce Development
Center Administration Division[877]
NOTICES
ARC 1120B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 11, “Applications,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments update the Board’s rules on
applications for dental and dental hygiene licensure and local anesthesia
permits. Specific changes require applicants for dental licensure to provide
evidence of a valid certificate in cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) by a
nationally recognized provider. Dental hygienists and dental assistants are
currently required to provide proof of CPR training prior to licensure or
registration. The amendments also adopt new rules specifying the administrative
procedures used by the Board to review and issue licenses and grounds for denial
of a license. In addition, the amendments eliminate the requirement that local
anesthesia permit holders document ongoing practice in the administration of
local anesthesia in order to renew the permit.
The Board’s Committee for Regulatory Review, formed
pursuant to Executive Order Number 8, recommended the proposed
amendments.
These rules will be subject to waiver at the sole discretion
of the Board in accordance with 650—Chapter 7.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments on or before December 4, 2001. Such written comments
should be directed to Jennifer Hart, Executive Officer, Board of Dental
Examiners, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa 50309– 4687.
E–mail may be sent to jhart@bon.state.ia.us.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 4, 2001, from
2 to 3 p.m. in the Conference Room, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines,
Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses
for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Any person who plans to attend the public hearing and who may have special
requirements, such as hearing or mobility impairments, should contact the Board
and advise of specific needs.
These amendments were approved at the October 25, 2001,
regular meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
147 and 153.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend the title of
650—Chapter 11 as follows:
CHAPTER 11
APPLICATIONS LICENSURE TO
PRACTICE DENTISTRY OR DENTAL HYGIENE
ITEM 2. Rescind rule 650—11.1(153)
and adopt new rule 650—11.1(147,153) in lieu
thereof:
650—11.1(147,153) Applicant responsibilities.
An applicant for dental or dental hygiene licensure bears full
responsibility for each of the following:
1. Paying all fees charged by regulatory authorities, national
testing or credentialing organizations, health facilities, and educational
institutions providing the information required to complete a license or permit
application; and
2. Providing accurate, up–to–date, and truthful
information on the application form including, but not limited to, prior
professional experience, education, training, examination scores, and
disciplinary history.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 650—11.2(153) as
follows:
650—11.2(147,153) Application to
practice dentistry. Dental licensure by
examination.
11.2(1) Applications for licensure to practice
dentistry in this state shall be made to the board on the form
provided by the board and must be completely answered, including required
credentials and documents.
11.2(2) Applications for licensure must be filed with
the board along with:
a. Satisfactory evidence of graduation with a DDS or DMD from
an accredited dental college approved by the board.
b. Certification by the dean or other authorized
representative of the dental school that the applicant has been a student in
good standing while attending that dental school.
c. If the applicant is a dentist licensed by another
jurisdiction, the applicant shall furnish certification from the board of dental
examiners of that jurisdiction that the applicant is a licensed dentist in good
standing.
c d. Evidence of successful completion
of Part I and Part II of the examination, with resulting scores, administered by
the Joint Commission on National Dental Examinations. At the discretion of the
board, any dentist who has lawfully practiced dentistry in another state or
territory for five years may be exempted from presenting this
evidence.
d e. Evidence of successful completion
of the examination, with resulting scores, administered by the Central Regional
Dental Testing Service, Inc., or the Western Regional Examining Board, Inc.,
taken after January 1, 2001.
f. A statement disclosing and explaining any disciplinary
actions, investigations, complaints, malpractice claims, judgments, settlements,
or criminal charges.
e g. The nonrefundable
application fee as specified in 650—Chapter 15 of these rules
is nonrefundable to applicants whose applications are considered by the
board. A statement of reasons for rejection shall be sent to
the applicant.
f. Successful h. Evidence of
successful completion of the jurisprudence examination administered by the
board of dental examiners.
i. Evidence that the applicant possesses a valid
certificate in a nationally recognized course in cardiopulmonary
resuscitation.
j. A photograph of the applicant suitable for positive
identification.
11.2(3) The board may require a personal appearance
or any additional information be provided by the applicant
relating to the character, education and experience as may be
necessary to pass upon of the applicant
applicant’s qualifications.
11.2(4) Applications must be signed and
verified notarized as to the truth of the statements
contained therein.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code
section sections 147.3, 147.29, and
147.34.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 650—11.3(153) as
follows:
650—11.3(153) Application for
dental Dental licensure by credentials. The
following requirements must be satisfied prior to licensure to practice
dentistry in Iowa through the procedure of licensure by
credentials:
11.3(1) Applications for licensure by credentials to
practice dentistry in this state shall be made to the board on
the form provided by the board and must be completely filled
out answered, including required credentials and
documents.
11.3(2) Applications must be filed with the board
along with:
a. Satisfactory evidence of graduation with a DDS or DMD from
an accredited dental college approved by the board.
b. Evidence of successful completion of Parts I and II of the
examination of the Joint Commission on National Dental Examinations, with
resulting scores, or evidence of having passed a written examination during the
last ten years that is comparable to the examination given by the Joint
Commission on National Dental Examinations.
c. Evidence that the applicant has not failed the
clinical examination of CRDTS or comparable state board examination within the
last three years. A statement of any dental examinations taken by
the applicant, with resulting scores.
d. Evidence of a current, valid license to practice dentistry
in another state, territory or district of the United States issued upon
clinical examination.
e. Certification by a state board of dentistry, or equivalent
authority, from a state in which applicant has been licensed for at least five
years immediately preceding the date of application and evidence of having
engaged in the practice of dentistry in that state for five years immediately
preceding the date of application or evidence of five years of practice
satisfactory to the board.
f. Certification by the state board of dentistry, or
equivalent authority, from each state in which applicant has engaged in
the practice of dentistry, that the applicant has not been the subject of
final or pending disciplinary action.
g. List of professional societies or organizations of
which the applicant is a member.
h. Statement as to any claims, complaints, judgments
or settlements made with respect to the applicant arising out of the alleged
negligence or malpractice in rendering professional services as a
dentist.
g. A statement disclosing and explaining any disciplinary
actions, investigations, malpractice claims, complaints, judgments, settlements,
or criminal charges.
i h. Evidence that the state,
territory or district from which the applicant comes, extends licensure without
examination to Iowa dentists who hold a current license, graduated from an
accredited dental school, and have had five consecutive years in the practice.
Submission of a copy of the dental licensing law and regulations of the
jurisdiction will satisfy this requirement.
j. When the applicant does not meet the
requirements for licensure by credentials specified in
11.3(2)“i,” this paragraph, the board
will accept successful completion of a national specialty examination in lieu
of 11.2(2)“d.” thereof.
k i. The nonrefundable
application fee for licensure by credentials verification as specified in
650—Chapter 15 of these rules shall be made payable to the Iowa State
Board of Dental Examiners. Applications considered by the board are
nonrefundable.
j. Evidence that the applicant possesses a valid
certificate in a nationally recognized course in cardiopulmonary
resuscitation.
k. Evidence of successful completion of the jurisprudence
examination administered by the board of dental examiners.
l. A photograph of the applicant suitable for positive
identification.
11.3(3) Applicant shall appear for a personal
interview if requested to do so by the board. The board may require
a personal appearance or may require any additional information relating to the
character, education, and experience of the applicant.
11.3(4) The board may also require such examinations
as may be necessary to evaluate the applicant for licensure by
credentials, including jurisprudence, oral diagnosis and treatment
planning.
11.3(5) Applications must be signed and
verified notarized as attesting
to the truth of the statements contained therein. The license, if
issued, may be revoked upon evidence of misinformation or substantial omission.
All information given will be investigated for verification. A minimum of 60
days will be required for the investigation.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 147
and 153.
ITEM 5. Rescind and reserve rule
650—11.4(153).
ITEM 6. Amend rule 650—11.5(153) as
follows:
650—11.5(147,153) Application to
practice dental Dental hygiene licensure by
examination.
11.5(1) Applications for licensure to practice dental
hygiene in this state shall be made to the dental hygiene
committee on the form provided by the dental hygiene committee and must
be completely answered, including required credentials and
documents.
11.5(2) Applications for licensure must be filed with
the dental hygiene committee along with:
a. Satisfactory evidence of graduation from an
accredited school of dental hygiene approved by the dental hygiene
committee.
b. Certification by the dean or other authorized
representative of the school of dental hygiene that the applicant has been a
student in good standing while attending that dental hygiene school.
c. If the applicant is licensed as a dental hygienist
by another jurisdiction, the applicant shall furnish certification from the
appropriate examining board of that jurisdiction that the applicant is a
licensed dental hygienist in good standing.
c d. Evidence of successful completion
of the examination, with resulting scores, administered by the Joint Commission
on National Dental Examinations.
d e. Evidence of successful completion
of the examination, with resulting scores, administered by the Central Regional
Dental Testing Service, Inc., or the Western Regional Examining Board, Inc.,
taken after January 1, 2001.
e f. The nonrefundable
application fee as specified in 650—Chapter 15. is
nonrefundable to applicants whose applications are considered by the dental
hygiene committee. A statement of reasons for rejection shall
be sent to the applicant.
f g. Successful
Evidence of successful completion of the jurisprudence examination
administered by the dental hygiene committee.
g h. Evidence that the applicant
possesses a valid certificate in a nationally recognized course in
cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
i. A statement disclosing and explaining any disciplinary
actions, investigations, complaints, malpractice claims, judgments, settlements,
or criminal charges.
j. A photograph of the applicant suitable for positive
identification.
11.5(3) The dental hygiene committee may require a
personal appearance or any additional information be provided by the
applicant relating to the character, education and experience
as may be necessary to pass upon of the applicant
applicant’s qualifications.
11.5(4) Applications must be signed and
verified notarized as to the truth of the statements
contained therein.
11.5(5) Following review by the dental hygiene
committee, the committee shall make recommendation to the board regarding the
issuance or denial of any license to practice dental hygiene. The board’s
review of the dental hygiene committee recommendation is subject to
650—Chapter 5.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
147.3, 147.80 and chapter chapters 147 and 153.
ITEM 7. Amend rule 650—11.6(153) as
follows:
650—11.6(153) Application for
dental Dental hygiene licensure by credentials. The
following requirements mustbe satisfied prior to licensure to practice dental
hygiene in Iowa through the procedure of licensure by credentials:
To be issued a license to practice dental hygiene in Iowa on the basis of
credentials, an applicant shall meet the following requirements.
11.6(1) Applications of for
licensure by credentials to practice dental hygiene in this state shall be
made to the dental hygiene committee on the form provided by
the dental hygiene committee and must be completely filled out
answered, including required credentials and documents.
11.6(2) Applications must be filed with the dental
hygiene committee along with:
a. Satisfactory evidence of graduation from an accredited
school of dental hygiene approved by the dental hygiene committee.
b. Evidence of successful completion of the examination of the
Joint Commission on National Dental Examinations with resulting scores, or
evidence of having passed a written examination that is comparable to the
examination given by the Joint Commission on National Dental
Examinations.
c. Evidence that the applicant has not failed the
clinical examination of Central Regional Dental Testing Service or comparable
state board examination within the last three years. A statement of
any dental hygiene examinations taken by the applicant, with resulting
scores.
d. Evidence of a current, valid license to practice dental
hygiene in another state, territory or district of the United States issued upon
clinical examination.
e. Certification by the state board of dentistry, or
equivalent authority, from a state in which applicant has been licensed for at
least three years immediately preceding the date of application and evidence of
having engaged in the practice of dental hygiene in that state for three years
immediately preceding the date of application or evidence of practice
satisfactory to the dental hygiene committee.
f. Certification by the state board of dentistry, or
equivalent authority, from each state in which applicant has engaged in
the practice of dental hygiene, that the applicant has not been the
subject of final or pending disciplinary action.
g. List of professional societies or organizations of
which the applicant is a member.
h. Statement as to any claims, complaints, judgments
or settlements made with respect to the applicant arising out of the alleged
negligence or malpractice in rendering professional services as a dental
hygienist.
g. A statement disclosing and explaining any disciplinary
actions, investigations, complaints, malpractice claims, judgments, settlements
or criminal charges.
i h. Evidence that the state,
territory or district from which the applicant comes, extends
licensure without examination to Iowa dental hygienists who hold a current
license and graduated from an accredited dental hygiene school. Submission of a
copy of the dental hygiene licensing law and regulations of the jurisdiction
will satisfy this requirement.
j i. The nonrefundable
application fee for licensure by credentials as specified in
650—Chapter 15 of these rules shall be made payable to the Iowa State
Board of Dental Examiners. Applications considered by the dental
hygiene committee are nonrefundable.
k j. Evidence that the applicant
possesses a valid certificate in a nationally recognized course in
cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
k. Successful completion of the jurisprudence examination
administered by the dental hygiene committee.
l. A photograph of the applicant suitable for positive
identification.
11.6(3) Applicant shall appear for a personal
interview conducted by the dental hygiene committee or the board by request
only.
11.6(4) The dental hygiene committee may also require
such examinations as may be necessary to evaluate the applicant for
licensure by credentials, including jurisprudence
examination.
11.6(5) Applications must be signed and
verified notarized as attesting
to the truth of the statements contained therein. The license, if
issued, may be revoked upon evidence of misinformation or substantial omission.
All information given will be investigated for verification. A minimum of 60
days will be required for the investigation.
11.6(6) Following review by the dental hygiene
committee, the committee shall make a recommendation to the board regarding
issuance or denial of a dental hygiene license. The board’s review of the
dental hygiene committee recommendation is subject to 650—Chapter
5.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 147.80
and chapter 153.
ITEM 8. Rescind rules
650—11.7(153) and 650— 11.8(153) and renumber rule
650—11.10(153) as 650— 11.7(153).
ITEM 9. Amend renumbered rule
650—11.7(153) as follows:
650—11.7(147,153)
Application Dental hygiene application for
authority of a dental hygienist to administer local anesthesia
permit. A licensed dental hygienist may administer local anesthesia
provided the following requirements are met:
1. The dental hygienist holds a current local anesthesia
permit issued by the board of dental examiners.
2. The local anesthesia is prescribed by a licensed
dentist.
3. The local anesthesia is administered under the direct
supervision of a licensed dentist.
11.7(1) Application for permit. The
licensed A dental hygienist shall make application for
issuance of a permit to administer local anesthesia on the form
approved by the board dental hygiene committee and
meet provide the following
requirements:
a. The fee for a permit to administer local anesthesia as
specified in 650—Chapter 15; and
b. Evidence that formal training in the administration of
local anesthesia has been completed within 12 months of the date of application.
The formal training shall be approved by the board dental
hygiene committee and conducted by a school accredited by the American
Dental Association Commission on Dental Education; or
c. Evidence of completion of
board–approved formal training in the administration of
local anesthesia approved by the dental hygiene committee and documented
evidence of ongoing practice in the administration of local anesthesia in
another state or jurisdiction that authorizes a dental hygienist to administer
local anesthesia.
11.7(2) Permit renewal. The permit shall
expire on the date the dental hygienist’s license expires. To renew
the permit, the dental hygienist must meet the following
requirements:
a. At the time of renewal, the dental hygienist holding the
permit shall document evidence of ongoing practice in the
administration of local anesthesia. holding an active Iowa dental
hygiene license.
b. The Submit the application fee for
renewal of the permit shall include a renewal fee
as specified in 650—Chapter 15.
c. 11.7(3) Failure to
supply the documentation referred to in 11.10(1)“c”
at the time of meet the requirements for renewal shall cause
the permit to lapse.
d. The permit may be reinstated upon
documentation that the dental hygienist has successfully completed a
certification course approved by the board dental hygiene
committee.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 147.10
and 147.80 and chapter 153.
ITEM 10. Adopt new rules
650—11.8(147,153) and 650—11.9(147,153) as follows and renumber
existing rule 650—11.9(147) as
650—11.10(147):
650—11.8(147,153) Review of applications. Upon
receipt of a completed application for a dental or dental hygiene license,
resident license, dental assistant registration, or faculty permit, the
executive director as authorized by the board has discretion to:
1. Authorize the issuance of the license, permit, or
registration.
2. Refer the license, permit, or registration application to
the license committee for review and consideration when the executive director
determines that matters including, but not limited to, prior criminal history,
chemical dependence, competency, physical or psychological illness, malpractice
claims or settlements, or professional disciplinary history are relevant in
determining the applicants’ qualifications for license, permit, or
registration.
11.8(1) Following review and consideration of a
license, permit, or registration application referred by the executive director,
the license committee may at its discretion:
a. Recommend to the board issuance of the license, permit, or
registration.
b. Recommend to the board denial of the license, permit, or
registration.
c. Recommend to the board issuance of the license, permit, or
registration under certain terms and conditions or with certain
restrictions.
d. Refer the license, permit, or registration application to
the board for review and consideration without recommendation.
11.8(2) Following review and consideration of a
license, permit, or registration application referred by the license committee
the board shall:
a. Authorize the issuance of the license, permit, or
registration,
b. Deny the issuance of the license, permit, or registration,
or
c. Authorize the issuance of the license, permit, or
registration under certain terms and conditions or with certain
restrictions.
11.8(3) The license committee or board may require an
applicant to appear for an interview before the committee or the full board as
part of the application process.
11.8(4) The license committee or board may defer final
action on an application if there is an investigation or disciplinary action
pending against an applicant, who may otherwise meet the requirements for
license, permit, or registration, until such time as the committee or board is
satisfied that licensure or registration of the applicant poses no risk to the
health and safety of Iowans.
11.8(5) The dental hygiene committee shall be
responsible for reviewing any applications submitted by a dental hygienist that
require review in accordance with this rule. Following review by the dental
hygiene committee, the committee shall make a recommendation to the board
regarding issuance of the license or permit. The board’s review of the
dental hygiene committee’s recommendation is subject to 650—Chapter
5.
650—11.9(147,153) Grounds for denial of application.
The board may deny an application for license or permit for any of the
following reasons:
1. Failure to meet the requirements for license or permit as
specified in these rules.
2. Failure to provide accurate and truthful information, or
the omission of material information.
3. Pursuant to Iowa Code section 147.4, upon any of the
grounds for which licensure may be revoked or suspended.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
147.4.
ITEM 11. Amend rule 650—11.11(261)
as follows:
650—11.11(252J,261) Receipt of certificate of
noncompliance. The board shall consider the receipt of a certificate of
noncompliance from the college student aid commission pursuant to Iowa Code
sections 261.121 to 261.127 and 650—Chapter 34 of these rules or receipt
of a certificate of noncompliance of a support order from the child support
recovery unit pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 252J and 650— Chapter 33 of
these rules. License denial shall follow the procedures in the statutes and
board rules as set forth in this rule.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 252J
and sections 261.121 to 261.127.
ARC 1119B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 12, “Examinations,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments update the Board’s rules on
examinations for dental and dental hygiene licensure. Specific changes are as
follows:
• The title of the chapter
is renamed “Dental and Dental Hygiene Examinations.” This change
will clarify that rules in this chapter do not apply to dental
assistants.
• Several provisions related
to how and where to take the examination, identification numbers given, the
failure of candidates, and the procurement of patients are eliminated. The Board
utilizes the Central Regional Dental Testing Service, Inc. (CRDTS) and the
Western Regional Examining Board, Inc. (WREB) to administer the examination.
CRDTS sets the dates and times for the examination and other examination
procedures. Examinees need to follow the requirements established by CRDTS and
WREB.
• Dental hygienists who fail
the examination three times will be required to retake the equivalent of an
additional semester of an approved dental hygiene curriculum prior to retaking
the CRDTS or WREB examination on the fourth examination attempt. Dentists are
currently required to retake the equivalent of their senior year prior to a
fourth examination attempt.
The Board’s Committee for Regulatory Review, formed
pursuant to Executive Order Number 8, recommended the proposed
amendments.
These rules will be subject to waiver at the sole discretion
of the Board in accordance with 650—Chapter 7.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments on or before December 4, 2001. Such written comments
should be directed to Jennifer Hart, Executive Officer, Board of Dental
Examiners, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4687.
E–mail may be sent to jhart@bon.state.ia.us.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 4, 2001, from
2 to 3 p.m. in the Conference Room, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines,
Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses
for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Any person who plans to attend the public hearing and who may have special
requirements, such as hearing or mobility impairments, should contact the Board
and advise of specific needs.
These amendments were approved at the October 25, 2001,
regular meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
147 and 153.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend the title of
650—Chapter 12 as follows:
CHAPTER 12
DENTAL AND DENTAL HYGIENE
EXAMINATIONS
ITEM 2. Amend rule 650—12.1(153) as
follows:
650—12.1(147,153)
Examination Clinical examination procedure for
dentistry.
12.1(1) Unless otherwise notified in writing,
applicants shall appear at the time and place fixed by the board to take the
examination. To meet the requirements for dental licensure by
examination, applicants shall complete either the Central Regional Dental
Testing Service, Inc. (CRDTS) examination or the Western Regional Examining
Board, Inc. (WREB) examination, if taken after January 1, 2001.
12.1(2) Each applicant shall be assigned a
number for identification purposes during the examination. The examination
shall be conducted so as to conceal the identity of the applicant as best as
possible. Examinees shall meet the requirements for testing and
follow the procedures established by either the Central Regional Dental Testing
Service, Inc. or the Western Regional Examining Board, Inc.
12.1(3) The ability of an
examinee to read and interpret instructions shall be evaluated and considered by
the board as a part of the examination.
12.1(4) Any examinee who
gives or receives unauthorized assistance in any portion of the examination may
be dismissed from the examination. Any examinee who violates any of the
applicable rules or instructions may be declared by the board to have failed the
examination.
12.1(5) An examinee must be
present punctually at the time designated for commencing each session of the
examination.
12.1(6 3) Prior to April 1,
1995, the examinee must attain an average grade of not less than 70 percent on
each clinical portion of the examination and 70 percent on the written portion
of the examination. Between April 1, 1995, and December 30, 2000, the examinee
must attain an average grade of not less than 75 percent on each clinical
portion of the examination and 75 percent on the written portion of the
examination. Effective April 1, 1997, the written portion of Central Regional
Dental Testing Service (CRDTS) was eliminated from the examination. Effective
January 1, 2001, the examinee must attain a comprehensive score that meets the
passing standard established by CRDTS or the Western Regional Examining Board,
Inc. (WREB).
12.1(7 4) Each examinee shall
be required to perform such clinical operations as may be required by the
Central Regional Dental Testing Service, Inc. or the Western Regional Examining
Board, Inc. (WREB) for the purpose of sufficiently evaluating and testing the
fitness of the examinee to practice dentistry.
12.1(8) The examinee must
furnish the examinee’s own patients, all needed materials, supplies and
instruments. The director of the dental clinic at the college of dentistry may
aid in the procurement of patients.
12.1(9) All operations must
be performed by the examinee in the presence of the examiner assigned for such
purpose.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 650—12.2(153),
parenthetical implementation, as follows:
650—12.2(147,153) System of retaking dental
examinations.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 650—12.3(153) as
follows:
650—12.3(147,153)
Examination Clinical examination procedure for
dental hygiene.
12.3(1) To meet the requirements for dental
hygiene licensure by examination, applicants shall complete either the Central
Regional Dental Testing Service, Inc. (CRDTS) examination or the Western
Regional Examining Board, Inc. (WREB) examination, if taken after January 1,
2001.
12.3(2) Examinees shall meet the
requirements for testing and follow the procedures established by either the
Central Regional Dental Testing Service, Inc. or the Western Regional Examining
Board, Inc.
12.3(1 3) The examinee must
attain an average grade of 70 percent on the examination.
12.3(2 4) Each examinee shall
be required to perform such practical demonstrations as may be required by the
Central Regional Dental Testing Service, Inc. or the Western Regional Examining
Board, Inc. for the purpose of sufficiently evaluating and testing the fitness
of the examinee to practice dental hygiene.
12.3(3) The examinee must
furnish the examinee’s own patients, all needed materials, supplies and
instruments. The director of the clinic at the school of dental hygiene may aid
in the procurement of patients.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 650—12.4(153),
parenthetical implementation, as follows:
650—12.4(147,153) System of retaking dental
hygiene examinations.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 12.4(3) as
follows:
12.4(3) Fourth examination. Prior to
the fourth examination, a dental hygiene examinee must submit proof of
satisfactory completion of an approved curriculum in the
equivalent of an additional semester of dental hygiene at a university or
school with an approved curriculum approved by the dental
hygiene committee.
ITEM 7. Rescind rule
650—12.5(153).
ARC 1118B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 14, “Renewal,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Item 1 of the amendments specifies the expiration date of
licenses and exempts licensees from the continuing education requirement for the
current biennial period after initial issuance of the license. Item 2 of the
amendments rescinds rule 650—14.2(153). The requirements of this rule
have been incorporated into rule 650—14.1(153). Item 3 of the amendments
specifies the grounds for nonrenewal of a license or registration. The late
renewal requirements are also amended by shortening the length of time allowed
for late renewal in order to encourage licensees to renew on time. The
amendments also clarify the requirements for reinstatement of a lapsed license
or registration. The reinstatement fees and continuing education requirements
for reinstatement have been capped to encourage more licensees to reinstate a
lapsed license.
The Board’s Committee for Regulatory Review, formed
pursuant to Executive Order Number 8, recommended the proposed
amendments.
These amendments are subject to waiver at the sole discretion
of the Board in accordance with 650—Chapter 7.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments on or before December 4, 2001. Such written comments
should be directed to Jennifer Hart, Executive Officer, Board of Dental
Examiners, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4687.
E–mail may be sent to jhart@bon.state.ia.us.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 4, 2001, from
2 to 3 p.m. in the Conference Room, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines,
Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses
for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Any person who plans to attend the public hearing and who may have special
requirements, such as hearing or mobility impairments, should contact the Board
and advise of specific needs.
These amendments were approved at the October 25, 2001,
regular meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
147 and 153.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 650—14.1(153) as
follows:
650—14.1(147,153,272C) Renewal of
license to practice dentistry or dental hygiene. A license to practice
dentistry or a license to practice dental hygiene must be renewed biennially.
Licenses expire on June 30 of every even–numbered year. The board will
notify each licensee by mail of the expi–ration of the
license.
14.1(1) Application for renewal must be made in
writing to the board on forms provided by the board at
least 30 days before the current license expires.
14.1(2) The appropriate fee as specified in
650—Chapter 15 of these rules shall must accompany
the application for renewal of a license at least 30 days before the
current license expires. A penalty shall be assessed by the board for
late renewal.
14.1(3) Completion of continuing education in
accordance with 650—Chapter 25 is required for renewal of an active
license. However, licensees are exempt from the continuing education
requirement for the current biennium in which the license is issued.
Failure to comply will automatically result in an inactive
renewal.
14.1(4) In order to renew a license as a dental
hygienist, the licensee shall be required to furnish evidence of
a valid annual current certification in a nationally
recognized course in cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
14.1(5) The dental hygiene committee may, in its
discretion, review any applications for renewal of a dental hygiene license and
make recommendations to the board. The board’s review is subject to
650—Chapter 5.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 147.10
and chapters 153 and 272C.
ITEM 2. Rescind and reserve rule
650—14.2(153).
ITEM 3. Amend rules 650—14.3(153),
650—14.4(153), and 650—14.5(153) as follows:
650—14.3(147,153,272C) Grounds for
nonrenewal of license to practice dentistry or dental hygiene or of
registration as a dental assistant. The board may refuse to
renew, after proper notice and hearing, a license or
registration on the following grounds:
14.3(1) Violation After proper
notice and hearing, for a violation of these rules or Iowa Code
chapter 147, or 153, or 272C during the term of
the last license or registration or renewal of license or
registration.
14.3(2) Commission of any acts of
unprofessional conduct during the term of the last license or registration or
renewal of license or registration. Failure to pay required
fees.
14.3(3) Failure to obtain required continuing
education.
14.3(4) Reserved.
14.3(5) Receipt of a certificate of
noncompliance from the college student aid commission or the child support
recovery unit of the department of human services in accordance with
650—Chapter 33 and 650—Chapter 34.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 153.23
and chapter chapters 147, 252J, 261, and
272C.
650—14.4(147,153,272C) Late fee.
Failure to renew the license prior to August July 1
following June 30 expiration shall result in a late fee of
$50 $100 being assessed by the board in addition to the
renewal fee. Failure to renew prior to September August
1 following expiration shall result in a late fee of $100
$150 being assessed. Failure to renew prior to October 1
following expiration shall result in a late fee of $150 being assessed. The
maximum late fee shall be $150.
14.4(1) No renewal application shall be considered
timely and sufficient until received by the board and accompanied by the
material required for renewal and all applicable renewal and late
fees.
14.4(2) Failure of a licensee to renew a license prior
to November September 1 following its expiration shall
cause the license to lapse and become invalid. A licensee whose license has
lapsed and become invalid is prohibited from the practice of dentistry or dental
hygiene until the license is reinstated in accordance with rule
14.5(153).
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 147.10,
147.11, 153.30 and 272C.2.
650—14.5(147,153,272C) Reinstatement
of a lapsed license or registration. Application for reinstatement
of a lapsed license or registration does not preclude the board from taking
other disciplinary action as provided in this chapter.
14.5(1) A licensee or a registrant who allows a
license or registration to lapse by failing to renew may be reinstated at the
discretion of the board by submitting the following:
a. A completed application for reinstatement of a lapsed
license to practice dentistry or dental hygiene or application for reinstatement
of a lapsed registration on the form provided by the board. The
reinstatement fee of $150 shall accompany the application.
b. Name and address of applicant.
c b. Dates and places of
practice.
d c. A list of other states in which
licensed or registered and the identifying number of each license or
registration.
e. Character references from persons who are not
licensed or registered in the profession concerned and such other information as
the board may require to evaluate the applicant.
f d. Reasons for seeking reinstatement
and why the license or registration was not maintained.
g e. Payment of all renewal fees
then and penalties past due, not to exceed
$750, plus the reinstatement fee as specified in 650—Chapter
15.
h f. Evidence of completion of a total
of 15 hours of continuing education for each lapsed year or part thereof in
accordance with 650—Chapter 25, up to a maximum of 75 hours.
Dental assistants shall be required to submit evidence of completion of a total
of 10 hours of continuing education for each lapsed year or part thereof in
accordance with 650— 20.12(153,78GA,ch1002), up to a maximum of 50
hours.
i g. If licensed or registered in
another state, the licensee or registrant shall provide certification by the
state board of dentistry or equivalent authority of such state that the licensee
or registrant has not been the subject of final or pending disciplinary
action.
j h. Statement as to any
investigations, claims, complaints, judgments or settlements made with respect
to the licensee arising out of the alleged negligence or malpractice in
rendering professional services as a dentist, dental hygienist, or dental
assistant. A statement disclosing and explaining any disciplinary
actions, investigations, claims, complaints, judgments, settlements, or criminal
charges.
14.5(2) to 14.5(4) No change.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 147.10,
147.11, 153.30 and 272C.2.
ARC 1117B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 14, “Renewal,” and Chapter 25, “Continuing
Education,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments require all licensees to provide evidence of
current certification in cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) from a nationally
recognized provider at the time of license renewal or reinstatement. Currently,
only dental hygienists and dental assistants are required to show proof of CPR
at the time of renewal. Dentists are responsible for supervising all personnel
in the office and solely responsible for the care and treatment of patients in
their offices. Accordingly, dentists should also maintain certification in CPR
to protect the health, safety, and welfare of patients in their
offices.
The Board’s Committee for Regulatory Review, formed
pursuant to Executive Order Number 8 and comprised of a representative from each
of the dental associations and a representative from the dental education
institutions, recommended the proposed amendments.
These amendments are subject to waiver at the sole discretion
of the Board in accordance with 650—Chapter 7.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments on or before December 4, 2001. Such written comments
should be directed to Jennifer Hart, Executive Officer, Board of Dental
Examiners, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa 50309– 4687.
E–mail may be sent to jhart@bon.state.ia.us.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 4, 2001, from
2 to 3 p.m. in the Conference Room, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines,
Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses
for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Any person who plans to attend the public hearing and who may have special
requirements, such as hearing or mobility impairments, should contact the Board
and advise of specific needs.
These amendments were approved at the October 25, 2001,
regular meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
147, 153, and 272C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 14.1(4) as
follows:
14.1(4) In order to renew a license, as
a dental hygienist the licensee shall be required to furnish evidence
of a valid annual current certification in a nationally
recognized course in cardiopulmonary resuscitation is required.
ITEM 2. Adopt the following
new subrule 14.3(4):
14.3(4) Failure to provide proof of current
certification in cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 14.5(1) by
adopting new paragraph “i” as
follows:
i. Evidence that the applicant possesses a current certificate
in a nationally recognized course in cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 25.2(10) as
follows:
25.2(10) A licensed dental hygienist or
registered dental assistant Licensees and registrants shall
furnish evidence of valid certification for cardiopulmonary
resuscitation, which shall be credited toward the continuing education
requirement for renewal of the license or registration. Such evidence shall be
filed at the time of renewal of the license or registration. Credit hours
awarded shall not exceed three continuing education credit hours per biennium.
Valid certification means certification by an organization on an annual basis
or, if that certifying organization requires certification on a less frequent
basis, evidence that the hygienist or dental assistant
licensee or registrant has been properly certified for each year covered
by the renewal period.
ARC 1116B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 25, “Continuing Education,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The purpose of the amendments is to clarify the continuing
education requirements for licensees and responsibilities of continuing
education sponsors. The number of credit hours allowed for home study
activities is increased from 6 to 12 hours per biennium and credit for passing a
recognized specialty examination is given. A continuing education sponsor fee
of $100 is proposed and an application fee of $10 for prior approval of a
program is proposed. The Board is proposing the fees to cover the costs
associated with reviewing and approving sponsors and programs.
The Board’s Committee for Regulatory Review, formed
pursuant to Executive Order Number 8 and comprised of representatives from the
major dental associations and education programs, recommended the proposed
amendments.
In addition, pursuant to 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 680, the
amendments require licensees and registrants who regularly examine, attend,
counsel or treat adults or children to document on the renewal application
completion of mandatory training on abuse identification and reporting and to
keep compliance records on file. Exemptions are also set out.
These rules will be subject to waiver at the sole discretion
of the Board in accordance with 650—Chapter 7 and 650—
25.7(153).
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments on or before December 4, 2001. Such written comments
should be directed to Jennifer Hart, Executive Officer, Board of Dental
Examiners, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa 50309– 4687.
E–mail may be sent to jhart@bon.state.ia.us.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 4, 2001, from
2 to 3 p.m. in the Conference Room, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines,
Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses
for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Any person who plans to attend the public hearing and who may have special
requirements, such as hearing or mobility impairments, should contact the Board
and advise of specific needs.
These amendments were approved at the October 25, 2001,
regular meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
147 and 153.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrules 25.2(1), 25.2(2),
25.2(4) and 25.2(5) as follows:
25.2(1) Beginning January 1, 1979, each person
licensed to practice dentistry or dental hygiene in this state shall complete
during each calendar year a minimum of 15 hours of continuing education approved
by the board. Compliance with the requirement of continuing education is a
prerequisite for license renewal in each subsequent license renewal
year.
Beginning January 1, 1984, each Each
person licensed to practice dentistry or dental hygiene in this state shall
complete during the biennium ending December 31, 1985, and each biennium
thereafter renewal period a minimum of 30 hours of continuing
education approved by the board.
25.2(2) For the license renewal period
beginning July 1, 1992, the continuing education compliance period shall extend
from January 1, 1990, through June 30, 1992. For all subsequent license renewal
periods the The continuing education compliance period shall be
the 24–month period ending on the June 30 immediately preceding
the commencing July 1 commencement date of the license
renewal period and ending on June 30 of the renewal
cycle.
25.2(4) It is the responsibility of each licensee or
registrant to finance the costs of continuing education. All fees for
continuing education courses shall be remitted by licensee or registrant
directly to the sponsor or as the board may otherwise direct.
25.2(5) Every licensee or registrant shall maintain a
rec–ord of all courses attended by keeping the certificates of attendance
for four years after the end of the year of attendance. The board reserves the
right to require any licensee or registrant to submit the certificates of
attendance for the continuing education courses attended as further
evidence of compliance for any year no more than four years
previously.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 25.2(9) as
follows:
25.2(9) Licensees shall complete training
relating to the identification and reporting of child abuse and dependent adult
abuse pursuant to the requirements set forth by Iowa Code section 232.69(3) and
chapter 235B. Mandatory training for child abuse and dependent
adult abuse reporting.
a. Licensees or registrants who regularly examine, attend,
counsel or treat children in Iowa shall indicate on the renewal application
completion of two hours of training in child abuse identification and reporting
in the previous five years or conditions for exemptions as identified in
paragraph “f” of this subrule.
b. Licensees or registrants who regularly examine, attend,
counsel or treat adults in Iowa shall indicate on the renewal application
completion of two hours of training in dependent adult abuse identification and
reporting in the previous five years or conditions for exemptions as identified
in paragraph “f” of this subrule.
c. Licensees or registrants who regularly examine, attend,
counsel or treat both children and adults in Iowa shall indicate on the renewal
application completion of at least two hours of training on the identification
and reporting of abuse in children and dependent adults in the previous five
years or conditions for exemptions as identified in paragraph “f” of
this subrule. Training may be completed through separate courses or in one
combined two–hour course that includes curricula for identifying and
reporting child abuse and dependent adult abuse.
d. The licensee or registrant shall maintain written
documentation for five years after completion of the mandatory training,
including program date(s), content, duration, and proof of participation. The
board may audit this information at any time within the five–year
period.
e. Reserved.
f. Exemptions. Licensees and registrants shall be exempt
from the requirement for mandatory training for identifying and reporting child
and dependent adult abuse if the board determines it is in the public interest
or that at the time of license renewal the licensee or registrant is issued a
waiver, extension, or exemption pursuant to 650—25.7(153).
ITEM 3. Amend subrules 25.3(3) to 25.3(6)
as follows:
25.3(3) It is conducted by individuals who have
a special education, training and experience by reason
of which said individuals should to be considered experts
concerning the subject matter of the program. The program must include a manual
or written outline which that substantively pertains to
the subject matter of the program.
25.3(4) Activity types acceptable for continuing
dental education credit may include:
a. Attendance at a multiday convention–type meeting. A
multiday, convention–type meeting is held at a national, state, or
regional level and involves a variety of concurrent educational experiences
directly related to the practice of dentistry. Effective July 1, 2000,
attendees shall receive three hours of credit with the maximum allowed six hours
of credit per biennium. Prior to July 1, 2000, attendees shall
receive received five hours of credit with the maximum allowed
ten hours of credit per biennium. Four hours of credit shall be allowed for
presentation of an original table clinic at a convention–type meeting as
verified by the sponsor when the subject matter conforms with 25.3(7).
Attendees at the table clinic session of a dental, dental hygiene, or dental
assisting convention shall receive two hours of credit as verified by the
sponsor.
b. Postgraduate study relating to health sciences shall
receive 15 credits per semester hour.
c. Successful completion of Part II of the National Board
Examination for dentists, or the National Board Examination for dental
hygienists, if taken five or more years after graduation, or a recognized
specialty examination will result in 15 hours of credit.
d. Self–study activities shall result in a maximum of
12 hours of credit per biennium. Activity may include television viewing, video
programs, correspondence work or research or computer
Computer CD–ROM programs that are interactive and require
branching, navigation, participation and decision making on the part of the
viewer are allowed a maximum of 12 hours per
biennium.
e. Original presentation of continuing dental education
courses shall result in credit double that which the participant receives.
Credit will not be granted for repeating pres–entations within the
biennium. Credit is not given for teaching that represents part of the
licensee’s or registrant’s normal academic duties as a
full–time or part–time faculty member or consultant.
f. Publications of scientific articles in professional
journals related to dentistry, dental hygiene, or dental assisting shall result
in a maximum of 5 hours per article, maximum of 20 hours per
biennium.
e g. Credit may be given for other
continuing education activities upon request and approval by the Iowa board of
dental examiners.
25.3(5) Prior approval of activities. An organization
or person other than an approved sponsor, which desires prior approval of a
course, program or other continuing education activity or who desires to
establish approval of the activity prior to attendance, shall apply for approval
to the board at least 90 days in advance of the commencement of the activity on
a form provided by the board. The board shall approve or deny the application.
The application shall state the dates, subjects offered, total hours of
instruction, names and qualifications of speakers and other pertinent
information. An application fee of $10, which shall be considered a
repayment receipt as defined in Iowa Code section 8.2, is required.
Applications may include the following:
a. Original presentation of continuing dental
education courses shall result in credit double that which the participant
receives. Credit will not be granted for repeating presentations within the
biennium. Credit is not given for teaching which represents part of the
licensee’s or registrant’s normal academic duties as a
full–time or part–time faculty member or
consultant.
b. Publications of scientific articles in professional
dental, dental hygiene, or dental assistant related journals shall result in a
maximum of 5 hours per article; maximum of 20 hours per
biennium.
c. Home study activities shall result in a maximum of
6 hours of credit per biennium; the licensee or registrant must submit a written
report of activity. Activity may include television viewing, video programs,
correspondence work or research.
25.3(6) Postapproval of activities. A licensee or
registrant seeking credit for attendance and participation in an educational
activity which was not conducted by an approved sponsor or otherwise approved
may submit to the board, within 60 days after completion of such activity, its
dates, subjects, instructors, and their qualifications, the number of credit
hours and proof of attendance therefor. Within 90 days after
receipt of such application the board shall advise the licensee or registrant in
writing by ordinary mail whether the activity is approved and the number of
hours allowed therefor. All requests may be reviewed by the
advisory committee on continuing education prior to final approval or denial by
the board. A licensee or registrant not complying with the requirements of this
paragraph may be denied credit for such activity.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 25.3(7),
paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. Unacceptable subject matter includes personal development,
business aspects of practice, personnel management, government regulations,
insurance, collective bargaining, and community service presentations. While
desirable, those subjects are not applicable to dental skills, knowledge, and
competence. Therefore, such courses will receive no credit toward renewal. The
board may deny credit for any course. Courses in patient treatment record
keeping, risk management, communication and OSHA regulations are
acceptable subject matter.
ITEM 5. Adopt new subrule
25.3(8) as follows:
25.3(8) Inquiries relating to acceptability of
continuing dental education activities, approval of sponsors, or exemptions
should be directed to Advisory Committee on Continuing Dental Education, Iowa
Board of Dental Examiners, 400 S.W. 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa
50309–4687.
ITEM 6. Amend subrules 25.4(2) and
25.4(3) as follows:
25.4(2) Prospective sponsors must apply to the board
of dental examiners using a “Sponsor Approval Form” in order to
obtain approved sponsor status. An application fee of $100 is required,
which shall be considered a repayment receipt as defined in Iowa Code section
8.2. Board–approved sponsors must pay the biennial renewal fee of
$100, which shall be considered a repayment receipt as defined in Iowa Code
section 8.2, and file a sponsor recertification record report
biennially.
25.4(3) The person or organization sponsoring
continuing education activities shall make a written record of the Iowa
licensees or registrants in attendance and send a signed copy of such attendance
record to the board office upon completion of the activity, but in no case later
than July 1 of even–numbered years. The report shall be sent to the Iowa
Board of Dental Examiners, 400 S.W. 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa
50309–4687. The sponsor of the continuing education activity shall
also provide proof of attendance and the number of credit hours awarded to the
licensee or registrant who participates in the continuing education
activity.
ITEM 7. Amend rule 650—25.5(153) as
follows:
650—25.5(153) Review of programs or sponsors.
The board on its own motion or at the recommendation of the advisory
committee on continuing education may monitor or review any continuing education
program or sponsors already approved by the board. and
upon Upon evidence of significant variation in the program
presented from the program approved, the board may disapprove all or any
part of the approved hours granted to the program or may rescind the approval
status of the sponsor.
ITEM 8. Amend rule 650—25.7(153) as
follows:
650—25.7(153) Waivers, extensions
Extensions and exemptions.
25.7(1) Waivers. Illness or
disability. The board may, in individual cases involving physical
disability or illness, grant waivers an exemption of the
minimum education requirements or extensions an
extension of time within which to fulfill the same or make the required
reports. No waiver exemption or extension of time shall
be granted unless written application is made on forms provided by the board and
signed by the licensee or registrant and a physician licensed by the board of
medical examiners. Waivers Extensions or exemptions of
the minimum educational requirements may be granted by the board for any period
of time not to exceed one calendar year. In the event that the physical
disability or illness upon which a waiver an exemption
has been granted continues beyond the period of the waiver
granted, the licensee or registrant must reapply for an extension of the
waiver exemption. The board may, as a condition of the
waiver exemption granted, require the
applicant to make up a certain portion or all of the minimum educational
requirements waived by methods prescribed by the
board.
25.7(2) Extensions or exemptions.
Other extensions or exemptions. Extensions or exemptions of continuing
education requirements will be considered by the board on an individual basis.
Licensees or registrants will be exempt from the continuing education
requirements for:
a. Periods that the person serves honorably on active duty in
the military services;
b. Periods that the person practices the person’s
profession in another state or district having a continuing education
requirement and the licensee or registrant meets all requirements of that state
or district for practice therein;
c. Periods that the person is a government employee working in
the person’s licensed or registered specialty and assigned to duty outside
the United States; or
d. Other periods of active practice and absence from the state
approved by the board. ;
e. The current biennium renewal period, or portion thereof,
following original issuance of the license.
ITEM 9. Amend rule 650—25.10(153)
as follows:
650—25.10(153) Noncompliance with continuing dental
education requirements. It is the licensee’s or registrant’s
personal responsibility to comply with these rules. The license or registration
of individuals not complying with the continuing dental education rules may be
subject to disciplinary action by the board or nonrenewal of the license or
registration.
Inquiries relating to acceptability of continuing
dental education activities, approval of sponsors, or exemptions should be
directed to: Advisory Committee on Continuing Dental Education, Iowa Board of
Dental Examiners, 400 S.W. 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa
50309–4687.
ITEM 10. Amend 650—Chapter
25, implementation clause, as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code
section sections 147.10, 153.15A and 153.39 and
chapter 272C.
ARC 1115B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 27, “Standards of Practice and Principles of Professional
Ethics,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment updates the Board’s rule on unethical and
unprofessional conduct.
The Board’s Committee for Regulatory Review, formed
pursuant to Executive Order Number 8, recommended the proposed
amendment.
In accordance with rule 650—27.12(17A,147,153,272C),
this amendment is not subject to waiver or variance because the amendment
establishes ethical standards that must be adhered to in order to protect public
health, safety, and welfare.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendment on or before December 4, 2001. Such written comments
should be directed to Jennifer Hart, Executive Officer, Board of Dental
Examiners, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4687.
E–mail may be sent to jhart@bon.state.ia.us.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 4, 2001, from
2 to 3 p.m. in the Conference Room, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines,
Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses
for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendment.
Any person who plans to attend the public hearing and who may have special
requirements, such as hearing or mobility impairments, should contact the Board
and advise of specific needs.
This amendment was approved at the October 25, 2001, regular
meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
147, 153, and 272C.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 650—27.9(153) as follows:
650—27.9(153) Unethical and unprofessional
conduct.
27.9(1) Licensee or registrant actions
determined by the board to be verbally abusive, coercive,
intimidating, harassing, untruthful or threatening in connection with the
practice of dentistry shall constitute unethical or unprofessional
conduct.
27.9(2) A treatment regimen shall be fully explained
and patient authorization obtained before treatment is begun.
27.9(3) A dentist or dental hygienist
licensee or registrant determined to be infected with HIV or HBV shall
not perform an exposure–prone procedure except as approved by the expert
review panel as defined in Iowa Code section 139C.1, established by the Iowa
department of public health under subsection 139C.2(3), or if the
dentist or dental hygienist licensee or registrant works
in a hospital setting, the licensee or registrant may elect either the
expert review panel established by the hospital or the expert review panel
established by the Iowa department of public health for the purpose of making a
determination of the circumstances under which the dentist or dental
hygienist licensee or registrant may perform
exposure–prone procedures. The licensee or registrant shall comply
with the recommendations of the expert review panel. Failure to do so shall
constitute unethical and unprofessional conduct and is grounds for disciplinary
action by the board.
27.9(4) Providing false or misleading
information to the board or an agent of the board is considered unethical and
unprofessional conduct.
ARC 1114B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 28, “Designation of Specialty,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These amendments recognize a new dental specialty of oral and
maxillofacial radiology. The American Dental Association recognized this new
specialty in October 1999. Definitions of the specialty have recently been
approved.
These rules are subject to waiver at the sole discretion of
the Board in accordance with 650—Chapter 7.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments on or before December 4, 2001. Such written comments
should be directed to Jennifer Hart, Executive Officer, Board of Dental
Examiners, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4687.
E–mail may be sent to jhart@bon.state.ia.us.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 4, 2001, from
2 to 3 p.m. in the Conference Room, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines,
Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses
for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Any person who plans to attend the public hearing and who may have special
requirements, such as hearing or mobility impairments, should contact the Board
and advise of specific needs.
These amendments were approved at the October 25, 2001,
regular meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
147, 153, and 272C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 650—28.1(153) as
follows:
650—28.1(153) General review. A dentist may
represent that the dentist is a specialist in the specialties of dental public
health, endodontics, oral and maxillofacial pathology, oral and maxillofacial
surgery, orthodontics, pediatric dentistry, periodontics, or
prosthodontics, or oral and maxillofacial radiology provided the
requirements of that area of specialty have been met. The board recognizes
there are overlapping responsibilities among the recognized areas of dental
practice. However, as a matter of principle, a specialist shall not routinely
provide procedures that are beyond the scope of the specialty as defined
below.
ITEM 2. Adopt new rule
650—28.10(153) as follows:
650—28.10(153) Oral and maxillofacial
radiology.
28.10(1) Definition. Oral and maxillofacial radiology
is the specialty of dentistry and discipine of radiology concerned with the
production and interpretation of images and data produced by all modalities of
radiant energy that are used for the diagnosis and management of diseases,
disorders, and conditions of the oral and maxillofacial region.
28.10(2) Requirements.
a. Be a diplomate of the American Board of Oral and
Maxillofacial Radiology; or
b. Have successfully completed a formal graduate or residency
training program in oral and maxillofacial radiology accredited by the
Commission on Dental Accreditation of the American Dental Association.
ARC 1113B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 30, “Discipline,” and adopt a new Chapter 35,
“Impaired Practitioner Review Committee,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These amendments clarify the Board’s disciplinary rules
and add two new grounds for disciplinary action: (1) providing false
information to the board or an agent of the board during the course of an
inspection or investigation or interfering with an inspection or investigation;
and (2) violating the terms of an initial agreement with the Impaired
Practitioner Review Committee (IPRC) or a recovery contract entered into with
the IPRC. In addition, the amendments move the Board’s existing rule on
the IPRC to a new Chapter 35, “Impaired Practitioner Review
Committee.”
The Board’s Committee for Regulatory Review, formed
pursuant to Executive Order Number 8, recommended the proposed
amendments.
In accordance with rule 650—30.4(147,153,272C), these
amendments are not subject to waiver or variance because the amendments
establish grounds for discipline that must be adhered to in order to protect
public health, safety, and welfare.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments on or before December 4, 2001. Such written comments
should be directed to Jennifer Hart, Executive Officer, Board of Dental
Examiners, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4687.
E–mail may be sent to jhart@bon.state.ia.us.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 4, 2001, from
2 to 3 p.m. in the Conference Room, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines,
Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses
for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Any person who plans to attend the public hearing and who may have special
requirements, such as hearing or mobility impairments, should contact the Board
and advise of specific needs.
These amendments were approved at the October 25, 2001,
regular meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
147, 153, and 272C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rules 650—30.1(153)
and 650— 30.2(153) as follows:
650—30.1(153) General. The board has authority
to impose discipline for any violation of Iowa Code chapter
153, title IV, subtitle 3, chapter 272C, or the
rules promulgated thereunder.
650—30.2(153) Methods of discipline. The board
has authority to impose one or more of the following disciplinary
sanctions:
1. Revocation of license or registration.
2. Suspension of license or registration until further order
of the board or for a specified period.
3. Nonrenewal of license or registration.
4. Prohibit permanently, until further order of the board or
for a specified period, the engaging in specified procedures, methods or
acts.
5. Probation.
6. Require additional education or training.
7. Require reexamination clinical or
written examination.
8. Order a physical, or mental, or
clinical evaluation examination.
9. Impose civil penalties not to exceed $10,000 where
specifically provided by rules.
10. Issue citation and warning.
11. Such other sanctions allowed by law as may be
appropriate.
ITEM 2. Amend
650—30.4(147,153,272C) as follows:
Amend numbered paragraphs “4,”
“7,” “11,” “13,” and
“24,” as follows:
4. Conviction of a felony or misdemeanor crime
if the conviction relates to the practice of the
profession.
7. Improper sexual contact with, or making
Making suggestive, lewd, lascivious or improper remarks or
advances to a patient or a coworker.
11. Splitting fees, accepting rebates, or accepting
commissions from any source associated with the service rendered to the patient
except as provided elsewhere by law or rule. The sharing of income in a
partnership or association shall not be construed as splitting fees nor shall
compensating dental hygienists on the basis of a percentage of the fee received
for the overall service be deemed accepting a commission. Receiving
or paying any fees for referral of patients.
13. Unprofessional conduct including, but not limited to,
those acts defined by Iowa Code section 153.32 and or any
violation of 650—Chapter 27.
24. Failure to report any of the following:
Any acts or omissions which could result in the suspension or
revocation of a license or registration when committed by a person licensed or
registered to practice dentistry, dental hygiene, or dental assisting.
Every adverse judgment in a professional malpractice action to
which the licensee or registrant was a party.
Every settlement of a claim against the licensee or registrant
alleging malpractice.
Every conviction or violation of law or statute of this or
another state as set forth in paragraph 30.4“4.”
Rescind and reserve paragraph
“25.”
Amend numbered paragraphs “26” to
“29,” “35,” and “37” as
follows:
26. Employing or making use of advertising solicitors
or publicity agents or soliciting employment personally or by representative
except as is expressly authorized by rules of the board. Providing
false information to the board or an agent of the board during the course of an
inspection or investigation or interfering with an inspection or
investigation.
27. Employing any person to obtain, contract for, sell
or solicit patronage, or make use of free publicity press agents except as is
expressly authorized by rules of the board. In a case that has been
referred by the impaired practitioner review committee (IPRC) to the board,
violating the terms of an initial agreement with the IPRC or a recovery contract
entered into with the IPRC.
28. Any violation of Violating any
provision of Iowa Code chapter 153 law, or
for being a party to or assisting in any violation of any
provision of Iowa Code chapter 153 law.
29. Any willful or repeated violations of Iowa Code
chapter 153 law, or for being a party to or assisting in any
violation of any provision of Iowa Code chapter 153
law.
35. Failure to comply with the
recommendations universal precautions for preventing
transmission of human immunodeficiency virus and hepatitis B virus to
patients duringexposure–prone invasive procedures infectious
diseases as issued by the Centers for Disease Control of the United States
Department of Health and Human Services.
37. Failure to comply with the infection control standards
which are consistent with the standards set forth in 347— Chapters
10 and 26 875—Chapters 10 and 26.
ITEM 3. Amend 650—Chapter
30, implementation clause, as follows:
This chapter is These rules are
intended to implement Iowa Code sections 261.121 to 261.127
153.34(9), 252H.10, 272C.3(1)“k,”
272C.3(2)“e,” 272C.4, 272C.5, 272C.10,
598.21(4)“e,” and 598.21(8) and Iowa Code
chapter chapters 147, 153, 252J, 272C, and
598.
ITEM 4. Renumber rule
650—30.5(153) as rule 650— 35.1(153,272C) in
new Chapter 35, “Impaired Practitioner Review
Committee.”
ITEM 5. Amend renumbered rule
650—35.1(153,272C) as follows:
Strike “licensee” wherever it appears and insert
in lieu thereof “practitioner”.
Adopt the following new definitions in
alphabetical order:
“Initial agreement” means the written document
establishing the initial terms for participation in the impaired practitioner
recovery program.
“Practitioner” means a licensed dentist or dental
hygienist or a registered dental assistant.
Amend the following definition:
“Impairment” means an inability to practice
dentistry, or dental hygiene, or dental assisting
with reasonable safety and skill as a result of alcohol or drug abuse,
dependency, or addiction, or any neuropsychological or physical disorder or
disability.
Amend subrule 35.1(2) as follows:
35.1(2) Purpose. The IPRC evaluates, assists,
monitors and, as necessary, makes reports to the board on the recovery or
rehabilitation of dentists, or hygienists, or
assistants who self–report impairments. Reports on the activities of
the IPRC shall be made to the board on a quarterly basis.
Amend subrule 35.1(4), paragraph
“a,” as follows:
a. The licensee practitioner engaged
in the unlawful diversion or distribution of controlled substances or illegal
substances to a third person or for personal profit or gain;
Amend subrule 35.1(5) as follows:
35.1(5) Type of program. The IPP is an
individualized recovery or rehabilitation program designed to meet the specific
needs of the impaired practitioner. The committee shall meet with the
licensee, in consultation with the practitioner and, upon the
recommendation of an IPRC–approved evaluator, shall determine the type of
recovery or rehabilitation program required to treat the
licensee’s practitioner’s impairment. The
committee shall prepare a contract, to be signed by the
licensee practitioner, that shall provide a detailed
description of the goals of the program, the requirements for successful
completion, and the licensee’s
practitioner’s obligations therein.
ARC 1112B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 31, “Complaints and Investigations,” and Chapter 51,
“Contested Cases,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments clarify the duties of peer review committees
and the duties of licensees and registrants concerning mandatory reporting. The
amendments also add a provision to recoup costs associated with monitoring
practitioners when the practitioners agree to the stipulation in a settlement
agreement.
The Board’s Committee for Regulatory Review, formed
pursuant to Executive Order Number 8, recommended the proposed
amendments.
These amendments are not subject to waiver or variance because
the amendments establish administrative procedures only for peer review
committees, mandatory requirements for licensees, and an optional settlement
provision.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments on or before December 4, 2001. Such written comments
should be directed to Jennifer Hart, Executive Officer, Board of Dental
Examiners, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4687.
E–mail may be sent to jhart@bon.state.ia.us.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 4, 2001, from
2 to 3 p.m. in the Conference Room, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines,
Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses
for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Any person who plans to attend the public hearing and who may have special
requirements, such as hearing or mobility impairments, should contact the Board
and advise of specific needs.
These amendments were approved at the October 25, 2001,
regular meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
147, 153, and 272C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 650—31.8(272C)
as follows:
650—31.8(272C) Duties of peer review
committees.
31.8(1) The peer review committees shall observe the
requirements of confidentiality imposed by Iowa Code section 272C.6.
31.8(2) The board may provide
investigatory investigative and related services to peer
review committees.
31.8(3) A peer review committee shall thoroughly
investigate a complaint as assigned and make provide a
written recommendations report to the board in
accordance with the board’s direction.
31.8(4) Written recommendations
The peer review report shall contain a statement of facts,
the and a recommendation for disposition and the
rationale supporting the recommendation as to whether a violation of
the standard of care occurred. The peer review committee should
consider relevant statutes, board rules, ethical standards and standards of care
in making its recommendations.
31.8(5) Written recommendations
The peer review report shall be signed by the members of the peer review
committee concurring in the report.
31.8(6) Upon completion, the peer review report
and all investigative reports prepared by peer review committees or
staff together with any recommendations information shall be
submitted to the board.
ITEM 2. Rescind rule
650—31.13(272C) and adopt the following new rule:
650—31.13(272C) Mandatory reporting.
31.13(1) Definitions. For the purposes of this rule,
the following definitions apply:
“Knowledge” means any information or evidence
acquired from personal observation, from a reliable or authoritative source, or
under circumstances that cause the licensee to believe that there exists a
substantial likelihood that an act or omission may have occurred.
“Reportable act or omission” means any conduct
that may constitute a basis for disciplinary action under the rules or statutory
provisions governing the practice of dentistry, dental hygiene, or dental
assisting in Iowa.
31.13(2) Reporting requirement. A report shall be
filed with the board when a licensee or registrant has knowledge that another
person licensed or registered by the board may have committed a reportable act
or omission.
a. The report shall be filed with the board within seven days
from the date the licensee or registrant acquires knowledge of the reportable
act or omission.
b. The report shall contain the name and the address of the
licensee or registrant who may have committed the reportable act or omission,
the date, time, place and circumstances in which the reportable act or omission
may have occurred, and a statement indicating how the knowledge was
acquired.
c. The requirement to report takes effect when a licensee or
registrant has knowledge that another licensee may have committed a reportable
act or omission. The final determination of whether or not such act or omission
has occurred is the responsibility of the board.
31.13(3) Failure to report. Failure to report
knowledge of a reportable act or omission within the required seven–day
period shall constitute a basis for the initiation of a board disciplinary
action against the licensee or registrant who failed to report.
ITEM 3. Adopt the following new
subrule 51.19(9):
51.19(9) A provision for payment of the actual costs
associated with monitoring a licensee’s or registrant’s compliance
with the settlement agreement may be included in the settlement agreement.
Actual costs include mileage, meals, travel expenses, hourly investigative time,
and all incidental expenses associated with monitoring compliance, which shall
be considered repayment receipts as defined in Iowa Code section 8.2.
ARC 1079B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development hereby gives Notice of
Intended Action to amend Chapter 58, “New Jobs and Income Program,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
The Department is proposing these amendments with the
objective of balancing two important policies: maintaining program flexibility
to meet the needs of new and expanding businesses and ensuring that the
State’s financial assistance resources promote fiscal
responsibility.
Comments about ways in which the Department can best meet the
stated objectives are solicited from all interested parties. One area for which
comments are particularly sought is described in Item 3 and concerns negotiation
of certain program benefits, proposed negotiation criteria, and procedures for
applying these criteria.
Item 1 of the proposed amendments clarifies the policy that
projects that have been initiated before receiving application approval from the
Department are not eligible for assistance.
Item 2 amends the definition of “project
completion” to specify that completion will be considered as occurring on
the date when all improvements included in the economic development area have
been made. New definitions for “project” and “project
initiation” are proposed. “Project” is defined as a set of
activities proposed in the application and which will accomplish New Jobs and
Income Program goals. A definition for “project initiation” is
proposed to more clearly delineate when a project will be considered ineligible
for assistance due to lack of demonstrated need.
In Item 3, the rule concerning application prerequisites is
amended to notify applicants that the Department will negotiate with an eligible
business to determine the amount of certain tax incentives and assistance
available for a project. The criteria to be used to establish the amount of
benefits available are described.
The proposed amendments in Item 4 clarify that the amount of
program benefits available to a business will be reflected in an agreement
executed between the Department and the business. The proposed revisions also
update statutory references, incorporate legislative changes, and describe
administrative requirements that must be met for the processing of tax credit
certificates to cooperatives.
Item 5 extends from six months to one year the time period a
business has to file with the Department of Revenue and Finance for a refund of
sales, service and use taxes paid to contractors or subcontractors.
Public comments concerning the proposed amendments will be
accepted until 4:30 p.m. on December 4, 2001. Interested persons may submit
written or oral comments by contacting Allen Williams, Iowa Department of
Economic Development, 200 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309; telephone
(515)242–4771.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed
amendments will be held on December 4, 2001, at 2:30 p.m. at the above address
in the second floor ICN Main Conference Room.
These amendments are intended to implement 2001 Iowa Acts,
House File 716.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 261—58.1(15) as
follows:
261—58.1(15) Purpose. The purpose of the new
jobs and income program is to encourage relationships between state government
and business by supporting mutual development objectives. The program is
designed to encourage sustained profitability for eligible businesses that
invest and operate in the state in return for the desired state outcomes of new
jobs and higher income. Projects that have been initiated before receiving
formal application approval by the department shall not be eligible for tax
incentives and assistance under this program.
ITEM 2. Amend rule
261—58.2(15) as follows:
Amend the following definition:
“Project completion” means the first date upon
which the average annualized production of finished product for the preceding
90–day period at the manufacturing facility operated by the eligible
business within the economic development area is at least 50 percent of the
initial design capacity of the operation of the facility. The eligible business
shall inform the department of revenue and finance in writing, on forms approved
by the department of revenue and finance, within two weeks of project
completion. For existing facilities, project completion means the date of
completion of all improvements included in the economic development
area.
Adopt the following new definitions in
alphabetical order:
“Project” means the activity, or set of
activities, proposed in the application by the business, which will result in
accomplishing the goals of the new jobs and income program, and for which the
business requests the benefits of the new jobs and income program.
“Project initiation” means any one of the
following: the start of construction of new or expanded buildings; the start of
rehabilitation of existing buildings; the purchase or leasing of existing
buildings; or the installation of new machinery and equipment or new computers
to be used in the operation of the business’s project. The purchase of
land or signing an option to purchase land or earth moving or other site
development activities not involving actual building construction, expansion or
rehabilitation shall not constitute project initiation.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 261—58.3(15) as
follows:
261—58.3(15) Agreement prerequisites. Before
the department and a business or group of businesses enter into an
agreement for program benefits, the following steps must be completed:
58.3(1) The business or group of businesses
submits an application in compliance with the provisions of these
rules.
58.3(2) The department determines that the business or
group of businesses has met the threshold requirements for program
participation.
58.3(3) The department enters into
negotiations with the business or group of businesses regarding the
amount of tax incentives and assistance the business or group of businesses may
be eligible to receive. The department reserves the right to negotiate the
amount of all program benefits except the following benefits: the new jobs
supplemental credit; the value–added property tax exemption; the refund
of sales, service and use taxes paid to contractors and subcontractors; the
sales and use tax exemption; and the exemption from land ownership restrictions
for nonresident aliens. The criteria to be used in the negotiations to
determine the amount of tax incentives and assistance include but are not
limited to:
a. The number and quality of jobs to be created. Factors
to be considered include but are not limited to full–time, career path
jobs; turnover rate; fringe benefits provided; safety; skill
level.
b. The wage levels of the jobs to be created.
c. The amount of capital investment to be
made.
d. The level of need of the business. Factors to be
considered include but are not limited to the degree to which the business needs
the tax incentives and assistance in order for the project to proceed. Methods
of documenting need may include criteria such as financial concerns; risk of the
business’s locating in or relocating to another state; or
return–on–investment concerns.
e. The economic impact and cost to the state and local area
of providing tax incentives and assistance in relation to the public gains and
benefits to be provided by the business. Factors to be considered include but
are not limited to the amount of tax credits likely to be used by the business
and the impact on the local and state tax base and economic base.
f. Other state or federal financial assistance received or
applied for by the business for the project.
58.3(3) 58.3(4) The
board approves the application and the amount of tax incentives and
assistance negotiated by the department that the business or group of businesses
shall receive and authorizes the department to execute an agreement
with the business or group of businesses.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 261—58.4(15) as
follows:
261—58.4(15) Program benefits. The
department reserves the right to negotiate, using the criteria in subrule
58.3(3), the amount of all program benefits except the following benefits: the
new jobs supplemental credit; the value–added property tax exemption;
the refund of sales, service and use taxes paid to contractors and
subcontractors; the sales and use tax exemption; and the exemption from land
ownership restrictions for nonresident aliens. The following benefits
are may be available to an eligible business and are
subject to the amount of incentives and assistance negotiated by the department
with the eligible business and agreed upon as described in the executed
agreement:
58.4(1) and 58.4(2) No change.
58.4(3) Investment tax credit and insurance premium
tax credit.
a. Investment tax credit. An eligible business may claim an
investment tax credit as provided in Iowa Code Supplement section 15.333
as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1213, section 1 2001 Iowa
Acts, House File 716, section 1. A corporate income tax credit may be
claimed of up to a maximum of 10 percent of the new investment which is directly
related to new jobs created by the location or expansion of the business. If
the business is a partnership, subchapter S corporation, limited liability
company, or an estate or trust electing to have the income taxed directly to the
individual, an individual may claim the tax credit allowed. Any credit in
excess of tax liability for the tax year may be credited to the tax liability
for the following seven years or until depleted, whichever occurs first.
Subject to prior approval by the department in consultation with DRF, an
eligible business whose project primarily involves the production of
value–added agricultural products may elect to apply for a refund for all
or a portion of an unused tax credit. For purposes of this subrule, an
eligible business includes a cooperative as described in Section 521 of the
United States Internal Revenue Code which is not required to file an Iowa
corporate income tax return, and whose approved project primarily involves the
production of ethanol. The refund may be used against a tax liability
imposed for individual income tax, corporate income tax, or franchise
tax.
b. No change.
c. Eligible capital expenditures. For purposes of this rule,
the capital expenditures eligible for the investment tax credit or the insurance
premium tax credit under the new jobs and income program are the costs of
machinery and equipment as defined in Iowa Code section 427A.1(1)“e”
and “j” and purchased for use in the operation of the
eligible business, the purchase price of which has been depreciated in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. For the investment
tax credit and for the insurance premium tax credit, the cost of
improvements made to real property which is used in the operation of the
eligible business and which receives a partial property tax exemption
for the actual value added as described in Iowa Code section 15.332 is
an eligible capital expenditure. For the insurance premium tax credit,
the cost of improvements made to real property which is used in the operation of
the eligible business is an eligible capital expenditure.
d. No change.
e. Refunds. An eligible business whose project primarily
involves the production of value–added agricultural products and whose
application was approved by the department on or after May 26, 2000, may elect
to receive as a refund all or a portion of an unused investment tax
credit.
(1) The department will determine whether a business project
primarily involves the production of value–added agricultural products.
Effective July 1, 2001, an eligible business that elects to receive a refund
shall apply to the department for a tax credit certificate.
(2) The business shall apply for a tax credit certificate
using the form provided by the department. Requests for tax credit certificates
will be accepted between May 1 and May 15 of each fiscal year. Only those
eligible businesses that have completed projects before the May 1 filing date
may apply for a tax credit certificate. For a cooperative described in
Section 521 of the United States Internal Revenue Code that is not required to
file an Iowa corporate income tax return, the department shall require the
cooperative to submit a list of members whom the cooperative wishes to receive a
tax credit certificate for their prorated share of ownership. The cooperative
shall submit its list in a computerized electronic format that is compatible
with the system used or designated by the department. The computerized list
shall, at a minimum, include the name, address, social security number or
taxpayer identification number, business telephone number and ownership
percentage, carried out to six decimal places, of each cooperative member
eligible for a tax credit certificate. The cooperative shall also submit a
total dollar amount of the unused investment tax credits for which the
cooperative’s members are requesting a tax credit
certificate.
(3) The department will make public by June 1 of each year the
total number of requests for tax credit certificates and the total amount of
requested tax credit certificates that have been submitted. By June 15 of each
year any business that has submitted a request for a tax credit certificate for
that year may be allowed to amend or withdraw any such request. The department
will issue tax credit certificates by June 30 of each fiscal
year within a reasonable period of time.
(4) No change.
(5) Tax credit certificates shall not be valid until the tax
year following project completion. The tax credit certificates shall not be
transferred except in the case of a cooperative as described in
Section 521 of the United States Internal Revenue Code which is not required to
file an Iowa corporate income tax return, and whose approved project primarily
involves the production of ethanol. For such a cooperative, the individual
members of the cooperative are eligible to receive the tax credit
certificates. Tax credit certificates shall be used in tax years beginning
on or after July 1, 2001. A business shall not claim a refund of unused
investment tax credit unless a tax credit certificate issued by the department
is attached to the taxpayer’s tax return for the tax year during which the
tax credit is claimed. Any unused investment tax credit in excess of the amount
of the tax credit certificate issued by the department may be carried forward
for up to seven years after the qualifying asset is placed in service or until
depleted, whichever occurs first.
(6) No change.
f. No change.
58.4(4) and 58.4(5) No change.
58.4(6) Refund of sales, service and use taxes paid to
contractors or subcontractors.
a. No change.
b. Taxes attributable to intangible property and furniture and
furnishings shall not be refunded. To receive a refund of the sales, service
and use taxes paid to contractors or subcontractors, the eligible
business must, within six months one year after project
completion, make an application to the Iowa department of revenue and
finance.
58.4(7) and 58.4(8) No change.
ARC 1080B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development hereby gives Notice of
Intended Action to amend Chapter 59, “Enterprise Zone Program,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The Department is proposing these amendments with the
objective of balancing two important policies: maintaining program flexibility
to meet the needs of new and expanding businesses and ensuring that the
state’s financial assistance resources promote fiscal
responsibility.
Comments about ways in which the Department can best meet the
stated objectives are solicited from all interested parties. One area for which
comments are particularly sought is described in Item 4, which concerns
negotiation of certain program benefits, proposed negotiation criteria, and
procedures for applying these criteria.
Item 1 clarifies the policy that projects that have been
initiated before receiving application approval from the Department are not
eligible for enterprise zone assistance.
Item 2 proposes the addition of three new definitions:
“development business,” “project” and “project
initiation.” “Development business” is a new category of
eligible applicants, as authorized by 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 349.
“Project” is defined as a set of activities proposed in the
application which will accomplish Enterprise Zone Program goals. A definition
for “project initiation” is proposed to more clearly delineate when
a project will be considered ineligible for assistance due to lack of
demonstrated need.
Item 3 rescinds an outdated rule concerning county zone
designation.
Item 4 adds a reference to the fourth way a business may apply
for assistance: as an eligible development business. This rule is further
amended to add a new subrule concerning the ability of the Department to
negotiate certain program benefits using the proposed criteria.
Item 5 amends the rule concerning program requirements to
notify applicants that the Department will negotiate with an eligible business
to determine the amount of certain tax incentives and assistance available for a
project. In this Item, the rule that a company will be deemed eligible if it
pays an hourly wage of $9.50 or greater is rescinded. The amendment also
clarifies that an eligible business must pay at least the program’s
statutory minimum. Additional proposed amendments clarify that the amount of
program benefits available to a business will be reflected in an agreement
executed between the Department and the business. The revisions update
statutory references, incorporate legislative changes, describe administrative
requirements that must be met for the processing of tax credit certificates to
cooperatives, and provide that the Department will issue tax credits within a
reasonable period of time rather than a stated date.
Item 6 rescinds the rule that, in order to be an eligible
housing business, the per–house or per–unit valuation may not exceed
$120,000. There is now no limit on the per–house or per–unit
valuations. Item 6 also amends the rule so that the investment tax credit to be
taken by the eligible housing business is now limited to the first $140,000 of
value for each single–family house or for each multifamily unit.
Item 7 adds a new rule 261—59.9(79GA,HF349) concerning
eligible development businesses, a new category of eligible applicants
authorized by 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 349.
Item 8 amends the rule applicable to Commission review of
applications by adding references to “eligible development
business.”
Items 9 and 10 propose the addition of language to indicate
that the level of certain benefits available to an eligible business will be as
negotiated with the Department.
Item 11 amends the rule dealing with the calculation of
repayment by a development business in the event of noncompliance.
Public comments concerning the proposed amendments will be
accepted until 4:30 p.m. on December 4, 2001. Interested persons may submit
written or oral comments by contacting Allen Williams, Iowa Department of
Economic Development, 200 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309; telephone
(515)242–4771.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed
amendments will be held on December 4, 2001, at 3:30 p.m. at the above address
in the second floor ICN Main Conference Room.
These amendments are intended to implement 2001 Iowa Acts,
House File 349.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 261—59.1(15E) as
follows:
261—59.1(15E) Purpose. The purpose of the
establishment of an enterprise zone in a county or city is to promote new
economic development in economically distressed areas. Eligible
businesses (including eligible housing businesses) Businesses that
are eligible and locating or located in an enterprise zone, and approved
by the department, are authorized under this program to receive certain tax
incentives and assistance. The intent of the program is to encourage
communities to target resources in ways that attract productive private
investment in economically distressed areas within a county or city.
Projects, except for those of development businesses, that have already been
initiated before receiving formal application approval by the department shall
not be eligible for tax incentives and assistance under this
program.
ITEM 2. Amend rule
261—59.2(15E) by adopting the following new
definitions in alphabetical order:
“Development business” means a developer or
development contractor that constructs, expands or rehabilitates a building
space with a minimum capital expenditure of $500,000.
“Project” means the activity, or set of
activities, proposed in the application by the business, which will result in
accomplishing the goals of the enterprise zone program, and for which the
business requests the benefits of the enterprise zone program.
“Project initiation” means any one of the
following: the start of construction of new or expanded buildings; the start of
rehabilitation of existing buildings; the purchase or leasing of existing
buildings; or the installation of new machinery and equipment or new computers
to be used in the operation of the business’s project. The purchase of
land or signing an option to purchase land or earth moving or other site
development activities not involving actual building construction, expansion or
rehabilitation shall not constitute project initiation. This definition does
not apply to eligible development businesses.
ITEM 3. Rescind subrule
59.3(4).
ITEM 4. Amend rule 261—59.5(15E) as
follows:
261—59.5(15E) Eligibility and
negotiations.
59.5(1) To participate in the enterprise zone
program, a business must qualify under one of three four
categories: as an eligible business, an alternative eligible
business, or an eligible housing business, or an eligible
development business. Refer to rule 261—59.6(15E) for a description
of the eligibility requirements and benefits available to a qualified
“eligible business.” Refer to rule 261—59.7(15E) for a
description of the eligibility requirements and benefits available to a
qualified “alternative eligible business.” Refer to rule 261—
59.8(15E) for a description of the eligibility requirements and benefits
available to a qualified “eligible housing business.” Refer to
rule 261—59.9(15E) for a description of the eligibility requirements and
benefits available to a qualified “eligible development
business.”
59.5(2) Negotiations. The department
reserves the right to negotiate the amount of all program benefits except the
following benefits: the new jobs supplemental credit; the value–added
property tax exemption; and the refund of sales, service and use taxes paid to
contractors and subcontractors. The criteria, as applicable to the category
under which the business is applying, to be used in the negotiations to
determine the amount of tax incentives and assistance include but are not
limited to:
a. The number and quality of jobs to be created. Factors
to be considered include but are not limited to full–time, career path
jobs; turnover rate; fringe benefits provided; safety; skill
level.
b. The wage levels of the jobs to be created.
c. The amount of capital investment to be
made.
d. The level of need of the business. Factors to be
considered include but are not limited to the degree to which the business needs
the tax incentives and assistance in order for the project to proceed. Methods
of documenting need may include criteria such as financial concerns; risk of the
business’s locating in or relocating to another state; or return on
investment concerns.
e. The economic impact and cost to the state and local area
of providing tax incentives and assistance in relation to the public gains and
benefits to be provided by the business. Factors to be considered include but
are not limited to the amount of tax credits likely to be used by the business
and the impact on the local and state tax base and economic base.
f. Other state or federal financial assistance received or
applied for by the business for the project.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 261—59.6(15E) as
follows:
261—59.6(15E) Eligible business.
59.6(1) Requirements. A business which is or will be
located in an enterprise zone is eligible to receive incentives and assistance
under the Act if the business meets all of the following:
a. to c. No change.
d. Wage levels. The business pays an average wage that is at
or greater than 90 percent of the lesser of the average county wage or average
regional wage, as determined by the department. However, in any circumstance,
the wage paid by the business for the project jobs shall not be less than
$7.50 per hour the statutory minimum. The department
will periodically calculate, revise and issue the “average county
wage” and the “average regional wage” figures that will be
used for determining business eligibility in the program. However, in
any circumstance, a company will be deemed eligible for participation in the
enterprise zone if it pays an hourly wage of $9.50 or greater. The
local enterprise zone commission may establish higher company eligibility wage
thresholds if it so desires.
e. and f. No change.
59.6(2) No change.
59.6(3) Benefits. The department reserves the
right to negotiate the amount of all program benefits except the following
benefits: the new jobs supplemental credit; the value–added property tax
exemption; and the refund of sales, service and use taxes paid to contractors
and subcontractors.
The following incentives and assistance are
may be available to an eligible business within a certified enterprise
zone, subject to the amount of incentives and assistance negotiated by
the department with the eligible business and agreed upon as described in an
executed agreement, only when the average wage of all the new project jobs
meets the minimum wage requirements of 59.6(1)“d”:
a. and b. No change.
c. Investment tax credit and insurance premium tax
credit.
(1) Investment tax credit. An eligible business may claim an
investment tax credit as provided in Iowa Code section 15.333. A corporate
income tax credit may be claimed of up to a maximum of 10 percent of the new
investment which is directly related to new jobs created by the location or
expansion of the business in the enterprise zone. If the business is a
partnership, subchapter S corporation, limited liability company, or an estate
or trust electing to have the income taxed directly to the individual, an
individual may claim the tax credit allowed. Any credit in excess of tax
liability for the tax year may be credited to the tax liability for the
following seven years or until depleted, whichever occurs first. Subject to
prior approval by the department in consultation with DRF, an eligible business
whose project primarily involves the production of value–added
agricultural products may elect to apply for a refund for all or a portion of an
unused tax credit. For purposes of this paragraph, an eligible business
includes a cooperative as described in Section 521 of the United States Internal
Revenue Code which is not required to file an Iowa corporate income tax return,
and whose approved project primarily involves the production of ethanol.
The refund may be used against a tax liability imposed for individual income
tax, corporate income tax, or franchise tax. The business participating in the
enterprise zone may not claim an investment tax credit for capital expenditures
above the amount stated in the agreement described in 261— 59.12(15E). An
eligible business may instead seek to amend the contract, allowing the business
to receive an investment tax credit for additional capital expenditures, or may
elect to submit a new application within the enterprise zone.
(2) No change.
(3) Eligible capital expenditures. For purposes of this rule,
the capital expenditures eligible for the investment tax credit or the insurance
premium tax credit under the enterprise zone program are the costs of machinery
and equipment as defined in Iowa Code section 427A.1(1)“e” and
“j” purchased for use in the operation of the eligible business, the
purchase prices of which have been depreciated in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. For the investment tax credit and for the
insurance premium tax credit, the cost of improvements made to real property
which is used in the operation of the eligible business and which
receives a partial property tax exemption for the actual value added as
described in Iowa Code section 15.332 is an eligible capital
expenditure. For the insurance premium tax credit, the cost of
improvements made to real property which is used in the operation of the
eligible business is an eligible capital expenditure.
(4) No change.
(5) Refunds. An eligible business whose project primarily
involves the production of value–added agricultural products and whose
application was approved by the department on or after May 26, 2000, may elect
to receive as a refund all or a portion of an unused investment tax
credit.
1. The department will determine whether a business’s
project primarily involves the production of value–added agricultural
products. Effective July 1, 2001, an eligible business that elects to receive a
refund shall apply to the department for a tax credit certificate.
2. The business shall apply for a tax credit certificate using
the form provided by the department. Requests for tax credit certificates will
be accepted between May 1 and May 15 of each fiscal year. Only those eligible
businesses that have completed projects before the May 1 filing date may apply
for a tax credit certificate. For a cooperative described in Section 521 of
the United States Internal Revenue Service Code that is not required to file an
Iowa corporate income tax return, the department shall require the cooperative
to submit a list of members whom the cooperative wishes to receive a tax credit
certificate for their prorated share of ownership. The cooperative shall submit
its list in a computerized electronic format that is compatible with the system
used or designated by the department. The computerized list shall, at a
minimum, include the name, address, social security number or taxpayer
identification number, business telephone number and ownership percentage,
carried out to six decimal places, of each cooperative member eligible for a tax
credit certificate. The cooperative shall also submit a total dollar amount of
the unused investment tax credits for which the cooperative’s members are
requesting a tax credit certificate.
3. The department will make public by June 1 of each year the
total number of requests for tax credit certificates and the total amount of
requested tax credit certificates that have been submitted. By June 15 of each
year any business that has submitted a request for a tax credit certificate for
that year may be allowed to amend or withdraw any such request. The department
will issue tax credit certificates by June 30 of each fiscal
year within a reasonable period of time.
4. No change.
5. Tax credit certificates shall not be valid until the tax
year following project completion. The tax credit certificates shall not be
transferred except in the case of a cooperative as described in
Section 521 of the United States Internal Revenue Code and which is not required
to file an Iowa corporate income tax return, and whose approved project
primarily involves the production of ethanol. For such a cooperative, the
individual members of the cooperative are eligible to receive the tax credit
certificates. Tax credit certificates shall be used in tax years beginning
on or after July 1, 2001. A business shall not claim a refund of unused
investment tax credit unless a tax credit certificate issued by the department
is attached to the taxpayer’s tax return for the tax year during which the
tax credit is claimed. Any unused investment tax credit in excess of the amount
of the tax credit certificate issued by the department may be carried forward
for up to seven years after the qualifying asset is placed in service or until
depleted, whichever occurs first. An eligible business may apply for tax credit
certificates once each year for up to seven years after the qualifying asset is
placed in service or until the eligible business’s unused investment tax
credit is depleted, whichever occurs first. For example, an eligible business
which completes a project in October 2001 and has an investment tax credit of $1
million may apply for a tax credit certificate in May 2002. If, because of the
proration of the $4 million of available credits for the fiscal year, the
business is awarded a tax credit certificate in the amount of $300,000, the
business may claim the $300,000 refund and carry forward the unused investment
tax credit of $700,000 for up to seven years or until the credit is depleted,
whichever occurs first.
d. No change.
e. Refund of sales, service and use taxes paid to contractors
or subcontractors. A business is eligible for a refund of sales, service and
use taxes paid to contractors and subcontractors as authorized in Iowa Code
section 15.331A.
(1) An eligible business may apply for a refund of the sales
and use taxes paid under Iowa Code chapters 422 and 423 for gas, electricity,
water or sewer utility services, goods, wares, or merchandise, or on services
rendered, furnished, or performed to or for a contractor or subcontractor and
used in the fulfillment of a written contract relating to the construction or
equipping of a facility within the enterprise zone.
(2) Taxes attributable to intangible property and furniture
and furnishings shall not be refunded. To receive a refund of the sales,
service and use taxes paid to contractors or subcontractors, the eligible
business must, within six months one year after project
completion, make an application to DRF. For new manufacturing facilities,
“project completion” means the first date upon which the average
annualized production of finished product for the preceding 90–day period
at the manufacturing facility operated by the eligible business within the
enterprise zone is at least 50 percent of the initial design capacity of the
facility. For existing facilities, “project completion” means the
date of completion of all improvements included in the enterprise zone
project.
f. No change.
g. Limitation on receiving incentives. A business, other
than a development business as defined in rule 261— 59.9(79GA,HF349), that
is eligible to receive incentives and assistance under subrule 59.6(1), is not
eligible to receive the following incentives and assistance if these incentives
and assistance were previously approved for a development
business:
(1) An investment tax credit received for the purchase
price of land or improvements to real property. An eligible business that is
not a development business may only claim an investment tax credit on
additional, new improvements made to real property provided that these
improvements were not included in the development business’s approved
application for benefits.
(2) The refund of sales, service, and use taxes paid to
contractors or subcontractors as described in paragraph 59.6(3)“e.”
An eligible business that is not a development business may only claim a refund
of sales, service and use taxes paid to contractors or subcontractors for new
buildings or additions to existing buildings for improvements made to real
property provided that these improvements were not included in the development
business’s approved application for benefits.
(3) Value–added property tax exemptions. An eligible
business that is not a development business may not claim a value–added
property tax exemption for improvements to real property if the development
business has received a property tax exemption due to those improvements to the
real property.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 261—59.8(15E) as
follows:
261—59.8(15E) Eligible housing business. An
eligible housing business includes a housing developer or housing
contractor.
59.8(1) Requirements. A housing business shall
satisfy all of the following as conditions to receiving the benefits described
in this rule.
a. The housing business must build or rehabilitate either:
(1) A minimum of four single–family homes with a
value, after completion of the building or rehabilitation, not exceeding
$120,000 for each home located in that part of a city or county in
which there is a designated enterprise zone, or
(2) One multiple dwelling unit building containing three or
more individual dwelling units with a total value per unit, after
completion of the building or rehabilitation, not exceeding $120,000
located in that part of a city or county in which there is a designated
enterprise zone.
b. to d. No change.
59.8(2) Benefits. A business that qualifies under the
“eligible housing business” category is may
be eligible to receive the following benefits for a period of ten
years:
a. Income Investment tax credit. An
eligible housing business, subject to negotiations with the
department, may claim an income investment tax
credit up to a maximum of 10 percent of the new investment which is directly
related to the building or rehabilitating of a minimum of four
single–family homes located in that part of a city or county in which
there is a designated enterprise zone or one multiple dwelling unit building
containing three or more individual dwelling units located in that part of a
city or county in which there is a designated enterprise zone. The new
investment that may be used to compute the tax credit shall not exceed the new
investment used for the first $140,000 of value for each single–family
home or for the first $140,000 of value for each unit of a multiple dwelling
unit building containing three or more units. The tax credit may be used to
reduce tax liabilities imposed under Iowa Code chapter 422, Division
II—personal net income tax; Division III—income taxes on
corporations; or Division V—franchise tax on financial institutions.
Any credit in excess of the tax liability for the tax year may be credited to
the tax liability for the following seven years or until depleted, whichever
occurs earlier. If the business is a partnership, subchapter S corporation,
limited liability company, or estate or trust electing to have the income taxed
directly to the individual, an individual may claim the tax credit allowed. The
amount claimed by the individual shall be based upon the pro–rata share of
the individual’s earnings of the partnership, subchapter S corporation,
limited liability company, or estate or trust.
b. No change.
59.8(3) No change.
ITEM 7. Adopt new rule
261—59.9(79GA,HF349) as follows and renumber rules
261—59.9(15E) to 261— 59.13(15E) as
261—59.10(15E) to 261—59.14(15E):
261—59.9(79GA,HF349) Eligible development business.
An eligible development business includes a developer or development
contractor.
59.9(1) Requirements. A development business shall
satisfy all of the following conditions to receive the benefits described in
this rule.
a. The development business must construct, expand or
rehabilitate a building space with a minimum capital investment of at least
$500,000. There are two partial exemptions to the $500,000 investment
requirement:
(1) If the development business will be buying a vacant
building suitable for industrial use, the fair market value of the building and
land, not to exceed $250,000 as determined by the local enterprise zone
commission, shall be counted toward the minimum $500,000 capital investment
requirement.
(2) If the development business will be rehabilitating an
existing building space that has been located within an area for at least five
years and that area has been certified as an enterprise zone, the fair market
value as established by an appraisal of the building, not to exceed $250,000,
shall be counted toward the minimum $500,000 capital investment
requirement.
Only one of these two exemptions may be used as an exemption
by the development business in meeting the minimum capital investment
requirement of at least $500,000.
b. Upon completion of the project, an approved development
business shall not allow a retail business to occupy space within the building
space described in the development business’s application.
c. The eligible development business shall complete its
construction, expansion or rehabilitation within three years from the time the
business receives approval from the department. The failure to complete
construction, expansion or rehabilitation within three years shall result in the
eligible development business becoming ineligible and subject to the repayment
requirements and penalties in rule 261— 59.14(15E).
d. Prior to applying for assistance under this rule, an
eligible development business shall enter into an agreement with at least one
nondevelopment business for purposes of locating the business in all or a
portion of the building space for a period of at least five years.
e. An eligible development business shall provide the local
enterprise zone commission with all of the following information:
(1) The long–term strategic plan for the proposed
development project, including infrastructure needs, and a copy of any agreement
entered into by the eligible business as required under paragraph
59.9(1)“d.”
(2) Information describing the benefits the development
project will bring to the area.
(3) Examples to illustrate why the proposed development
project should be considered a good business enterprise.
(4) Information on the impact the development business’s
project will have on other Iowa businesses in competition with it.
(5) An affidavit that the business has not, within the last
five years, violated state or federal environmental and worker safety statutes,
rules, and regulations or, if such violations have occurred, that there were
mitigating circumstances or such violations did not seriously affect public
health or safety or the environment.
59.9(2) Benefits. A business that qualifies under the
eligible development business category may be eligible to receive the following
benefits for a period of up to ten years:
a. Investment tax credit. An eligible development business,
subject to negotiations with the department, may claim a tax credit up to a
maximum of 10 percent of the new investment which is directly related to the
construction, expansion or rehabilitation of building space to be used for
manufacturing, processing, cold storage, distribution, or office facilities.
For purposes of this paragraph, “new investment” means the purchase
price of land and the cost of improvements made to real property. This tax
credit may be claimed by an eligible development business beginning in the tax
year in which the construction, expansion or rehabilitation is completed. Any
credit in excess of the tax liability for the tax year may be credited to the
tax liability for the following seven years or until depleted, whichever occurs
earlier. The tax credit may be used to reduce tax liabilities imposed under
Iowa Code chapter 422, Division II—personal net income tax; Division
III—income taxes on corporations; Division V—franchise tax on
financial institutions; or the tax credit may instead be used to offset the tax
liability imposed under Iowa Code chapter 432, premium taxes on insurance
companies. If the business is a partnership, subchapter S corporation, limited
liability company, or estate or trust electing to have the income taxed directly
to the individual, an individual may claim the tax credit allowed. The amount
claimed by the individual shall be based upon the pro–rata share of the
individual’s earnings of the partnership, subchapter S corporation,
limited liability company, or estate or trust.
b. Sales, service, and use tax refund. An approved
development business shall receive a sales, service, and use tax refund as
described in paragraph 59.6(3)“e.”
c. Value–added property tax exemption. The county or
city for which an eligible enterprise zone is certified may exempt from all
property taxation all or a portion of the value added to the property upon which
an eligible development business constructs, expands or rehabilitates property
in an enterprise zone. This exemption shall be authorized by the city or county
that would have been entitled to receive the property taxes, but is electing to
forego the tax revenue for an eligible development business under this program.
The amount of value added for purposes of Iowa Code section 15E.196 shall be the
amount of the increase in assessed valuation of the property following the
construction, expansion or rehabilitation of the development business in the
enterprise zone. If an exemption is made applicable only to a portion of the
property within an enterprise zone, there must be approved uniform criteria
which further some planning objective established by the city or county
enterprise zone commission. These uniform criteria must also be approved by the
eligible city or county. Examples of acceptable uniform criteria that may be
adopted include, but are not limited to, wage rates, capital investment levels,
types and levels of employee benefits offered, job creation requirements, and
specific targeted industries. Planning objectives may include, but are not
limited to, land use, rehabilitation of distressed property, or brownfield
remediation. The exemption may be allowed for a period not to exceed ten years
beginning the year value added by improvements to real estate is first assessed
for taxation in an enterprise zone. The exemptionis allowed for the development
business only. Any succeeding owner of the building space is not eligible to
receive the value–added property tax exemption.
59.9(3) Limitation on receiving incentives. A
business which is not a development business that is eligible to receive
incentives and assistance under subrule 59.6(1) is not eligible to receive the
following incentives and assistance if these incentives and assistance were
previously approved for a development business:
a. An investment tax credit received for the purchase price of
land or improvements to real property. An eligible business that is not a
development business may only claim an investment tax credit on additional, new
improvements made to real property provided that these improvements were not
included in the development business’s approved application for
benefits.
b. The refund of sales, service, and use taxes paid
tocontractors or subcontractors as described in paragraph
59.6(3)“e.” An eligible business that is not a development business
may only claim a refund of sales, service and use taxes paid to contractors or
subcontractors for new buildings or additions to existing buildings for
improvements made to real property provided that these improvements were not
included in the development business’s approved application for
benefits.
c. Value–added property tax exemptions. An eligible
business that is not a development business may not claim a value–added
property tax exemption for improvements to real property if the development
business has received a property tax exemption due to those improvements to the
real property.
59.9(4) Application submittal and review. An eligible
development business shall first submit an application to the commission for
approval. The commission shall forward applications that it has approved to
receive benefits and assistance to the department for final review and
approval.
ITEM 8. Amend renumbered rule
261—59.10(15E) as follows:
261—59.10(15E) Commission review of
businesses’ applications.
59.10(1) No change.
59.10(2) Application. The department will develop a
standardized application that it will make available for use by a business
applying for benefits and assistance as an eligible business, an alternative
eligible business, or an eligible housing business or an
eligible development business. The commission may add any additional
information to the application that it deems appropriate for a business to
qualify as an eligible business, or an eligible housing
business or an eligible development business. If the commission
determines that a business qualifies for inclusion in an enterprise zone and
that it is eligible for benefits under the Act, the commission shall submit an
application for incentives or assistance to the department.
ITEM 9. Amend renumbered rule
261—59.12(15E) by adopting new subrule 59.12(7) as
follows:
59.12(7) Negotiations. The department may enter into
negotiations regarding the amount of tax incentives and assistance the business
may be eligible to receive. The department reserves the right to negotiate the
amount of all program benefits except the following benefits: the new jobs
supplemental credit; the value–added property tax exemption; and the
refund of sales, service and use taxes paid to contractors and subcontractors.
The criteria to be used in the negotiations to determine the amount of tax
incentives and assistance are as described in subrule 59.5(2).
ITEM 10. Amend renumbered rule
261—59.13(15E) as follows:
261—59.13(15E) Agreement. The
After the department negotiates and approves the application and the amount
of incentives and assistance that the business shall receive, the
department and the city or county, as applicable, shall enter into an
agreement with the business. The term of the agreement shall be ten years from
the agreement effective date plus any additional time necessary for the business
to satisfy the job maintenance requirement. This three–party agreement
shall include, but is not limited to, provisions governing the number of jobs to
be created, representations by the business that it will pay the wage and
benefit levels pledged and meet other requirements of the Act as described in
the approved application, reporting requirements such as an annual certification
by the business that it is in compliance with the Act, the amount or level of
tax incentives and assistance that the business shall receive as negotiated by
the department, and the method for determining the amount of incentives or
assistance paid received by the business which will be
repaid in the event of failure to maintain the requirements of the Act and these
rules. In addition, the agreement will specify that a business that fails to
maintain the requirements of the Act and these rules shall not receive
incentives or assistance for each year during which the business is not in
compliance.
ITEM 11. Amend renumbered rule
261—59.14(15E) as follows:
261—59.14(15E) Compliance; repayment requirements;
recovery of value of incentives.
59.14(1) and 59.14(2) No change.
59.14(3) Calculation of repayment due. If a business
fails in any year to meet any one of the requirements of the Act or these rules
to be an eligible business, it is subject to repayment of all or a portion of
the amount of incentives received.
a. Failure to meet/maintain requirements. If a business fails
in any year to meet or maintain any one of the requirements of the Act or these
rules, except its job creation requirement which shall be calculated as outlined
in paragraph “b” below, the business shall repay the value of the
incentives received for each year during which it was not in compliance. If
a development business, within five years of project completion, or its
successor, sells or leases any space to any retail business, the development
business shall proportionally refund the value of any tax credits, refunds or
property tax exemptions that were claimed under this program.
b. Job creation shortfall. If a business does not meet its
job creation requirement, repayment shall be calculated as follows:
(1) If the business has met 50 percent or less of the
requirement, the business shall pay the same percentage in benefits as the
business failed to create in jobs.
(2) More than 50 percent, less than 75 percent. If the
business has met more than 50 percent but not more than 75 percent of the
requirement, the business shall pay one–half of the percentage in benefits
as the business failed to create in jobs.
(3) More than 75 percent, less than 90 percent. If the
business has met more than 75 percent but not more than90 percent of the
requirement, the business shall pay one–quarter of the percentage in
benefits as the business failed to create in jobs.
59.14(4) Calculation of repayment due for a
development business. The proportion of any tax credits, refunds or property
tax exemptions claimed that are due for repayment if a development business, or
its successor, sells or leases building space to a retail business will be
determined by dividing the square footage of building space occupied by the
retail business by the total square footage of the total building space as
described in the application and approved for benefits under this
program.
59.14(4) 59.14(5) DRF;
county/city recovery. Once it has been established, through the business annual
certification, monitoring, audit or otherwise, that the business is required to
repay all or a portion of the incentives received, the department of revenue and
finance and the city or county, as appropriate, shall collect the amount owed.
The city or county, as applicable, shall have the authority to take action to
recover the value of taxes not collected as a result of the exemption provided
by the community to the business. The department of revenue and finance shall
have the authority to recover the value of state taxes or incentives provided
under 1998 Iowa Acts, House Files 2164 and 2538, or Iowa Code
Supplement section 15E.193A or 15E.196. The value of
state incentives provided under 1998 Iowa Acts, House Files 2164 and
2538, or Iowa Code Supplement section 15E.193A or
15E.196 includes applicable interest and penalties.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
15.333, 15.333A, and 15E.191 to 15E.196 and 2001 Iowa Acts,
House File 349.
ARC 1122B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455B.105, the
Environmental Protection Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
amend Chapter 44, “Drinking Water Revolving Fund,” Chapter 92,
“State Revolving Fund Loans for Wastewater Treatment,” and Chapter
93, “Onsite Wastewater Treatment Assistance Program,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The amendments revise the loan interest rate determination to
a flat rate, revise loan repayment criteria, amend parity requirements with
respect to other obligations outstanding, and specify revenue pledge coverage
requirements. The amendments also update terminology and recognize the
relationship to the Onsite Wastewater Assistance Fund established in
567—Chapter 93.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on the proposed amendments on or before December 4, 2001. Written materials
should be directed to the Wastewater Section, Department of Natural Resources,
Wallace State Office Building, 502 E. 9th Street, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0034; fax (515)281–8895.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 4, 2001, at 1
p.m. in the Fourth Floor East Conference Room of the Wallace State Office
Building at which time people may present their views either orally or in
writing.
Any persons who intend to attend the public hearing and have
special requirements such as hearing or mobility impairments should contact the
Department of Natural Resources and advise of specific needs.
These amendments were also Adopted and Filed Emergency and are
published herein as ARC 1121B. The content of that submission is
incorporated by reference.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
455B.291 to 455B.299.
ARC 1124B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455B.103A, the
Environmental Protection Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
amend Chapter 60, “Scope of
Title—Definitions—Forms—Rules of Practice,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The amendment to Chapter 60 modifies the definition of
“storm water discharge associated with industrial activity”to allow
more types of facilities to qualify for the “no–exposure”
exemption whereby facilities are exempted from permitting if no activities or
materials are exposed to precipitation.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on the proposed amendment on or before December 4, 2001. Written comments
should be directed to Storm Water Coordinator, Department of Natural Resources,
Wallace State Office Building, 502 E. 9th Street, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0034; fax (515)281–8895.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 4, 2001, at 9
a.m. in the Fourth Floor West Conference Room of the Wallace State Office
Building at which time persons may present their views either orally or in
writing. At the hearing, people will be asked to give their names and addresses
for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
amendment.
Any persons who intend to attend the public hearing and have
special requirements such as hearing or mobility impairments should contact the
Department and advise of specific needs.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
455B, division I.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 567—60.2(455B), definition of
“storm water discharge associated with industrial activity,” first
unnumbered paragraph, as follows:
For the categories of industries identified in
paragraph paragraphs “1” to “9”
and “11,” the term includes only storm water discharges from all
the areas (except access roads and rail lines) that are listed in the previous
sentence where material handling equipment or activities, raw materials,
intermediate products, final products, waste materials, by–products, or
industrial machinery are exposed to storm water. For the purposes of this
paragraph, material handling activities include the: storage, loading and
unloading, transportation, or conveyance of any raw material, intermediate
product, finished product, by–product or waste product. To qualify for
this exclusion, a storm–resistant shelter is not required for: drums,
barrels, tanks and similar containers that are tightly sealed with bands or
otherwise secured and have no taps or valves, are not deteriorated and do not
leak; adequately maintained vehicles used in material handling; and final
products other than products that would be mobilized in storm water
discharge. The term excludes areas located on plant lands separate from the
plant’s industrial activities, such as office buildings and accompanying
parking lots as long as the drainage from the excluded areas is not mixed with
storm water drained from the above described areas. Industrial facilities
(including industrial facilities that are federally, state, or municipally owned
or operated) that meet the description of the facilities listed in
paragraphs “1” to “11” of this definition include those
facilities designated under 40 CFR 122.26(a)(1)(v) as amended through June 15,
1992. The following categories of facilities are considered to be engaging in
“industrial activity” for purposes of this definition:
ARC 1123B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 455B.105,
455B.332 and 455B.333, the Environmental Protection Commission hereby gives
Notice of Intended Action to rescind Chapter 132, “Transportation of
Radioactive Materials in Iowa,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The Department of Natural Resources currently delegates all
authority granted under Iowa Code sections 455B.332 and 455B.333 to the Iowa
Department of Public Health under a 28E agreement between the two agencies. The
Department of Public Health now has authority to establish policy for the
transportation, storage, handling and disposal of radioactive material for the
purpose of protecting the public health and safety. This authority is granted
by Iowa Code chapter 136C and in conjunction with agreements between the Iowa
Department of Transportation and the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Therefore, it is proposed that this chapter be rescinded in its
entirety.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on this proposed amendment on or before December 4, 2001. Such written
materials should be directed to Kathleen Lee, Emergency Response Unit,
Department of Natural Resources, 401 SW 7th Street, Suite I, Des Moines, Iowa
50309; fax (515)725–0218; or E–mail kathy.lee@dnr.
state.ia.us. Persons who wish to convey their views orally should contact
the Emergency Response Unit at (515) 725–0384 or may visit the Emergency
Response Unit Office at 401 SW 7th Street, Suite I, Des Moines, Iowa.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
455B.105, 455B.332 and 455B.333.
The following amendment is proposed.
Rescind and reserve 567—Chapter 132.
ARC 1076B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 239B.4, the
Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 41, “Granting
Assistance,” and Chapter 93, “PROMISE JOBS Program,” and to
rescind Chapter 94, “Iowa Transitional Assistance for Direct Education
Costs Program,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments eliminate the PROMISE JOBS exemption for
disabled persons who do not receive Supplemental Security Income (SSI) benefits,
require application for SSI and social security disability benefits as a
condition of Family Investment Program (FIP) eligibility when a person in the
FIP–eligible group or a parent living in the home of a child in the
eligible group appears eligible for these benefits, shorten the Limited Benefit
Plan (LBP) resolution process, and eliminate the Iowa Transitional Assistance
for Direct Education Costs Program.
Specifically, the proposed amendments impact the Family
Investment Program (FIP) as follows:
• Currently, disabled FIP
recipients and disabled parents living in the home of a child on FIP are exempt
from participation in a Family Investment Agreement (FIA) and from participation
in employment and training activities through the PROMISE JOBS program. To be
exempt, the person must be disabled according to the federal Americans with
Disabilities Act and to the extent that the person is unable to participate in
the program. Persons receiving SSI or social security benefits due to
disability or blindness are considered disabled to this extent. FIP
participants who are disabled to this extent may volunteer for PROMISE JOBS
services.
Under the proposed changes, disabled FIP recipients and
disabled parents living in the home of a child on FIP willbe referred to PROMISE
JOBS for employment and train–ing opportunities to help the family become
self–supporting. Disabled PROMISE JOBS participants will be required to
sign an FIA and to carry out the activities of the agreement to continue
receiving FIP assistance. In the same respect, these persons will have access
to the same supportive PROMISE JOBS services as a FIP participant with no
disability.
State law allows the change that requires disabled FIP
recipients and disabled parents living in the home of a child on FIP to be
referred to PROMISE JOBS for work and training unless the person is an SSI
recipient. Lawsuits have been filed against several states alleging failure to
make accommodations in their Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF)
programs for persons with learning disabilities. The Office of Civil Rights has
provided federal guidance on the issue to state TANF administrators. The
Department is proposing the rule changes to the Family Investment Program
(Iowa’s TANF cash assistance program) based on this federal guidance and
out of concern that the current exemption does not meet the intent of federal
law. The Department believes that exempting persons with disabilities from
employment and training opportunities is in conflict with other Iowa efforts to
support the employment of these persons.
• Under current rules, every
person in the eligible group must apply for and accept other income benefits for
which that person may be qualified. The needs of any person who refuses to
cooperate in applying for or accepting benefits from other sources are removed
from the eligible group. This includes application for social security
benefits. Note: While these rules do not specifically exclude application for
SSI benefits, current policy excludes application for SSI from this
requirement.
With the proposed changes, every person in the eligible group
will continue to be required to apply for social security benefits through the
Social Security Administration as a condition of FIP eligibility when it appears
that the person may qualify for social security benefits. The proposed changes
will require applicants and recipients to apply for social security benefits and
SSI benefits based on disability if the applicant or recipient is a parent in
the home of a child on FIP or a person in the FIP–eligible group and claim
a disability that is expected to last longer than 12 months, or otherwise appear
eligible for these benefits. When the person refuses to cooperate in applying
for or accepting these benefits, the entire family is not eligible for
FIP.
The Department is proposing the changes that will require
persons in the FIP–eligible group and parents living in the home of a
child in the eligible group who claim a disability that will last more than 12
months, or otherwise appear eligible, to apply for all disability benefits
available through the Social Security Administration as a means of assisting the
participant’s family to overcome its barriers through increased financial
support.
• Under existing rules, when
a FIP participant is choosing a Limited Benefit Plan (LBP) by not carrying out
theresponsibilities of the Family Investment Agreement, PROMISE JOBS staff make
every effort to resolve the issue before issuing a Notice of Decision to impose
an LBP. The PROMISE JOBS supervisor is involved in this process as well. These
resolution actions take place after participation has become an issue. With
most participation issues, a participant is sent two written notifications and
is given two opportunities to participate before PROMISE JOBS considers
participation, or lack thereof, an “issue.”
Also under existing rules, when a FIP participant is choosing
a subsequent LBP by not attending PROMISE JOBS orientation, the PROMISE JOBS
supervisor sends a letter to explain the consequences of a subsequent LBP. The
letter also allows the participant an additional ten days to schedule
orientation before a Notice of Decision to impose an LBP is issued. The
supervisory letter is sent after the person has failed twice to schedule or
attend orientation.
Under the proposed changes, for participants choosing an LBP
by not carrying out the responsibilities of the Family Investment Agreement,
PROMISE JOBS staff will make the effort to resolve the participation issue at
the time of the first occurrence in most situations. Rules will no longer
require that the PROMISE JOBS supervisor be involved in this situation; however,
the supervisor will continue to be available to all participants upon
request.
For participants choosing a subsequent LBP by not attending
PROMISE JOBS orientation, PROMISE JOBS will offer supervisory intervention and
explain the consequences of a subsequent LBP after the person has failed the
first time to schedule or attend orientation.
The Department is proposing the changes to the LBP resolution
process in an attempt to save on administrative costs by eliminating actions
that result in unnecessary delays and costs. The actions were established under
former LBP policy that existed before June 1, 1999. Former policy was more
severe for persons who chose a first LBP by not following the requirements of
the FIA as there was a definite period of ineligibility and the persons could
not take action to stop the LBP. The Department believes that these actions are
no longer necessary under current policy since persons can take action to end a
first LBP at any time following the issuance of the Notice of Decision and there
is no set period of ineligibility. The Department believes the actions are not
needed for second and subsequent LBPs as the participants should be aware of the
consequences of their actions due to their past experience.
• The final item eliminates
Chapter 94, the chapter used to implement the Iowa Transitional Assistance for
Direct Education Costs (ITADEC) program, as the program nolonger exists. The
ITADEC program provided state funding to participants who were enrolled and
participating in a PROMISE JOBS–funded postsecondary training plan asof
March 1, 1997. There is no longer anyone eligible for ITADEC and it is not
possible for current applicants or participants to qualify for the
program.
These amendments do not provide for waivers to the eligibility
requirements because individuals may request a waiver of the eligibility
requirements under the Department’s general rule on exceptions at rule
441—1.8(17A,217).
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and
arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human
Services, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, on or
before December 5, 2001.
Oral presentations may be made by persons appearing at the
following meetings. Written comments will also be accepted at these
times.
Cedar Rapids – December 6, 2001 9 a.m.
Cedar Rapids Regional Office
Iowa Building – Suite 600
Seventh Floor Conference Room
411 Third Street S.E.
Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401
Council Bluffs – December 5, 2001 9 a.m.
Administrative Conference Room
Council Bluffs Regional Office
417 E. Kanesville Boulevard
Council Bluffs, Iowa 51501
Davenport – December 6, 2001 10 a.m.
Davenport Area Office
Bicentennial Building – Fifth Floor Conference
Room
428 Western
Davenport, Iowa 52801
Des Moines – December 7, 2001 10 a.m.
Des Moines Regional Office
City View Plaza
Conference Room 100
1200 University
Des Moines, Iowa 50314
Mason City – December 5, 2001 10 a.m.
Mason City Area Office
Mohawk Square, Liberty Room
22 North Georgia Avenue
Mason City, Iowa 50401
Ottumwa – December 5, 2001 9 a.m.
Ottumwa Area Office
Conference Room 3
120 East Main
Ottumwa, Iowa 52501
Sioux City – December 5, 2001 2:30 p.m.
Sioux City Regional Office
Fifth Floor
520 Nebraska Street
Sioux City, Iowa 51101
Waterloo – December 6, 2001 10 a.m.
Waterloo Regional Office
Pinecrest Office Building
Conference Room 420
1407 Independence Avenue
Waterloo, Iowa 50703
Any persons who intend to attend a public hearing and have
special requirements such as hearing or vision impairments should contact the
Office of Policy Analysis at (515) 281–8440 and advise of special
needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
239B.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—41.24(239B)
as follows:
Amend subrule 41.24(2) by rescinding paragraph
“d” and adopting the following new paragraph
“d” in lieu thereof:
d. A person found eligible for supplemental securityincome
(SSI) benefits based on disability or blindness. The exemption based on
disability is amended effective April 1, 2002. A person exempt from PROMISE
JOBS participation prior to April 1, 2002, due to a disability according tothe
Americans with Disabilities Act and determinedunable to participate in PROMISE
JOBS shall be referred to PROMISE JOBS, unless eligible for SSI benefits due to
disability or blindness. The referral shall occur at the time of the next
semiannual or annual review or exempt status redetermination as described at
subrule 41.24(5), but no later than March 31, 2003.
Amend subrule 41.24(7) as follows:
41.24(7) Referral to vocational rehabilitation. The
department shall make the department of education, division of vocational
rehabilitation services, aware of any person determined exempt from
referral to PROMISE JOBS because of who is referred to PROMISE JOBS
and who claims a medically determined physical or mental impairment.
However, acceptance of vocational rehabilitation services by the client is
optional.
Rescind and reserve subrule 41.24(8), paragraph
“f,” subparagraph (1).
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 41.27(1),
paragraph “g,” as follows:
g. Every person in the eligible group and any parent living
in the home of a child in the eligible group shall take all steps
necessary to apply for benefits and, if entitled, accept
any financial benefit for which that person may be qualified and
accept those benefits, even though the benefit may bereduced because of
the laws governing a particular benefit. The needs of any individual who
refuses to cooperate in applying for or accepting benefits from other sources
shall be removed from the eligible group. The individual is eligible for the 50
percent work incentive deduction in paragraph 41.27(2)“c.”
This includes taking the steps necessary to file an appeal of a denial of
other financial benefits when appeal rights are available and it is reasonable
to expect that an appeal may result in entitlement to the benefit. When the
person claims a physical or mental disability that is expected to last for more
than 12 consecutive months from the time of the claim, or otherwise appears
eligible, the person shall apply for social security benefits and supplemental
security income benefits.
(1) Except as described in the next subparagraph, the needs
of any person who refuses to take all steps necessary to apply for and, if
eligible, to accept other financial benefits shall be removed from the eligible
group. The person is eligible for the 50 percent work incentive deduction in
paragraph 41.27(2)“c.”
(2) The entire assistance unit is ineligible for FIP when a
person refuses to apply for or, if entitled, to accept social security or
supplemental security income. For applicants, this subparagraph applies to
those who apply on or after April 1, 2002. For FIP recipients, this
subparagraph applies at the time of the next six–month or annual review as
described at 441—subrule 40.27(1) or at the time the recipient reports a
change that may qualify a person in the eligible group or a parent living in the
home for these benefits, whichever occurs earlier.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 441—41.28(239B)
as follows:
Amend subrule 41.28(1), introductory paragraph, as
follows:
41.28(1) Definition of the eligible group. The
eligible group consists of all eligible persons specified below and living
together, except when one or more of these persons have elected to
receive are receiving supplemental security income under Title
XVI of the Social Security Act. There shall be at least one child in the
eligible group except when the only eligible child is receiving supplemental
security income. The unborn child is not considered a member of the eligible
group for purposes of establishing the number of persons in the eligible
group.
Amend subrule 41.28(1), paragraph
“b,” subparagraph (3), numbered paragraph
“2,” as follows:
2. The determination of incapacity shall be supportedby
medical or psychological evidence. The evidence maybe submitted in the
same manner specified in paragraph 41.24(2)“d.” obtained
from either an independent physician or psychologist or the state rehabilitation
agency. The evidence may be submitted either by letter from the physician or on
Form 470–0447, Report on Incapacity. When an examination is required, and
other resources are not available to meet the expense of the examination, the
physician shall be authorized to make the examination and submit the claim for
payment on Form 470–0502, Authorization for Examination and Claim for
Payment. A finding of eligibility for social security benefits or supplemental
security income benefits based on disability or blindness is acceptable proof of
incapacity in this situation.
Amend subrule 41.28(2), paragraph
“b,” subparagraph (3), as follows:
(3) When a person who would ordinarily be in the eligible
group has elected to receive is receiving supplemental
security income benefits, the person, income and resources,
shall not be considered in determining family investment program benefits for
the rest of the family.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 93.110(6),
paragraph “e,” as follows:
Amend subparagraph (1) as follows:
(1) Medical evidence of disability or incapacity
may shall be obtained from either an independent
physician or psychologist or the state rehabilitation agency. in
the same manner specified in 441—paragraph
41.24(2)“d.”
Adopt the following new subparagraph
(3):
(3) The evidence may be submitted either by letter from the
physician or on Form 470–0447, Report on Incapacity. When an examination
is required and other resources are not available to meet the expense of the
examination, the physician shall be authorized to make the examination and
submit claim for payment on Form 470–0502, Authorization for Examination
and Claim for Payment. A finding of eligibility for social security benefits or
supplemental security income benefits based on disability or blindness is
acceptable proof of disability.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 93.114(14),
paragraph “f,” as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph and subparagraph (1)
as follows:
f. Classroom training participants who do not followthe
requirements of a training plan are considered to have chosen the limited
benefit plan as described in 441—subrule 41.24(8). Before issuing a
notice of decision to impose the limited benefit plan, PROMISE JOBS staff shall
send one written reminder or letter to attempt to resolve the issue. The
reminder or letter shall identify the participation issue, clarify expectations,
attempt to identify barriers to participation, explain the consequences of the
LBP, and offer supervisory intervention. LBP resolution policies at
subrule subrules 93.138(2) and 93.138(3) apply when the
classroom training participant chooses the LBP in the following
circumstances situations:
(1) The participant fails to appear for two consecutive
scheduled appointments with the worker without good cause. The client shall have
been notified of the appointments in writing. The written notice to schedule
the second appointment shall remind the client of the need to participate and
attempt to resolve the issue as previously described in this
paragraph.
Rescind and reserve subparagraph (2).
Amend the unnumbered paragraph following subparagraph
(8) as follows:
Policies at rules 441—93.133(239B) and 441—
93.134(239B) apply to all of the above. When a situationdescribed in
subparagraphs (3) through (8) above occurs, participation is an issue at the
first occurrence unless the person is experiencing problems or barriers to
partici–pation as described at rules 441—93.133(239B) and 441—
93.134(239B). To attempt to resolve the issue, PROMISE JOBS staff shall send a
letter as previously described in this paragraph.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 441—93.132(239B)
as follows:
441—93.132(239B) Participation issues for
FIA–responsible persons. PROMISE JOBS participants who do not carry
out the responsibilities of the FIA are considered to have chosen the limited
benefit plan, as described at 441— subrule 41.24(8).
The participation issues in this rule are those which are
important for effective functioning in the workplace or training facility and to
the completion of the FIA.
When PROMISE JOBS staff send a written reminder, request,
or other notification as specified below in the descriptions of the participant
issues that apply to this rule, the notification shall identify the
participation issue, clarify expectations, attempt to identify barriers to
participation, explain the consequences of the LBP, and offer supervisory
intervention.
Participants aged 18 or older who, for
reasons other than those described at rule 441—93.133(239B), do not
resolve these issues shall be considered to have chosen the limited benefit
plan, unless participant circumstances are revealed which indicate that a
barrier to participation exists which should be addressed in the FIA.
Those who may be considered to have chosen the limited benefit
plan are:
1. Participants who are more than 15 minutes late for a third
time within three months of the first lateness, after receiving
a one written reminder of the importance of
complying with the FIA at the time the second lateness
occurred.
2. Participants who do not, for a second time after receiving
a one written reminder of the importance of
complying with the FIA at the first occurrence, appear for scheduled
appointments, participate in appraisal activities, complete required forms, or
take required vocational or aptitude tests, or are absent from activities
designated in the FIA or other self–sufficiency plan.
3. Participants who do not, for a second time after receiving
one written reminder of the importance of complying with the
FIA at the first occurrence, notify work experience sponsors or PROMISE
JOBS staff of absence within one hour of the time at which they are due to
appear.
4. Participants who exhibit disruptive behavior for a second
time after receiving a one written reminder of
the importance of complying with the FIA at the first occurrence.
Disruptive behavior means the participant hinders the performance of other
participants or staff, refuses to follow instructions, uses abusive language, or
is under the influence of alcohol or drugs.
5. Participants who fail to secure physical examinations after
a one written request to do so.
6. Participants who continue an offense after being
notified that the behavior is disruptive and in what manner it is
disruptive.
7 6. Participants whose performance
continues to be unsatisfactory after being notified by program or provider
agency staff of unacceptable performance and what is necessary to make
performance acceptable. Notification of unsatisfactory performance may be oral
initially, but shall be documented to the participant in writing.
8 7. Participants who make physical
threats to other participants or staff. A physical threat is defined as having
a dangerous weapon in one’s possession and either threatening with or
using the weapon or committing assault.
9 8. Participants who do not accept
work experience assignments when the work experience option is part of the
FIA.
10 9. Participants who do not, for a
second time after receiving a written reminder of the importance
of complying with the FIA at the first occurrence, appear for work
experience interviews.
11 10. Participants who do not follow
up on job referrals, refuse offers of employment or terminate employment, or who
are discharged from employment due to misconduct. For the purposes of these
rules, “misconduct” is defined as a deliberate act or omission by a
worker which constitutes a material breach of the duties and obligations arising
out of the worker’s contract of employment. To be considered
“misconduct,” the employee’s conduct must demonstrate
deliberate violation or disregard of standards of behavior
which that the employer has the right to expect of
employees. Mere inefficiency, unsatisfactory conduct, failure to perform well
due to inability or incapacity, ordinary negligence in isolated instances, or
good–faith errors in judgement or discretion are not to be deemed
misconduct for the purpose of these rules.
12 11. Participants who do not secure
adequate child care when registered or licensed facilities are
available.
13 12. Participants for whom child
care, transportation, or educational services become unavailable as a result of
failure to use PROMISE JOBS funds or child care assistance funds to pay the
provider or failure to provide required receipts.
14 13. FIA–responsible persons
who are required to participate in high school completion activities and who
fail to provide grade transcripts or reports.
When a situation as described in numbered paragraphs
“7,” “8,” “10,” “11,”
“12,” or “13” above occurs, participation is an issue at
the first occurrence unless the participant is experiencing problems or barriers
to participation as described at rules 441—93.133(239B) and 93.134(239B).
Before issuing a notice of decision to impose the limited benefit plan, PROMISE
JOBS staff shall send one letter that includes the elements described earlier in
this rule to attempt to resolve the issue. When a situation as described in
numbered paragraph “7” above occurs, the letter shall give the
participant an opportunity to provide written documentation from a doctor,
licensed psychologist, probation officer, or law enforcement official to resolve
the participation issue. The documentation must verify that the act was caused
by either a temporary problem or a serious problem or barrier that needs to be
included in the FIA. The documentation must also provide reasonable assurance
that the threatening behavior will not occur again.
ITEM 7. Amend rule 441—93.134(239B)
as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
441—93.134(239B) Barriers to participation.
Problems with participation of a permanent or long–term nature shall
be considered barriers to participation and shall be identified in the FIA as
issues to be resolved so that participation can result. These barriers may be
identified during assessment and shall be part of the FIA from the beginning.
When barriers are revealed by the participant during the FIA or are identified
by problems which that develop after the FIA is signed,
the FIA shall be renegotiated and amended to provide for removal of the
barriers. FIA–responsible persons who choose not to cooperate in removing
identified barriers to participation shall be considered to have chosen the LBP
unless the following exception applies. When a person claims a
physical or mental disability that is expected to last for more than 12
consecutive months but refuses to apply for social security benefits or
supplemental security income, the FIP household is ineligible for FIP as
described at 441—subrule 41.27(1) and the limited benefit plan does not
apply.
Adopt the following new numbered paragraph
“6”:
6. Physical or mental disability.
ITEM 8. Amend rule 441—93.138(239B)
as follows:
Amend subrule 93.138(2), paragraph “b,”
introductory paragraph, as follows:
b. For participants who choose appear to
be choosing a first limited benefit plan by not carrying out the FIA
responsibilities, the PROMISE JOBS worker shall make every effort to negotiate
for a solution, clearing misunderstanding of at the time
that the PROMISE JOBS worker determines that a reminder, request, or other
written notification must be sent due to a potential participation issue as
described at rule 441—93.132(239B). The written reminder, request,
or other notification shall identify the participation issue, clarify
expectations, or identifying attempt to identify
barriers to participation which should be addressed in the FIA, explain the
consequences of the LBP, and offer supervisory intervention. The
PROMISE JOBS supervisor shall be involved to provide further advocacy,
counseling, or negotiation support, such as This subrule applies
when a participant fails torespond to the PROMISE JOBS worker’s request to
renegotiate the FIA when the participant has not attained self–sufficiency
by the date established in the FIA. An In this situation,
an LBP shall be imposed regardless of whether the request to renegotiate is
made prior to or after expiration of the FIA.
Amend subrule 93.138(3), paragraph
“a,” as follows:
a. For participants who choose a subsequent limited benefit
plan as described at 441—subparagraph 41.24(8)“c”(1), the
PROMISE JOBS supervisor shall send the participant one letter to
explain reminder letter shall include an explanation of the
consequences of a subsequent limited benefit plan and to offer the
participant an additional ten calendar days to schedule an orientation
appointment before a notice of decision establishing the subsequent limited
benefit plan is issued offer supervisory intervention.
Amend subrule 93.138(3), paragraph “b,”
introductory paragraph, as follows:
b. For participants who choose appear to
be choosing a subsequent limited benefit plan by not carrying out the FIA
responsibilities, the PROMISE JOBS worker shall make every effort to negotiate
for a solution, clearing misunderstanding of at the time
that the PROMISE JOBS worker determines that a reminder, request, or other
written notification must be sent due to a potential participation issue as
described at rule 441—93.132(239B) and at subrule 93.114(14). The written
reminder, request, or other notification shall identify the participation issue,
clarify expectations, or identifying attempt to
identify barriers to participation which should be addressed in the FIA,
explain the consequences of the LBP, and offer supervisory intervention. This
paragraph applies such as when a participant fails
torespond to the PROMISE JOBS worker’s request to renegotiate the FIA when
the participant has not attained self–sufficiency by the date established
in the FIA. An LBP shall be imposed regardless of whether the request to
renegotiate is made prior to or after expiration of the FIA. Local PROMISE
JOBS management shall have the option to involve an impartial third party to
assist in a resolution process. Arrangements shall be indicated in the local
service plan of the local service delivery region.
Further amend subrule 93.138(3), paragraph
“b,” by rescinding subparagraphs (1) and
(2).
ITEM 9. Rescind and reserve
441—Chapter 94.
ARC 1075B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 239B.4, the
Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 48, “Family
Investment Program Eligibility Under Self–Employment Demonstration
Projects,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment provides that the Department will no longer
grant 12–month income and resource waivers to entrepreneurial training
participants effective April 1, 2002. Persons already receiving waivers as of
April 1, 2002, will be allowed to continue to receive the waivers until the
12–month period ends.
The goal of entrepreneurial training is to assist FIP
re–cipients who pursue self–employment as a route to
self–sufficiency. Entrepreneurial training is available statewide. The
entrepreneurial training service providers work with the Department to provide
technical advice and business training to FIP participants.
Entrepreneurial training is a component of PROMISE JOBS. A
FIP participant must be an active PROMISE JOBS participant to receive training
and technical assistance through the entrepreneurial training program.
The classroom training portion of the program lasts from three
to six months, with additional months of follow–up by the service provider
as needed. Training is provided in researching and writing a business plan,
completing a market survey, doing cash–flow projections, and learning
basic accounting and money–management skills.
Under current policy, entrepreneurial training participants
are subject to the same requirements as other FIP participants, except the
Department may grant waivers of certain FIP income and resource policies for 12
months for business start–up or expansion.
FIP policy changes over the last 12 years since these waivers
were implemented have made these waivers unnecessary and ineffective for
self–employed persons. Very few families request these waivers, and even
fewer actually benefit from them.
This amendment does not provide for waiver of eligibility
requirements because individuals may request a waiver of eligibility
requirements under the Department’s general rule on exceptions at rule
441—1.8(17A,217).
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and
arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human
Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 East Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0114, on or before December 5, 2001.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
239B.7.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend 441—Chapter 48 by adopting the following
new rule:
441—48.24(239B) Phase–out of 12–month
waiver period. Effective April 1, 2002, the department shall no longer
grant a 12–month waiver period to family investment program (FIP)
participants who are participating in entrepreneurial training. FIP
participants receiving FIP waivers prior to April 1, 2002, will continue under
waiver policy until their 12–month waiver period expires.
ARC 1077B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the
Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 75, “Conditions of
Eligibility,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments correct an address and legal references in
policy governing the AIDS/HIV Health Insurance Premium Payment Program. These
needed corrections were identified by the Department while completing the rule
assessment mandated by Executive Order Number 8.
These amendments do not provide for waivers because the
amendments are merely technical in nature.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and
arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human
Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 East Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0114, on or before December 5, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
249A.4.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—75.22(249A),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
441—75.22(249A) AIDS/HIV health insurance premium
payment program. For the purpose of this rule, “AIDS” and
“HIV” are defined in accordance with Iowa Code section
141.21 141A.1.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 75.22(1),
paragraph “c,” intro–ductory paragraph, as
follows:
c. The person shall not be eligible for Medicaid. The person
shall be required to apply for Medicaid benefits when it appears Medicaid
eligibility may exist. Persons who are required to meet a spenddown obligation
under the medically needy program, as provided in 441—Chapter
86 subrule 75.1(35), are not considered Medicaid–eligible
for the purpose of establishing eligibility under these provisions.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 75.22(2),
paragraph “a,” intro–ductory paragraph, as
follows:
a. Application. Persons applying for participation in this
program shall complete the AIDS/HIV Health Insurance Premium Payment
Application, Form 470–2953. The applicant shall be required to provide
documentation of income and assets. The application shall be available from and
may be filed at any county departmental office or at the Division of Medical
Services, Department of Human Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305
East Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 75.22(10) as
follows:
75.22(10) Confidentiality. The department shall
protect the confidentiality of persons participating in the program in
accordance with Iowa Code chapter 141 section 141A.9.
When it is necessary for the department to contact a third party to obtain
information in order to determine initial or ongoing eligibility, a Consent to
Release or Obtain Information, Form 470–0429, shall be signed by the
recipient authorizing the department to make the contact.
ARC 1085B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the
Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 77, “Conditions of
Participation for Providers of Medical and Remedial Care,” appearing in
the Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment corrects a rule reference related to
certification of rehabilitative treatment service providers. This incorrect
cross reference was identified by the Department while completing the rule
assessment mandated by Executive Order Number 8.
This amendment does not provide for waivers because the
amendment merely corrects a cross reference.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and
arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human
Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 East Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0114, on or before December 5, 2001.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
249A.4.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 441—77.38(249A) as follows:
441—77.38(249A) Rehabilitative treatment service
providers. Rehabilitative treatment service providers are eligible to
participate in the Medicaid program if they are certified to be providers
pursuant to rules 441—185.9(234) to 441—
185.10(234) and 441—185.11(234).
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
249A.4.
ARC 1086B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the
Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 77, “Conditions of
Participation for Providers of Medical and Remedial Care,” Chapter 78,
“Amount, Duration and Scope of Medical and Remedial Services,”
Chapter 79, “Other Policies Relating to Providers of Medical and Remedial
Care,” and Chapter 80, “Procedure and Method of Payment,”
appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments allow tribally owned and operated health care
facilities that operate under a 638 compact to be providers of medical services
to Medicaid–eligible individuals and to be reimbursed at a higher rate as
published in the Federal Register, for services provided to
Medicaid–eligible American Indians and Alaskan natives. The state can
draw down 100 percent federal financial participation for services provided by
these facilities.
Indian health service 638 facilities as defined at rule
441—77.45(249A) are paid a special daily base encounter rate for all
services rendered to American Indian or Alaskan native persons who are
Medicaid–eligible. This rate is updated periodically and published in the
Federal Register af–ter being approved by the Office of Management and
Budget. To receive this rate, Indian health service 638 facilities may bill only
one charge per patient per day for all services provided to American Indians and
Alaskan natives.
Services provided to Medicaid recipients who are not American
Indians or Alaskan natives are to be billed separately and will be paid at the
fee schedule allowed by Iowa Medicaid for the services provided.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because they confer a benefit to Indian health service 638 facilities
and their patients by allowing the facilities to be Medicaid providers and to be
reimbursed at a higher rate in compliance with applicable federal law and
regulations.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and
arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human
Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 East Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0114, on or before December 5, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
249A.4.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend 441—Chapter 77 by
adopting the following new rule 441—77.45(249A):
441—77.45(249A) Indian health service 638
facilities. A health care facility owned and operated by AmericanIndian or
Alaskan native tribes or tribal organizations with funding authorized by Title I
or Title III of the Indian Self–Determination and Education Assistance Act
(P.L. 93–638) is eligible to participate in the medical assistance program
if the following conditions are met:
77.45(1) Licensure. Services must be rendered by
practitioners who meet applicable professional licensure requirements.
77.45(2) Documentation. Medical records must be
maintained at the same standards as are required for the applicable licensed
medical practitioner.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
249A.4.
ITEM 2. Amend 441—Chapter 78 by
adopting the following new rule 441—78.51(249A):
441—78.51(249A) Indian health service 638 facility
services. Payment shall be made for all medically necessary services and
supplies provided by a licensed practitioner at an Indian health service 638
facility, as defined at rule 441— 77.45(249A), within the
practitioner’s scope of practice and subject to the limitations and
exclusions set forth in subrule 78.1(1).
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
249A.4.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 441—79.1(249A)
as follows:
Amend subrule 79.1(1) by adopting the following
new paragraph “h”:
h. Indian health service 638 facilities. Indian health
service 638 facilities as defined at rule 441—77.45(249A) are paid a
special daily base encounter rate for all services rendered to American Indian
or Alaskan native persons who are Medicaid–eligible. This rate is updated
periodically and published in the Federal Register after being approved by the
Office of Management and Budget. Indian health service 638 facilities may bill
only one charge per patient per day for services provided to American Indians or
Alaskan natives, which shall include all services provided on that
day.
Services provided to Medicaid recipients who are not American
Indians or Alaskan natives will be paid at the fee schedule allowed by Iowa
Medicaid for the services provided and will be billed separately by CPT code on
the HCFA–1500 Health Insurance Claim Form.
Amend subrule 79.1(2) by adopting the following
new provider category:
Provider category
|
Basis of reimbursement
|
Upper limit
|
Indian health service 638 facilities
|
1. Base rate as determined by the United States Department of
Health and Human Services for outpatient visits for American Indian and Alaskan
native recipients.
2. Fee schedule for service provided for all other Medicaid
recipients.
|
1. Department of Health and Human Services rate published in
the Federal Register for outpatient visit rate.
2. Fee schedule.
|
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 79.14(1),
paragraph “b,” by adopting the following new
subparagraph (28):
(28) Indian health service 638 facilities.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 80.2(2) by
adopting the following new paragraph
“as”:
as. Indian health service 638 facilities shall submit claims
on Form HCFA–1500, Health Insurance Claim Form.
ARC 1087B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the
Department of Human Services proposes to amend
Chapter 78, “Amount, Duration and Scope of Medical and
Remedial Services,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments remove current restrictions, requirements,
and other limitations related to the types of services for which
nurse–midwives may claim payment and the circumstances under which they
can render services under Iowa Medicaid. The federal Centers for Medicare and
Medicaid Services (CMS), formerly the Health Care Financing Administration, has
indicated that the current restrictions are out of compliance with federal
statutes and regulations. Specific changes are as follows:
• Policy is clarified that
only physician–delegated functions, beyond normal nurse midwifery or
advance practice nursing, require a “collaborative practice
agreement,” as defined under the Board of Nursing’s rule
655—7.1(152).
• Policy is revised to
provide that either the nurse–midwife or a physician may examine the women
served by the nurse–midwife on at least two occasions during the pregnancy
to determine if the women are obstetrically low risk and eligible to be served
by the nurse–midwife. The time of the second examination has been changed
from the last month of the pregnancy to the third trimester of the
pregnancy.
• Policy is revised to
provide that the nurse–midwife may perform the infant’s neonatal
examination, rather than referring the infant to a physician for the
examination.
• Policy is revised to
remove restrictions on where other services may be provided and to provide that
birthing services may be provided only in duly licensed birth centers,
hospitals, ambulatory surgical centers, or the mother’s usual
residence.
Consideration was given to retaining the exclusion of home
birthing services. This alternative was rejected because CMS has indicated that
the exclusion would violate the federal requirement that states include
“the services furnished by a nurse–midwife which the
nurse–midwife is legally authorized to perform under state law.”
Related to thisfederal requirement, Iowa law does not preclude
nurse–midwives from providing home birthing services.
• Policy is revised to
provide that payment may be made to nurse–midwives directly, without
regard to whether the nurse–midwife is under the supervision of, or
associated with, a physician or other health care provider.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because the amendments confer a benefit to nurse–midwives and
their patients.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and
arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human
Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 East Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0114, on or before December 5, 2001.
Oral presentations may be made by persons appearing at the
following meetings. Written comments will also be accepted at these
times.
Cedar Rapids – December 6, 2001 10:30
a.m.
Cedar Rapids Regional Office
Iowa Building – Seventh Floor Conference Room
411 Third Street S.E.
Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401
Council Bluffs – December 6, 2001
9 a.m.
Administrative Conference Room
Council Bluffs Regional Office
417 E. Kanesville Boulevard
Council Bluffs, Iowa 51501
Davenport – December 6, 2001
11:30 a.m.
Davenport Area Office
Bicentennial Building – Fifth Floor Conference
Room
428 Western
Davenport, Iowa 52801
Des Moines – December 5, 2001
2 p.m.
Des Moines Regional Office
City View Plaza
Conference Room 102
1200 University
Des Moines, Iowa 50314
Mason City – December 6, 2001
10 a.m.
Mason City Area Office
Mohawk Square, Liberty Room
22 North Georgia Avenue
Mason City, Iowa 50401
Ottumwa – December 5, 2001
1 p.m.
Ottumwa Area Office
Conference Room 3
120 East Main
Ottumwa, Iowa 52501
Sioux City – December 5, 2001
1:30 p.m.
Sioux City Regional Office
Fifth Floor
520 Nebraska Street
Sioux City, Iowa 51101
Waterloo – December 7, 2001
10 a.m.
Waterloo Regional Office
Pinecrest Office Building
Conference Room 420
1407 Independence Avenue
Waterloo, Iowa 50703
Any persons who intend to attend a public hearing and have
special requirements such as hearing or vision impairments should contact the
Bureau of Policy Analysis at (515)281–8440 and advise of special
needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
249A.4.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 78.29(1) as
follows:
78.29(1) The services provided are within the scope of
the practice of nurse midwifery, including advanced nursing and
physician–delegated functions under a protocol with a collaborating
physician. Physician–delegated functions, beyond normal nurse
midwifery or advance practice nursing, require a “collaborative practice
agreement,” as defined under rule 655—7.1(152).
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 78.29(2) as
follows:
78.29(2) The women served by a nurse–midwife
must be examined by a nurse–midwife or a physician on at least two
occasions during the pregnancy: , an initial screening
review of the women to determine the appropriateness for nurse–
midwife care and during the last month third
trimester of the pregnancy, and be determined to be obstetrically low
risk. A joint determination must be made by the nurse–midwife
and the physician that the women are obstetrically low–risk and eligible
for care by a nurse–midwife.
Risk assessments, using Form 470–2942, Medicaid Prenatal
Risk Assessment, shall be completed twice during a Medicaid recipient’s
pregnancy. If the risk assessment reflects a high–risk pregnancy,
referral shall be made for enhanced services. (See description of enhanced
services at subrule 78.25(3).)
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 78.29(3) as
follows:
78.29(3) The nurse–midwife shall provide
for referral for may perform the infant’s neonatal
examination, consistent with Iowa nursing law. The
nurse–midwife shall provide for the referral of the child for postnatal
pediatric care, as appropriate, consistent with Iowa nursing law.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 78.29(5) as
follows:
78.29(5) The Except for
emergencies, payment shall be made for birthing services provided by a
nurse–midwife only in duly licensed birth centers as defined under Iowa
Code subsection 135G.2(1), hospitals, ambulatory surgical centers, or the
mother’s usual residence. Other services of a nurse–midwife
are may be provided in birth centers, hospitals,
or clinics duly licensed birth centers, hospitals, ambulatory
surgical centers, the mother’s usual residence, or any other location in
which the nurse–midwife is legally authorized to provide the
services.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 78.29(8) as
follows:
78.29(8) Payment will may be
made to nurse–midwives directly only if they are not auxiliary
personnel as defined in subrule 78.1(13) or if they are not hospital
employees without regard to whether the nurse–midwife is under
the supervision of, or associated with, a physician or other health care
provider.
ITEM 6. Amend the implementation clause
following rule 441—78.29(249A) as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4
and 1992 Iowa Acts, Second Extraordinary Session, chapter 1001, section
413.
ARC 1110B
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 10A.104(8), the
Department of Inspections and Appeals hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
amend Chapter 25, “Iowa Targeted Small Business Certification
Program,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments provide greater clarity for applicants
by defining the term “experience or expertise.” Currently, the term
is used in several administrative rules, but is not specifically defined in rule
481—25.1(73). The definition being proposed is similar to the definition
used by the U.S. Department of Transportation. The amendments also aid in
verifying capital contributions, a standard of eligibility. Currently,
administrative rules require that independent contributions of capital be made
by the applicant, but proof of this contribution is not requested.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments on or before December 4, 2001. Written materials
should be addressed to the Director, Department of Inspections and Appeals,
Lucas State Office Building, East 12th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa
50319-0083. Faxes may be sent to (515) 242-6863; E-mail may be sent to
Jennifer.Fiihr@dia.state. ia.us.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed
amendments will be held on December 7, 2001, at 9 a.m. at the above address in
Conference Room 422, Fourth Floor, Lucas State Office Building. Individuals
interested in providing comments at the hearing should contact Jennifer Fiihr by
4 p.m. on December 6, 2001, to be placed on the hearing agenda.
These amendments were reviewed and approved by the Director of
the Department of Management pursuant to Iowa Code section 10A.104(8).
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
10A.104(8).
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
481—25.1(73) by adopting the following new
definition:
“Experience or expertise” means the targeted group
owner’s or owners’ experience or expertise must be:
1. In the areas critical to the operation of the business;
and
2. Specific to the type of work the business
performs.
ITEM 2. Amend paragraph
25.4(5)“b” as follows:
b. Independent contributions of capital, expertise or
both are made by the targeted group person owner(s). Proof of this
independent contribution of capital made by the targeted group person owner(s)
to acquire interest in the business must accompany the certification
application;
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 25.4(5) by
adopting new paragraph “c” as follows and
relettering existing paragraph “c” as
“d”:
c. Independent contributions of expertise are made by the
targeted group person owner(s). The targeted group person owner(s) must have an
overall understanding of, managerial and technical competence in, and expertise
directly related to the type of business in which the firm is engaged and in the
firm’s operations. Generally, expertise limited to office management,
administration, or bookkeeping functions unrelated to the activities of the
business is insufficient to demonstrate control of the business.
ARC 1111B
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 10A.104(5), the
Department of Inspections and Appeals gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 71, “Overpayment Recovery Unit,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The proposed amendments support Department of Human Services
administrative rules and are necessary to fully implement collection efforts
when overpayments occur in the Child Care Assistance (CCA) program. The
Department of Inspections and Appeals works in collaboration with the Department
of Human Services to collect overpayments inappropriately received by both
providers and clients of the Child Care Assistance (CCA) program. In addition,
these amendments update various form numbers that were incorrectly
referenced.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments on or before December 4, 2001. Written materials
should be addressed to the Director, Department of Inspections and Appeals,
Lucas State Office Building, East 12th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0083. Faxes may be sent to (515) 242–6863; E–mail may
be sent to Jennifer.Fiihr@dia.state. ia.us.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
10A.105(5).
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
481-71.1(10A) as
follows:
Amend the following definitions:
“Demand letter for ADC/FIP/RCA
Agency Error overissuance Overissuance, (Form
470–2616); Demand Letter for FIP/RCA Intentional Program Violation,
(Form 470–3489); or Demand Letter for FIP/RCA Client Error Overissuance,
(Form 470–3490)” means the letter sent informing the
debtor that an agency error, intentional program violation, or client
error overpayment in ADC/FIP Family Investment Program
(FIP) or Refugee Cash Assistance (RCA) benefits has occurred. It
identifies These letters identify the amount overpaid, the dates
of the overpayment, the causes of the overpayment, and the
different options the debtor has to repay the overpayment.
This form is These forms are voluntarily
completed by the debtor. Failure to complete and return this
the respective form may result in further collection actions.
“Demand letter for overissuance (Form
FP–2322–0) Food Stamp Agency Error Overissuance, (Form
470–0338); Demand Letter for Food Stamp Intentional Program Violation
Overissuance, (Form 470–3486); or Demand Letter for Food Stamp Inadvertent
Household Error Overissuance, (Form 470–3487)” means the letter
sent informing the debtor that an agency error, intentional program
violation, or inadvertent household error overpayment in food stamp benefits
has occurred. It identifies These letters identify the
amount overpaid, the dates of the overpayment, the causes of the
overpayment, and the different options the debtor has to repay
the overpayment. This form is These forms
are voluntarily completed by the debtor. Failure to complete and return
this the respective form may result in further
collection actions.
“Offsetting” means the application of a credit
against the amount due on a claim in place of a corrective cash payment for
ADC/FIP and RCA, or a restoration of lost benefits for food
stamps, and the recovery of a Transitional Child Care or PROMISE JOBS
overpayment by withholding all or a portion of future payments in the same
category as defined in Iowa Administrative Code 441—93.51(249C) and
441— 49.13(239).
Adopt the following new definition in
alphabetical order:
“Demand Letter for Child Care Assistance Provider Error
Overissuance, (Form 470–3627); or Demand Letter for Child Care Assistance
Client Error Overissuance, (Form 470–3628)” means the letter sent
informing the debtor that an overpayment in Child Care Assistance (CCA) benefits
has occurred. These letters identify the amount overpaid, the dates of the
overpayment, the cause of the overpayment, and the options the debtor has to
repay the overpayment. These forms are voluntarily completed by the debtor.
Failure to complete and return the respective form may result in further
collection actions.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 71.5(1) as
follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
71.5(1) Active cases. When an overpayment is made in
the food stamp, ADC/FIP, RCA, Medicaid,
or SSA or CCA program, a demand letter of overissuance
is sent to the debtor. Form 470–3486, 470–3487 or
470–0338 is sent for food stamp overissuances; Form 470–2616,
470–3489, or 470–3490 is sent for ADC/FIP and
RCA overissuances; Form 470–2891 is sent for Medicaid and State
Supplemental Assistance SSA overissuances; Form
470–3627 or 470–3628 is sent for CCA overissuances.
Amend paragraph “a” as follows:
a. An ADC/FIP or RCA overpayment is collected
by grant reduction or cash payment. Grant reduction must be used when the case
is active unless there is a cash agreement that exceeds the amount that may be
collected by grant reduction and the cash payments are actually being
made.
Amend paragraph “d,” subparagraph
(2), as follows:
(2) When offsetting is not possible or appropriate, the
department of inspections and appeals will be notified by the PROMISE JOBS unit
to initiate recovery. The method of recovery will be the same as that utilized
for the ADC/FIP program, except the FIP grant will not be
reduced to effect recovery without the FIP client’s written
permission.
Amend paragraph “e,” subparagraph
(2), as follows:
(2) When offsetting is not possible or appropriate, the
department of inspections and appeals will be notified by the income maintenance
worker to initiate recovery. The method of recovery will be the same as that
utilized for the ADC/FIP program, except the FIP grant will not
be reduced to effect recovery without the client’s written permission
should the TCC client reestablish FIP eligibility.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 71.5(2),
paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. A demand letter is sent to the debtor; Form
470–3486, 470–3487 or 470–0338 for food stamp
overissuances; Form 470–2616, 470–3489 or 470–3490 for
ADC/FIP or and RCA overissuances; Form
470–2891 for Medicaid or and State
Supplementary Assistance SSA overpayments; Form
470–3627 or 470–3628 for CCA overpayments.
ARC 1109B
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 99B.13, the
Department of Inspections and Appeals gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 100, “Administration,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendment, intended to implement Iowa Code
section 99B.7, specifies that raffle tickets may be discounted when sold, if the
discount is applied in a nondiscriminatory manner.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendment on or before December 4, 2001. Written materials
should be addressed to the Director, Department of Inspections and Appeals,
Lucas State Office Building, East 12th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0083. Faxes may be sent to (515) 242–6863; E–mail may
be sent to Jennifer.Fiihr@dia.state. ia.us.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed
amendment will be held on December 7, 2001, at 9:30 a.m. at the above address in
Conference Room 422, Fourth Floor, Lucas State Office Building. Individuals
interested in providing comments at the hearing should contact Jennifer Fiihr by
4 p.m. on December 6, 2001, to be placed on the hearing agenda.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
99B.7.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 481—100.32(99B) by adopting the following
new subrule:
100.32(3) A licensee may offer raffle tickets for sale
at a discounted rate if the discount is applied in a nondiscriminatory manner.
The discount must be available to all persons throughout the duration of the
raffle and must be posted on all tickets and promotional material.
INSURANCE DIVISION
Notice of Workers’ Compensation Rate
Filing
Pursuant to the provisions of Iowa Code chapter 515A, the
National Council on Compensation Insurance, Inc. (NCCI) submitted a rate filing
on August 15, 2001. Notice of the filing was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on September 19, 2001. No request for a hearing on the
rate filing was received.
The NCCI rate filing of August 15, 2001, proposes an overall
increase in rates of 3.5% and an increase in the expense constant from $200 to
$220 for a combined premium level increase of 3.6%. This increase is in
addition to the approved 1.8% increase reflecting the change to the 5th Edition
of the AMA Guidelines effective January 1, 2002. Based on an independent review
of the NCCI proposal, the Commissioner finds the proposed manual rates not to be
excessive, inadequate, or unfairly discriminatory.
It is ordered that the August 15, 2001, rate filing is
approved to be effective January 1, 2002.
ARC 1099B
LABOR SERVICES
DIVISION[875]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 88.5 and
17A.3(1), the Labor Commissioner hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 4, “Recording and Reporting Occupational Injuries and
Illnesses,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments adopt by reference new federal
occupational safety and health record–keeping regulations. The amendments
will be adopted after Notice on an emergency basis with an effective date of
January 1, 2002. Adoption confers a benefit, removes a restriction and is
required by statute. Language contained within the federal standard implements
some changes in record keeping on January 1, 2002, and other changes in record
keeping on January 1, 2003.
The principal reasons for adoption of these amendments are to
implement Iowa Code chapter 88 and to protect the safety and health of
Iowa’s workers. Adoption of these amendments is required by 29 Code of
Federal Regulations Subsection 1952.4 and Iowa Code subsection
88.5(1)“a.”
A public hearing will be held on December 4, 2001, at3 p.m. in
the Stanley Room at 1000 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa. The public will
be given the opportunity to make oral statements and submit documents. The
facility for the oral presentations is accessible to and functional for persons
with physical disabilities. Persons who have special requirements should
telephone (515)242–5869 in advance to arrange access or other needed
services.
Written data or arguments to be considered in adoption may be
submitted no later than December 4, 2001, to the Deputy Labor Commissioner,
Division of Labor Services, 1000 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0209,or faxed to (515)281–7995. Electronic mail may be sent
to kathleen.uehling@iwd.state.ia.us.
These amendments will not necessitate additional annual
expenditures exceeding $100,000 by any political subdivision or agency or any
contractor providing services to political subdivisions or agencies.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
88.5.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 875—4.1(88) as
follows:
875—4.1(88) Purpose and scope. These rules
provide for record keeping and reporting by employers covered under Iowa Code
chapter 88 as necessary or appropriate for enforcement of the Act, for
developing information regarding the causes and prevention of occupational
accidents and illnesses, and for maintaining a program of collection,
compilation and analysis of occupational safety and health statistics. This
chapter applies to public and private employers and the use of the word
“company” or “companies” in the standard adopted by
reference herein shall not limit the scope or application of this chapter to
private employers.
ITEM 2. Rescind rules
875—4.2(88) to 875—4.19(88) and adopt the following
new rules in lieu thereof:
875—4.2(88) First reports of injury. All
employers shall report to the Iowa division of workers’ compensation any
occupational injury or illness which temporarily disables an employee for more
than three days or which results in permanent total disability, permanent
partial disability or death. This report shall be made within four days from
such event when such injury or illness is alleged by the employee to have been
sustained in the course of the employee’s employment. First reports of
injury are to be filed in the form and manner required by the division of
workers’ compensation. A report to the division of workers’
compensation is considered to be a report to the division of labor services.
The division of workers’ compensation shall forward all reports to the
division of labor services. This rule does not excuse employers from notifying
the division of labor services of fatality or multiple hospitalization
accidents.
875—4.3(88) Record–keeping regulations.
Federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration’s regulations of 29
CFR Sections 1904.0 through 1904.46 as published at 66 Fed. Reg. 6122 to 6135
(January 19, 2001) are adopted, except that reporting of fatalities and
multiple hospitalization incidents required
by 29 CFR 1904.39 must be made to the IOSH Administrator by visiting 1000 E.
Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa, or by calling 1–800–JOB–IOWA.
The number for reporting fatalities and multiple hospitalization incidents
outside of normal business hours is (877)242–6742. Amendments to this
federal standard published at the following locations are also
adopted:
66 Fed. Reg. 52031–52034 (October 12, 2001)
ITEM 3. Amend 875—Chapter 4,
implementation clause, as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code
sections 17A.3, 84A.1, 84A.2, 88.2, 88.6(3), and 88.18
chapter 88.
ARC 1090B
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL EXAMINING
BOARD[193D]
Notice of Termination
and
Notice of
Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 544B.8 and
544B.13, the Landscape Architectural Examining Board gives Notice of Intended
Action to amend Chapter 1, “Description of Organization,” and
Chapter 2, “Examination and Registration,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The Board terminates the rule making initiated by its Notice
of Intended Action published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on March 7,
2001, as ARC 0528B. The amendments were not adopted before the Notice
expired.
The proposed amendments to Chapter 1 establish a
proc–ess for sealing and certifying documents prepared by a registered
landscape architect and outline the process by which an applicant for
registration as a landscape architect must document the experience necessary for
qualification. Proposed amendments to Chapter 2 establish that the national
examination for registration is offered at least annually in this state, clarify
the renewal process, increase the fees for renewal of biennial registration and
outline new examination fees.
Consideration will be given to all written suggestions or
comments on the proposed amendments received on or before December 4, 2001.
Comments should be addressed to Kay Halloran, Professional Licensing and
Regulation Division, 1918 S.E. Hulsizer, Ankeny, Iowa 50021, or faxed to
(515)281–7411. E–mail may be sent to kay.halloran@
comm7.state.ia.us.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
544B.8 and 544B.13.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
193D—1.1(544B,17A) by rescinding the definition of “proposed
decision.”
ITEM 2. Rescind subrule 1.7(1) and adopt
the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
1.7(1) Individual seal and certificate of
responsibility. Every registered landscape architect is required by Iowa law to
obtain a seal (or stamp) which shall have the registered landscape
architect’s name, “REGISTERED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT,”
“IOWA,” and registration number on it. The diameter of the outside
circle shall be approximately 1¾ inches. A
legible rubber stamp or other facsimile of the seal may be used. The seal
(stamp) shall substantially conform to the sample shown below:
SEAL
|
I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission
described below was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and
responsible charge. I am a duly registered landscape architect under the laws
of the state of Iowa.
________________________________
Printed or typed name
________________________________
Signature
|
Registration Expires:
|
Pages or sheets covered by this seal:
____________________________________________________________________
|
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 2.2(2) as
follows:
2.2(2) Evidence
Documentary evidence. Each applicant shall submit with the formal
application for a certificate of registration documentary evidence that the
applicant is clearly eligible under the section of Iowa Code chapter 544B upon
which the application is based. All documents shall be
8½”
? 11”.
Evidence submitted shall be exemplary of the experience cited
representative of the various aspects of the practice of architecture.
The board reserves the right to request additional evidence or information from
the applicant. The documentary evidence will be returned to the applicant if a
written request is submitted. If a written request is not received within six
months of the date of board action on the evidence, the evidence will be
destroyed.
ITEM 4. Amend rule
193D—2.4(544B,17A), introductory paragraph, as follows:
193D—2.4(544B,17A) Examination of applicants.
Exam–inations shall be conducted by the board at least once
annually.
ITEM 5. Rescind subrule 2.5(4),
paragraph “g.”
ITEM 6. Amend rule
193D—2.8(544B,17A) as follows:
193D—2.8(544B,17A) Biennial renewal of registration.
Original registrations expire June 30 following the date of issuance.
Thereafter, the registration period is for two years ending
June 30. A renewal notice will be sent in May to each registrant whose
registration is about to expire. A complete renewal application, renewal fee,
and continuing education report are due in the board office by June 30,
or the registration is lapsed but the certificate of registration may be renewed
without further penalty if the renewal application, fee and continuing education
report are received by the following July 30. The board shall give
second notice by restricted certified mail, return receipt
requested, to the registrant or licensee who has failed to renew by the
July June 30 date. The certificate is
shall be renewed without further penalty if the renewal application,
renewal fee, and continuing education affidavit are received within 30 days of
the date of this second notice. If the renewal application, renewal fee, and
continuing education affidavit are not received within 30 days of the date of
the second notice, the certificate shall lapse.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
544B.13.
ITEM 7. Amend rule
193D—2.9(544B,17A) as follows:
193D—2.9(544B,17A) Reinstatement of registration.
An application for the reinstatement of a lapsed certificate of registration
shall include a description of the professional activities of the applicant
during the period of nonregistration. The fee for reinstatement
will shall be the current renewal fee, a $100 penalty,
plus continuing education required by the board. with a maximum of 36
hours.
ITEM 8. Amend rule
193D—2.10(544B,17A) as follows:
193D—2.10(544B,17A) Fee schedule. The
appropriate examination fee or examination exemption filing fee shall accompany
the application. Filing fees are not refundable.
Examination fee not to exceed $550
$1000
Initial examination filing fee $50
Subsequent examination filing fee $35
Proctoring fee $50
Examination exemption fee $300
(This certificate to be effective to the June 30 which
is
at least 12 months beyond the date of application.)
Certificate of registration fee $15/month
(This certificate of registration to be effective
the day
of board action until June 30.)
Biennial registration fee $275
$350
ARC 1091B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[653]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76 and
272C.3, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
amend Chapter 10, “Resident, Special and Temporary Licensure,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The Board approved the proposed amendment to Chapter 10 during
its regularly held meeting on October 18, 2001.
The proposed change amends the current chapter to clarify the
passing score for TOEFL, the Test of English as a Foreign Language administered
by the Educational Testing Service. A passing score on TOEFL is required of
international medical graduates who are seeking a special license to serve on
the faculty of a college of medicine in Iowa.
Any interested person may present written comments on this
proposed amendment not later than December 4, 2001, at 4 p.m. Such written
materials should be sent to Ann E. Mowery, Executive Director, Board of Medical
Examiners, 400 S.W. 8th Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4686 or
ann.mowery@ibme.state.ia.us.
There will be a public hearing on December 4, 2001, at3 p.m.
in the Board office, at which time persons may present their views either orally
or in writing. The Board of Medical Examiners office is located at 400 S.W. 8th
Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
148.11(2)“f.”
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend subparagraph 10.4(3)“a”(4) as
follows:
(4) Demonstrate proficiency in English by providing a valid
ECFMG certificate or verification of a passing score on TOEFL, the Test of
English as a Foreign Language administered by the Educational Testing Service.
A passing score on TOEFL is a minimum overall score of 550 on the
paper–based TOEFL that was administered on a Friday or Saturday (formerly
special or international administration) or a minimum overall score of 213 on
the computer–administered TOEFL.
ARC 1092B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[653]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76 and
272C.3, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
amend Chapter 17, “Licensure of Acupuncturists,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The Board approved the proposed amendments to Chapter 17
during its regularly held meeting on October 18, 2001.
The proposed amendments clarify the English proficiency test
requirements for those acupuncturists who have taken one or both parts of the
certifying examination in a language other than English.
Any interested person may present written comments on these
proposed amendments not later than December 4, 2001, at 4 p.m. Such written
materials should be sent to Ann E. Mowery, Executive Director, Board of Medical
Examiners, 400 S.W. 8th Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa 50309– 4686, or
ann.mowery@ibme.state.ia.us.
There will be a public hearing on December 4, 2001, at 3:15
p.m. in the Board office, at which time persons may present their views either
orally or in writing. The Board of Medical Examiners office is located at 400
S.W. 8th Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
148E.2 and 147E.7.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
653—17.3(148E) by rescinding the definition of “English
proficiency.”
ITEM 2. Amend subparagraph
17.4(1)“c”(2) as follows:
(2) The board may, at the recommendation of the
committee, choose any of the following examinations to test the English
proficiency of any applicant: TOEFL, TOEIC, or TSE. An applicant
who passed NCCAOM written or practical examination components in a language
other thanEnglish shall achieve a minimum overall score of 550 on the
paper–based TOEFL that was administered on a Friday or Saturday (formerly
special or international administration) or a minimum overall score of 213 on
the computer–administered TOEFL.
ARC 1129B
PERSONNEL
DEPARTMENT[581]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 97B.15, the
Department of Personnel hereby gives Notice of In–tended Action to amend
Chapter 21, “Iowa Public Employees’ Retirement System,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
Subrules 21.6(4), 21.6(7) and 21.6(8) are amended by deleting
provisions relating to the combining of accounts so as to permit flexibility in
wage reporting; by requiring, for wage reports filed for the quarter ending
March 31, 2002, and thereafter, wage reports using magnetic media; and by adding
a provision stating that, for wage reports filed for the quarter ending March
31, 2002, and thereafter, an employer reporting wages for 50 or more members
will be assessed a $50 processing charge for each quarterly wage report filed on
paper.
Paragraphs 21.6(9)“b,” “c,” and
“e” are amended to implement the statutory contribution rates for
special service members recommended by IPERS’ actuary pursuant to Iowa
Code sections 97B.49B and 97B.49C.
Subrule 21.8(1), introductory paragraph, is amended to remove
limitations relating to the period of time following termination of employment
before a refund may be paid to a member. These amendments delete or modify
prior provisions that have been superseded by later amendments permitting a
refund to be paid to a member as soon as practicable after termination of
employment.
Paragraph 21.8(1)“b,” introductory paragraph, is
also amended to implement a prior statutory change relating to the calculation
of a member’s share of employer accumulated contributions. The current
rule uses 100 quarters in determining the service fraction for protection
occupation members. By statute this 100 quarters decreases in steps over time
to 88 quarters. By striking the reference to 100 quarters and incorporating the
“applicable years of service” in its place, a member receives a
larger share of employer accumulated contributions.
Subparagraph 21.8(1)“b”(4) is also amended to deal
with the calculation problems caused when the “applicable years of
service” number changes between the time that a member’s original
refund is issued and the date that a supplemental refund is issued. Since a
supplemental refund is only caused by delayed wage reporting, the subparagraph
is amended to clarify that the “applicable years of service” in
effect at the time of the original refund is used for both original and
supplemental refund calculations.
Subparagraph 21.24(14)“a”(1) is amended in order
to modify the service purchase calculation method used for patient advocates who
purchase service credit prior to July 1, 2002, for patient advocate employment,
pursuant to legislative directives. The current rule incorrectly uses a more
costly method.
The amendment to subrule 21.6(8) will be subject to requests
for waivers. No other amendments will be subject to requests for waivers. The
amendments to subrules 21.6(4), 21.6(7), 21.8(1) and 21.24(14) confer benefits,
and the amendments to subrule 21.6(9) are required by statute.
In conjunction with the Adopted and Filed Emergency also
published herein, this filing will give interested persons adequate notice of
the changes and an opportunity to respond.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on the proposed amendments on or before December 4, 2001. Such written
suggestions or comments should be directed to the IPERS Administrative Rules
Coordinator at IPERS, P.O. Box 9117, Des Moines, Iowa 50306– 9117.
Persons who wish to present their comments orally may contact the IPERS
Administrative Rules Coordinator at (515) 281–0089. Comments may also be
submitted by fax to (515) 281–0045 or by E–mail to
info@ipers.state.ia.us.
There will be a public hearing on December 4, 2001, at9 a.m.
at IPERS, 7401 Register Drive, Des Moines, Iowa, at which time persons may
present their views either orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will
be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their
remarks to the subject matter of the proposed amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
97B.
These amendments were also Adopted and Filed Emergency and are
published herein as ARC 1130B. The content of that submission is
incorporated by reference.
ARC 1106B
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section
455G.4(3)“a,” the Iowa Comprehensive Petroleum Underground Storage
Tank Fund Board hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to rescind Chapter 2,
“Petitions for Rule Making,” Iowa Administrative Code, and adopt a
new Chapter 2 with the same title.
The proposed amendment is intended to implement changes to
comply with Executive Order Number 8. The amendment reorganizes the rules in a
new chapter to replace references in the rules to the Uniform Rules on Agency
Procedure and incorporates the actual language previously referenced. This
format should be easier for the public to read. These changes are being made
subsequent to a review of the existing rules for clarity, statutory authority
and intent, fairness, necessity and cost.
Public comments concerning the proposed amendment will be
accepted until 4 p.m. on December 4, 2001. Interested persons may submit
written or oral comments by contacting the Office of the Deputy Commissioner of
Insurance, Division of Insurance, 330 Maple Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319;
telephone (515)281–5705.
This amendment does not mandate additional combined
expenditures exceeding $100,000 by all affected political subdivisions or
agencies and entities which contract with political subdivisions to provide
services.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
17A.
The following amendment is proposed.
Rescind 591—Chapter 2 and adopt the following
new chapter in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 2
PETITIONS FOR RULE MAKING
591—2.1(17A) Petition for rule making. Any
person or board may file a petition for rule making with the board at the
following address: Administrator, Iowa Comprehensive Petroleum Underground
Storage Tank Fund Board, 2700 Westown Parkway, Suite 320, West Des Moines, Iowa
50266. A petition is deemed filed when it is received by that office. The
board must provide the petitioner with a file–stamped copy of the petition
if the petitioner provides the board an extra copy for this purpose. The
petition must be typewritten or legibly handwritten in ink and must
substantially conform to the following form:
IOWA COMPREHENSIVE PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND
STORAGE TANK FUND BOARD
|
Petition by (Name of Petitioner) for the (adoption, amendment,
or repeal) of rules relating to (state subject matter).
|
}
|
PETITION FOR RULE
MAKING
|
The petition must provide the following information:
1. A statement of the specific rule–making action sought
by the petitioner including the text or a summary of the contents of the
proposed rule or amendment to a rule and, if it is a petition to amend or repeal
a rule, a citation and the relevant language to the particular portion or
portions of the rule proposed to be amended or repealed.
2. A citation to any law deemed relevant to the board’s
authority to take the action urged or to the desirability of that
action.
3. A brief summary of petitioner’s arguments in support
of the action urged in the petition.
4. A brief summary of any data supporting the action urged in
the petition.
5. The names and addresses of other persons, or a description
of any class of persons known by petitioner to be affected by, or interested in,
the proposed action which is the subject of the petition.
6. Any request by petitioner for a meeting provided for by
rule 2.4(17A).
2.1(1) The petition must be dated and signed by the
petitioner or the petitioner’s representative. It must also include the
name, mailing address, and telephone number of the petitioner and
petitioner’s representative, and a statement indicating the person to whom
communications concerning the petition should be directed.
2.1(2) The board may deny a petition because it does
not substantially conform to the required form.
591—2.2(17A) Briefs. The petitioner may attach
a brief to the petition in support of the action urged in the petition. The
board may request a brief from the petitioner or from any other person
concerning the substance of the petition.
591—2.3(17A) Inquiries. Inquiries concerning
the status of a petition for rule making may be made to Administrator, Iowa
Comprehensive Petroleum Underground Storage Tank Fund Board, 2700 Westown
Parkway, Suite 320, West Des Moines, Iowa 50266.
591—2.4(17A) Board consideration.
2.4(1) Within 14 days after the filing of a petition,
the board must submit a copy of the petition and any accompanying brief to the
administrative rules coordinator and to the administrative rules review
committee. Upon request by petitioner in the petition, the board must schedule
a brief and informal meeting between the petitioner and the board, a member of
the board, or a member of the staff of the board, to discuss the petition. The
board may request the petitioner to submit additional information or argument
concerning the petition. The board may also solicit comments from any person on
the substance of the petition. Also, comments on the substance of the petition
may be submitted to the board by any person.
2.4(2) Within 60 days after the filing of the
petition, or within any longer period agreed to by the petitioner, the board
must, in writing, deny the petition and notify petitioner of its action and the
specific grounds for the denial, or grant the petition and notify petitioner
that it has instituted rule–making proceedings on the subject of the
petition. Petitioner shall be deemed notified of the denial or grant of the
petition on the date when the board mails or delivers the required notification
to petitioner.
2.4(3) Denial of a petition because it does not
substantially conform to the required form does not preclude the filing of a new
petition on the same subject that seeks to eliminate the grounds for the
board’s rejection of the petition.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
17A.
ARC 1105B
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section
455G.4(3)“a,” the Iowa Comprehensive Petroleum Underground Storage
Tank Fund Board hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to rescind Chapter 3,
“Declaratory Rulings,” and to adopt new Chapter 3,
“Declaratory Orders,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendment is intended to implement changes to
comply with Executive Order Number 8. The amendment reorganizes the rules in a
new chapter to replace references in the rules to the Uniform Rules on Agency
Procedure and incorporate the actual language previously referenced. This
format should be easier for the public to read. These changes are being made
subsequent to a review of the existing rules for clarity, statutory authority
and intent, fairness, necessity and cost.
Public comments concerning the proposed amendment will be
accepted until 4 p.m. on December 4, 2001. Interested persons may submit
written or oral comments by contacting the Office of the Deputy Commissioner of
Insurance, Division of Insurance, 330 Maple Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319;
telephone (515)281–5705.
This amendment does not mandate additional combined
expenditures exceeding $100,000 by all affected political subdivisions or
agencies and entities which contract with political subdivisions to provide
services.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
17A.
The following amendment is proposed.
Rescind 591—Chapter 3 and adopt the following
new chapter in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 3
DECLARATORY ORDERS
591—3.1(17A) Petition for declaratory order.
Any person may file a petition with the Iowa comprehensive petroleum
underground storage tank fund board for a declaratory order as to the
applicability to specified circumstances of a statute, rule, or order within the
primary jurisdiction of the board at the following address: Administrator, Iowa
Comprehensive Petroleum Underground Storage Tank Fund Board, 2700 Westown
Parkway, Suite 320, West Des Moines, Iowa 50266. A petition is deemed filed
when it is received by that office. The board shall provide the petitioner with
a file–stamped copy of the petition if the petitioner provides the board
an extra copy for this purpose. The petition must be typewritten or legibly
handwritten in ink and must substantially conform to the following
form:
IOWA COMPREHENSIVE PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND
STORAGE TANK FUND BOARD
|
Petition by (Name of Petitioner) for a Declaratory Order on
(Cite provisions of law involved).
|
}
|
PETITION
FOR DECLARATORY ORDER
|
The petition must provide the following information:
1. A clear and concise statement of all relevant facts on
which the order is requested.
2. A citation and the relevant language of the specific
statutes, rules, policies, decisions, or orders, whose applicability is
questioned, and any other relevant law.
3. The questions petitioner wants answered, stated clearly and
concisely.
4. The answers to the questions desired by the petitioner and
a summary of the reasons urged by the petitioner in support of those
answers.
5. The reasons for requesting the declaratory order and
disclosure of the petitioner’s interest in the outcome.
6. A statement indicating whether the petitioner is currently
a party to another proceeding involving the questions at issue and whether, to
the petitioner’s knowledge, those questions have been decided by, are
pending determination by, or are under investigation by, any governmental
entity.
7. The names and addresses of other persons, or a description
of any class of persons, known by petitioner to be affected by, or interested
in, the questions presented in the petition.
8. Any request by petitioner for a meeting provided for by
3.7(17A).
The petition must be dated and signed by the petitioner or the
petitioner’s representative. It must also include the name, mailing
address, and telephone number of the petitioner and petitioner’s
representative and a statement indicating the person to whom communications
concerning the petition should be directed.
591—3.2(17A) Notice of petition. Within 15 days
after receipt of a petition for a declaratory order, the board shall give notice
of the petition to all persons not served by the petitioner pursuant to 3.6(17A)
to whom notice is required by any provision of law. The board may also give
notice to any other persons.
591—3.3(17A) Intervention.
3.3(1) Persons who qualify under any applicable
provision of law as an intervenor and who file a petition for intervention
within 30 days of the filing of a petition for declaratory order shall be
allowed to intervene in a proceeding for a declaratory order.
3.3(2) Any person who files a petition for
intervention at any time prior to the issuance of an order may be allowed to
intervene in a proceeding for a declaratory order at the discretion of the
board.
3.3(3) A petition for intervention shall be filed at
Administrator, Iowa Comprehensive Petroleum Underground Storage Tank Fund Board,
2700 Westown Parkway, Suite 320, West Des Moines, Iowa 50266. Such a petition
is deemed filed when it is received by that office. The board will provide the
petitioner with a file–stamped copy of the petition for intervention if
the petitioner provides an extra copy for this purpose. A petition for
intervention must be typewritten or legibly handwritten in ink and must
substantially conform to the following form:
IOWA COMPREHENSIVE PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND
STORAGE TANK FUND BOARD
|
Petition by (Name of Original Petitioner) for a Declaratory
Order on (Cite provisions of law cited in original petition).
|
}
|
PETITION
FOR INTERVENTION
|
The petition for intervention must provide the following
information:
1. Facts supporting the intervenor’s standing and
qualifications for intervention.
2. The answers urged by the intervenor to the question or
questions presented and a summary of the reasons urged in support of those
answers.
3. Reasons for requesting intervention and disclosure of the
intervenor’s interest in the outcome.
4. A statement indicating whether the intervenor is currently
a party to any proceeding involving the questions at issue and whether, to the
intervenor’s knowledge, those questions have been decided by, are pending
determination by, or are under investigation by, any governmental
entity.
5. The names and addresses of any additional persons, or a
description of any additional class of persons, known by the intervenor to be
affected by, or interested in, the questions presented.
6. Whether the intervenor consents to be bound by the
determination of the matters presented in the declaratory order
proceeding.
The petition must be dated and signed by the intervenor or the
intervenor’s representative. It must also include the name, mailing
address, and telephone number of the intervenor and intervenor’s
representative, and a statement indicating the person to whom communications
should be directed.
591—3.4(17A) Briefs. The petitioner or any
intervenor may file a brief in support of the position urged. The board may
request a brief from the petitioner, any intervenor, or any other person
concerning the questions raised.
591—3.5(17A) Inquiries. Inquiries concerning
the status of a declaratory order proceeding may be made to Administrator, Iowa
Comprehensive Petroleum Underground Storage Tank Fund Board, 2700 Westown
Parkway, Suite 320, West Des Moines, Iowa 50266.
591—3.6(17A) Service and filing of petitions and
other papers.
3.6(1) When service required. Except where otherwise
provided by law, every petition for declaratory order, petition for
intervention, brief, or other paper filed in a proceeding for a declaratory
order shall be served upon each of the parties of record to the proceeding, and
on all other persons identified in the petition for declaratory order or
petition for intervention as affected by or interested in the questions
presented, simultaneously with their filing. The party filing a document is
responsible for service on all parties and other affected or interested
persons.
3.6(2) Filing—when required. All petitions for
declaratory orders, petitions for intervention, briefs, or other papers in a
proceeding for a declaratory order shall be filed with the Administrator, Iowa
Comprehensive Petroleum Underground Storage Tank Fund Board, 2700 Westown
Parkway, Suite 320, West Des Moines, Iowa 50266. All petitions, briefs, or
other papers that are required to be served upon a party shall be filed
simultaneously with the board.
3.6(3) Method of service, time of filing, and proof of
mailing. Method of service, time of filing, and proof of mailing shall be as
provided by 591—17.13(17A).
591—3.7(17A) Consideration. Upon request by
petitioner, the board must schedule a brief and informal meeting between the
original petitioner, all intervenors, and the board, a member of the board, or a
member of the staff of the administrator to discuss the questions raised. The
board may solicit comments from any person on the questions raised. Also,
comments on the questions raised may be submitted to the Administrator, Iowa
Comprehensive Petroleum Underground Storage Tank Fund Board, 2700 Westown
Parkway, Suite 320, West Des Moines, Iowa 50266, by any person.
591—3.8(17A) Action on petition.
3.8(1) Within the time allowed by Iowa Code section
17A.9(5), after receipt of a petition for a declaratory order, the board or
designee shall take action on the petition as required by Iowa Code section
17A.9(5).
3.8(2) The date of issuance of an order or of a
refusal to issue an order is as defined in 591—17.2(17A).
591—3.9(17A) Refusal to issue order.
3.9(1) The board shall not issue a declaratory order
where prohibited by Iowa Code section 17A.9(1) and may refuse to issue a
declaratory order on some or all questions raised for the following
reasons:
1. The petition does not substantially comply with the
required form.
2. The petition does not contain facts sufficient to
demonstrate that the petitioner will be aggrieved or adversely affected by the
failure of the board to issue an order.
3. The board does not have jurisdiction over the questions
presented in the petition.
4. The questions presented by the petition are also presented
in a current rule making, contested case, or other board or judicial proceeding,
that may definitively resolve them.
5. The questions presented by the petition would more properly
be resolved in a different type of proceeding or by another body with
jurisdiction over the matter.
6. The facts or questions presented in the petition are
unclear, overbroad, insufficient, or otherwise inappropriate as a basis upon
which to issue an order.
7. There is no need to issue an order because the questions
raised in the petition have been settled due to a change in
circumstances.
8. The petition is not based upon facts calculated to aid in
the planning of future conduct but is, instead, based solely upon prior conduct
in an effort to establish the effect of that conduct or to challenge a board
decision already made.
9. The petition requests a declaratory order that would
necessarily determine the legal rights, duties, or responsibilities of other
persons who have not joined in the petition, intervened separately, or filed a
similar petition and whose position on the questions presented may fairly be
presumed to be adverse to that of petitioner.
10. The petitioner requests the board to determine whether a
statute is unconstitutional on its face.
3.9(2) A refusal to issue a declaratory order must
indicate the specific grounds for the refusal and constitutes final board action
on the petition.
3.9(3) Refusal to issue a declaratory order pursuant
to this provision does not preclude the filing of a new petition that seeks to
eliminate the grounds for the refusal to issue an order.
591—3.10(17A) Contents of declaratory
order—effective date. In addition to the order itself, a declaratory
order must contain the date of its issuance, the name of petitioner and all
intervenors, the specific statutes, rules, policies, decisions, or orders
involved, the particular facts upon which it is based, and the reasons for its
conclusion.
A declaratory order is effective on the date of
issuance.
591—3.11(17A) Copies of orders. A copy of all
orders issued in response to a petition for a declaratory order shall be mailed
promptly to the original petitioner and all intervenors.
591—3.12(17A) Effect of a declaratory order. A
declaratory order has the same status and binding effect as a final order issued
in a contested case proceeding. It is binding on the board, the petitioner, and
any intervenors (who consent to be bound) and is applicable only in
circumstances where the relevant facts and the law involved are
indistinguishable from those on which the order was based. As to all other
persons, a declaratory order serves only as precedent and is not binding on the
board. The issuance of a declaratory order constitutes final board action on
the petition.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
17A.
ARC 1101B
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section
455G.4(3)“a,” the Iowa Comprehensive Petroleum Underground Storage
Tank Fund Board hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to rescind Chapter 4,
“Board Procedure for Rule Making,” Iowa Administrative Code, and
adopt a new Chapter 4 with the same title.
The proposed amendment is intended to implement changes to
comply with Executive Order Number 8. This amendment reorganizes the rules in a
new chapter to replace references in the rules to the Uniform Rules on Agency
Procedure and incorporates the actual language previously referenced. This
format should be easier for the public to read. The changes are being made
subsequent to a review of the existing rules for clarity, statutory authority
and intent, fairness, necessity and cost.
Public comments concerning the proposed amendment will be
accepted until 4 p.m. on December 4, 2001. Interested persons may submit
written or oral comments by contacting the Office of the Deputy Commissioner of
Insurance, Division of Insurance, 330 Maple Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319;
telephone (515)281–5705.
This amendment does not mandate additional combined
expenditures exceeding $100,000 by all affected political subdivisions or
agencies and entities which contract with political subdivisions to provide
services.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
17A.
The following amendment is proposed.
Rescind 591—Chapter 4 and adopt the following
new chapter in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 4
BOARD PROCEDURE FOR RULE MAKING
591—4.1(17A) Applicability. Except to the
extent otherwise expressly provided by statute, all rules adopted by the board
are subject to the provisions of Iowa Code chapter 17A, the Iowa administrative
procedure Act, and the provisions of this chapter.
591—4.2(17A) Advice on possible rules before notice
of proposed rule adoption. In addition to seeking information by other
methods, the board may, before publication of aNotice of Intended Action under
Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“a,” solicit comments from the public on a
subject matter of possible rule making by the board by causing notice to be
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin of the subject matter and
indicating where, when, and how persons may comment.
591—4.3(17A) Public rule–making
docket.
4.3(1) Docket maintained. The board shall
maintain a current public rule–making docket.
4.3(2) Anticipated rule making. The
rule–making docket shall list each anticipated rule–making
proceeding. A rule–making proceeding is deemed “anticipated”
from the time a draft of proposed rules is distributed for internal discussion
within the board. For each anticipated rule–making proceeding the docket
shall contain a listing of the precise subject matter which may be submitted for
consideration by the board for subsequent proposal under the provisions of Iowa
Code section 17A.4(1)“a,” the name and address of board personnel
with whom persons may communicate with respect to the matter, and an indication
of the present status within the board of that possible rule. The board may
also include in the docket other subjects upon which public comment is
desired.
4.3(3) Pending rule–making proceedings.
The rule–making docket shall list each pending rule–making
proceeding. A rule–making proceeding is pending from the time itis
commenced, by publication in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin of a Notice of
Intended Action pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“a,” to the
time it is terminated, by publication of a Notice of Termination in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin or the rule becoming effective. For each
rule–making proceeding, the docket shall indicate:
a. The subject matter of the proposed rule;
b. A citation to all published notices relating to the
proceeding;
c. Where written submissions on the proposed rule may be
inspected;
d. The time during which written submissions may be
made;
e. The names of persons who have made written requests for an
opportunity to make oral presentations on the proposed rule, where those
requests may be inspected, and where and when oral presentations may be
made;
f. Whether a written request for the issuance of a regulatory
analysis, or a concise statement of reasons, has been filed, whether such an
analysis or statement or a fiscal impact statement has been issued, and where
any such written request, analysis, or statement may be inspected;
g. The current status of the proposed rule and any board
determinations with respect thereto;
h. Any known timetable for board decisions or other action in
the proceeding;
i. The date of the rule’s adoption;
j. The date of the rule’s filing, indexing, and
publication;
k. The date on which the rule will become effective;
and
l. Where the rule–making record may be
inspected.
591—4.4(17A) Notice of proposed rule
making.
4.4(1) Contents. At least 35 days
before the adoption of a rule the board shall cause Notice of Intended Action to
be published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin. The Notice of Intended Action
shall include:
a. A brief explanation of the purpose of the proposed
rule;
b. The specific legal authority for the proposed
rule;
c. Except to the extent impracticable, the text of the
proposed rule;
d. Where, when, and how persons may present their views on the
proposed rule; and
e. Where, when, and how persons may demand an oral proceeding
on the proposed rule if the notice does not already provide for one.
Where inclusion of the complete text of a proposed rule in the
Notice of Intended Action is impracticable, the board shall include in the
notice a statement fully describing the specific subject matter of the omitted
portion of the text of the proposed rule, the specific issues to be addressed by
that omitted text of the proposed rule, and the range of possible choices being
considered by the board for the resolution of each of those issues.
4.4(2) Incorporation by reference. A proposed
rule may incorporate other materials by reference only if it complies with all
of the requirements applicable to the incorporation by reference of other
materials in an adopted rule that are contained in subrule 4.12(2) of this
chapter.
4.4(3) Copies of notices. Persons
desiring to receive copies of future Notices of Intended Action by subscription
must file with the board a written request indicating the name and address to
which such notices should be sent. Within seven days after submission of a
Notice of Intended Action to the administrative rules coordinator for
publication in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, the board shall mail or
electronically transmit a copy of that notice to subscribers who have filed with
the board a written request for either mailing or electronic transmittal of
Notices of Intended Action. The written request shall be accompanied by payment
of the subscription price which may cover the full cost of the subscription
service, including its administrative overhead and the cost of copying and
mailing the Notices of Intended Action for a period of one year.
591—4.5(17A) Public participation.
4.5(1) Written comments. For at least
20 days after publication of the Notice of Intended Action, persons may submit
argument, data, and views, in writing, on the proposed rule. Such written
submissions should identify the proposed rule to which they relate and should be
submitted to Administrator, Iowa Comprehensive Petroleum Underground Storage
Tank Fund Board, 2700 Westown Parkway, Suite 320, West Des Moines, Iowa 50266,
or the person designated in the Notice of Intended Action.
4.5(2) Oral proceedings. The board may, at any
time, schedule an oral proceeding on a proposed rule. The board shall schedule
an oral proceeding on a proposed rule if, within 20 days after the published
Notice of Intended Action, a written request for an opportunity to make oral
presentations is submitted to the board by the administrative rules review
committee, a governmental subdivision, a board, an association having not less
than 25 members, or at least 25 persons. That request must also contain the
following additional information:
1. A request by one or more individual persons must be signed
by each of them and include the address and telephone number of each of
them.
2. A request by an association must be signed by an officer or
designee of the association and must contain a statement that the association
has at least 25 members and the address and telephone number of the person
signing that request.
3. A request by a board or governmental subdivision must be
signed by an official having authority to act on behalf of the entity and must
contain the address and telephone number of the person signing that
request.
4.5(3) Conduct of oral proceedings.
a. Applicability. This subrule applies only to those oral
rule–making proceedings in which an opportunity to make oral presentations
is authorized or required by Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b” or this
chapter.
b. Scheduling and notice. An oral proceeding on a proposed
rule may be held in one or more locations and shall not be held earlier than 20
days after notice of its location and time is published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin. That notice shall also identify the proposed rule by
ARC number and citation to the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
c. Presiding officer. The board, a member of the board, or
another person designated by the board who will be familiar with the substance
of the proposed rule shall preside at the oral proceeding on a proposed rule.
If the board does not preside, the presiding officer shall prepare a memorandum
for consideration by the board summarizing the contents of the presentations
made at the oral proceeding unless the board determines that such a memorandum
is unnecessary because the board will personally listen to or read the entire
transcript of the oral proceeding.
d. Conduct of proceeding. At an oral proceeding on a proposed
rule, persons may make oral statements and make documentary and physical
submissions, which may include data, views, comments or arguments concerning the
proposed rule. Persons wishing to make oral presentations at such a proceeding
are encouraged to notify the board at least one business day prior to the
proceeding and indicate the general subject of their presentations. At the
proceeding, those who participate shall indicate their names and addresses,
identify any persons or organizations they may represent, and provide any other
information relating to their participation deemed appropriate by the presiding
officer. Oral proceedings shall be open to the public and shall be recorded by
stenographic or electronic means.
(1) At the beginning of the oral proceeding, the presiding
officer shall give a brief synopsis of the proposed rule, a statement of the
statutory authority for the proposed rule, and the reasons for the board
decision to propose the rule. The presiding officer may place time limitations
on individual oral presentations when necessary to ensure the orderly and
expeditious conduct of the oral proceeding. To encourage joint oral
presentations and to avoid repetition, additional time may be provided for
persons whose presentations represent the views of other individuals as well as
their own views.
(2) Persons making oral presentations are encouraged to avoid
restating matters which have already been submitted in writing.
(3) To facilitate the exchange of information, the presiding
officer may, where time permits, open the floor to questions or general
discussion.
(4) The presiding officer shall have the authority to take any
reasonable action necessary for the orderly conduct of the meeting.
(5) Physical and documentary submissions presented by
participants in the oral proceeding shall be submitted to the presiding officer.
Such submissions become the property of the board.
(6) The oral proceeding may be continued by the presiding
officer to a later time without notice other than by announcement at the
hearing.
(7) Participants in an oral proceeding shall not be required
to take an oath or to submit to cross–examination. However, the presiding
officer in an oral proceeding may question participants and permit the
questioning of participants by other participants about any matter relating to
that rule–making proceeding, including any prior written submissions made
by those participants in that proceeding; but no participant shall be required
to answer any question.
(8) The presiding officer in an oral proceeding may permit
rebuttal statements and request the filing of written statements subsequent to
the adjournment of the oral presentations.
4.5(4) Additional information. In
addition to receiving written comments and oral presentations on a proposed rule
according to the provisions of this rule, the board may obtain information
concerning a proposed rule through any other lawful means deemed appropriate
under the circumstances.
4.5(5) Accessibility. The board shall schedule
oral proceedings in rooms accessible to and functional for persons with physical
disabilities. Persons who have special requirements should contact
Administrator, Iowa Comprehensive Petroleum Underground Storage Tank Fund Board,
2700 Westown Parkway, Suite 320, West Des Moines, Iowa 50266, in advance to
arrange access or other needed services.
591—4.6(17A) Regulatory analysis.
4.6(1) Definition of small business. A
“small business” is defined in Iowa Code section
17A.4A(7).
4.6(2) Mailing list. Small businesses or
organizations of small businesses may be registered on the board’s small
business impact list by making a written application addressed to Administrator,
Iowa Comprehensive Petroleum Underground Storage Tank Fund Board, 2700 Westown
Parkway, Suite 320, West Des Moines, Iowa 50266. The application for
registration shall state:
a. The name of the small business or organization of small
businesses;
b. Its address;
c. The name of a person authorized to transact business for
the applicant;
d. A description of the applicant’s business or
organization. An organization representing 25 or more persons who qualify as a
small business shall indicate that fact.
e. Whether the registrant desires copies of Notices of
Intended Action at cost, or desires advance notice of the subject of all or some
specific category of proposed rule making affecting small business.
The board may at any time request additional information from
the applicant to determine whether the applicant is qualified as a small
business or as an organization of 25 or more small businesses. The board may
periodically send a letter to each registered small business or organization of
small businesses asking whether that business or organization wishes to remain
on the registration list. The name of a small business or organization of small
businesses will be removed from the list if a negative response is received, or
if no response is received within 30 days after the letter is sent.
4.6(3) Time of mailing. Within seven
days after submission of a Notice of Intended Action to the administrative rules
coordinator for publication in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, the board shall
mail to all registered small businesses or organizations of small businesses, in
accordance with their request, either a copy of the Notice of Intended Action or
notice of the subject of that proposed rule making. In the case of a rule that
may have an impact on small business adopted in reliance upon Iowa Code section
17A.4(2), the board shall mail notice of the adopted rule to registered
businesses or organizations prior to the time the adopted rule is published in
the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
4.6(4) Qualified requesters for regulatory
analysis—economic impact. The board shall issue a regulatory analysis of
a proposed rule that conforms to the requirements of Iowa Code section
17A.4A(2a) after a proper request from:
a. The administrative rules coordinator;
b. The administrative rules review committee.
4.6(5) Qualified requesters for regulatory
analysis—business impact. The board shall issue a regulatory analysis of
a proposed rule that conforms to the requirements of Iowa Code section
17A.4A(2b) after a proper request from:
a. The administrative rules review committee;
b. The administrative rules coordinator;
c. At least 25 or more persons who sign the request provided
that each represents a different small business;
d. An organization representing at least 25 small businesses.
That organization shall list the name, address and telephone number of not less
than 25 small businesses it represents.
4.6(6) Time period for analysis. Upon receipt of a
timely request for a regulatory analysis the board shall adhere to the time
lines described in Iowa Code section 17A.4A(4).
4.6(7) Contents of request. A request for a
regulatory analysis is made when it is mailed or delivered to the board. The
request shall be in writing and satisfy the requirements of Iowa Code section
17A.4A(1).
4.6(8) Contents of concise summary. The contents of
the concise summary shall conform to the requirements of Iowa Code sections
17A.4A(4) and 17A.4A(5).
4.6(9) Publication of a concise summary. The board
shall make available, to the maximum extent feasible, copies of the published
summary in conformance with Iowa Code section 17A.4A(5).
4.6(10) Regulatory analysis
contents—rules review committee or rules coordinator. When a regulatory
analysis is issued in response to a written request from the administrative
rules review committee, or the administrative rules coordinator, the regulatory
analysis shall conform to the requirements of Iowa Code section 17A.4A(2a),
unless a written request expressly waives one or more of the items listed in the
section.
4.6(11) Regulatory analysis
contents—substantial impact on small business. When a regulatory analysis
is issued in response to a written request from the administrative rules review
committee, the administrative rules coordinator, at least 25 persons signing
that request who each qualify as a small business or by an organization
representing at least 25 small businesses, the regulatory analysis shall conform
to the requirements of Iowa Code section 17A.4A(2b).
591—4.7(17A,25B) Fiscal impact
statement.
4.7(1) A proposed rule that mandates additional
combined expenditures exceeding $100,000 by all affected political subdivisions
or agencies and entities which contract with political subdivisions to provide
services must be accompanied by a fiscal impact statement outlining the costs
associated with the rule. A fiscal impact statement must satisfy the
requirements of Iowa Code section 25B.6.
4.7(2) If the board determines at the time it adopts a
rule that the fiscal impact statement upon which the rule is based contains
errors, the board shall, at the same time, issue a corrected fiscal impact
statement and publish the corrected fiscal impact statement in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin.
591—4.8(17A) Time and manner of rule
adoption.
4.8(1) Time of adoption. The board
shall not adopt arule until the period for making written submissions and oral
presentations has expired. Within 180 days after the later of the publication
of the Notice of Intended Action, or the end of oral proceedings thereon, the
board shall adopt a rule pursuant to the rule–making proceeding or
terminate the proc–eeding by publication of a notice to that effect in the
Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
4.8(2) Consideration of public comment. Before
the adoption of a rule, the board shall consider fully all of the written
submissions and oral submissions received in that rule–making proceeding
or any memorandum summarizing such oral submissions, and any regulatory analysis
or fiscal impact statement issued in that rule–making
proceeding.
4.8(3) Reliance on board expertise.
Except as otherwise provided by law, the board may use its own experience,
technical competence, specialized knowledge, and judgment in the adoption of a
rule.
591—4.9(17A) Variance between adopted rule and
published notice of proposed rule adoption.
4.9(1) The board shall not adopt a rule that differs
from the rule proposed in the Notice of Intended Action on which the rule is
based unless:
a. The differences are within the scope of the subject matter
announced in the Notice of Intended Action and are in character with the issues
raised in that notice; and
b. The differences are a logical outgrowth of the contents of
that Notice of Intended Action and the comments submitted in response thereto;
and
c. The Notice of Intended Action provided fair warning that
the outcome of that rule–making proceeding could be the rule in
question.
4.9(2) In determining whether the Notice of
IntendedAction provided fair warning that the outcome of that rule–making
proceeding could be the rule in question, the board shall consider the following
factors:
a. The extent to which persons who will be affected by the
rule should have understood that the rule–making proceeding on which it is
based could affect their interests;
b. The extent to which the subject matter of the rule or the
issues determined by the rule are different from the subject matter or issues
contained in the Notice of Intended Action; and
c. The extent to which the effects of the rule differ from the
effects of the proposed rule contained in the Notice of Intended
Action.
4.9(3) The board shall commence a rule–making
proceeding within 60 days of its receipt of a petition for rule making seeking
the amendment or repeal of a rule that differs from the proposed rule contained
in the Notice of Intended Action upon which the rule is based, unless the board
finds that the differences between the adopted rule and the proposed rule are so
insubstantial as to make such a rule–making proceeding wholly unnecessary.
A copy of any such finding and the petition to which it responds shall be sent
to petitioner, the administrative rules coordinator, and the administrative
rules review committee, within three days of its issuance.
4.9(4) Concurrent rule–making proceedings.
Nothing in this rule disturbs the discretion of the board to initiate,
concurrently, several different rule–making proceedings on the same
subject with several different published Notices of Intended Action.
591—4.10(17A) Exemptions from public
rule–making procedures.
4.10(1) Omission of notice and comment. To the
extent the board for good cause finds that public notice and participation are
unnecessary, impracticable, or contrary to the public interest in the process of
adopting a particular rule, the board may adopt that rule without publishing
advance Notice of Intended Action in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin and
without providing for written or oral public submissions prior to its adoption.
The board shall incorporate the required finding and a brief statement of its
supporting reasons in each rule adopted in reliance upon this subrule.
4.10(2) Public proceedings on rules adopted
without them. The board may, at any time, commence a standard
rule–making proceeding for the adoption of a rule that is identical or
similar to a rule it adopts in reliance upon subrule 4.10(1). Upon written
petition by a governmental subdivision, the administrative rules review
committee, a board, the administrative rules coordinator, an association having
not less than 25 members, or at least 25 persons, the board shall commence a
standard rule–making proceeding for any rule specified in the petition
that was adopted in reliance upon subrule 4.10(1). Such a petition must be
filed within one year of the publication of the specified rule in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin as an adopted rule. The rule–making proceeding on
that rule must be commenced within 60 days of the receipt of such a petition.
After a standard rule–making proceeding commenced pursuant to this
subrule, the board may either readopt the rule it adopted without benefit of all
usual procedures on the basis of subrule 4.10(1), or may take any other lawful
action, including the amendment or repeal of the rule in question, with whatever
further proceedings are appropriate.
591—4.11(17A) Concise statement of
reasons.
4.11(1) General. When requested by a
person, either prior to the adoption of a rule or within 30 days after its
publication in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin as an adopted rule, the board
shall issue a concise statement of reasons for the rule. Requests for such a
statement must be in writing and be delivered to Administrator, Iowa
Comprehensive Petroleum Underground Storage Tank Fund Board, 2700 Westown
Parkway, Suite 320, West Des Moines, Iowa 50266. The request should indicate
whether the statement is sought for all or only a specified part of the rule.
Requests will be considered made on the date received.
4.11(2) Contents. The concise statement
of reasons shall contain:
a. The reasons for adopting the rule;
b. An indication of any change between the text of the
proposed rule contained in the published Notice of Intended Action and the text
of the rule as finally adopted, with the reasons for any such change;
c. The principal reasons urged in the rule–making
proceeding for and against the rule, and the board’s reasons for
overruling the arguments made against the rule.
4.11(3) Time of issuance. After a
proper request, the board shall issue a concise statement of reasons by the
later of the time the rule is adopted or 35 days after receipt of the
request.
591—4.12(17A) Contents, style, and form of
rule.
4.12(1) Contents. Each rule adopted by
the board shall contain the text of the rule and, in addition:
a. The date the board adopted the rule;
b. A brief explanation of the principal reasons for the
rule–making action if such reasons are required by Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b,” or the board in its discretion decides to include such
reasons;
c. A reference to all rules repealed, amended, or suspended by
the rule;
d. A reference to the specific statutory or other authority
authorizing adoption of the rule;
e. Any findings required by any provision of law as a
prerequisite to adoption or effectiveness of the rule;
f. A brief explanation of the principal reasons for the
failure to provide for waivers to the rule if no waiver provision is included
and a brief explanation of any waiver or special exceptions provided in the rule
if such reasons are required by Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b,” or
the board in its discretion decides to include such reasons; and
g. The effective date of the rule.
4.12(2) Incorporation by reference. The board may
incorporate by reference in a proposed or adopted rule, and without causing
publication of the incorporated matter in full, all or any part of a code,
standard, rule, or other matter ifthe board finds that the incorporation of its
text in the board–proposed or board–adopted rule would be unduly
cumbersome, expensive, or otherwise inexpedient. The reference in the proposed
or adopted rule shall fully and precisely identify the incorporated matter by
location, title, citation, date, and edition, if any; shall briefly indicate the
precise subject and the general contents of the incorporated matter; and shall
state that the proposed or adopted rule does not include any later amendments or
editions of the incorporated matter. The board may incorporate such matter by
reference in a proposed or adopted rule only if the board makes copies of it
readily available to the public. The rule shall state how and where copies of
the incorporated matter may be obtained at cost from this board, and how and
where copies may be obtained from the agency of the United States, this state,
another state, or the organization, association, or persons, originally issuing
that matter. The board shall retain permanently a copy of any materials
incorporated by reference in a rule of the board.
If the board adopts standards by reference to another
publication, it shall provide a copy of the publication containing the standards
to the administrative rules coordinator for deposit in the state law library and
may make the standards available electronically.
4.12(3) References to materials not published
in full. When the administrative code editor decides to omit the full text of a
proposed or adopted rule because publication of the full text would be unduly
cumbersome, expensive, or otherwise inexpedient, the board shall prepare and
submit to the administrative code editor for inclusion in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin and Iowa Administrative Code a summary statement
describing the specific subject matter of the omitted material. This summary
statement shall include the title and a brief description sufficient to inform
the public of the specific nature and subject matter of the proposed or adopted
rules, and of significant issues involved in these rules. The summary statement
shall also describe how a copy of the full text of the proposed or adopted rule,
including any unpublished matter and any matter incorporated by reference, may
be obtained from the board. The board will provide a copy of that full text (at
actual cost) upon request and shall make copies of the full text available for
review at the state law library and may make the standards available
electronically.
At the request of the administrative code editor, the board
shall provide a proposed statement explaining why publication of the full text
would be unduly cumbersome, expensive, or otherwise inexpedient.
4.12(4) Style and form. In preparing
its rules, the board shall follow the uniform numbering system, form, and style
prescribed by the administrative rules coordinator.
591—4.13(17A) Board rule–making
record.
4.13(1) Requirement. The board shall maintain
an official rule–making record for each rule it proposes by publication in
the Iowa Administrative Bulletin of a Notice of Intended Action, or adopts. The
rule–making record and materials incorporated by reference must be
available for public inspection.
4.13(2) Contents. The board
rule–making record shall contain:
a. Copies of all publications in the Iowa Administrative
Bulletin with respect to the rule or the proceeding upon which the rule is based
and any file–stamped copies of board submissions to the administrative
rules coordinator concerning that rule or the proceeding upon which it is
based;
b. Copies of any portions of the board’s public
rule–making docket containing entries relating to the rule or the
proceeding upon which the rule is based;
c. All written petitions, requests, and submissions received
by the board, and all other written materials of a factual nature as
distinguished from opinion that are relevant to the merits of the rule and that
were created or compiled by the board and considered by the board chairperson,
in connection with the formulation, proposal, or adoption of the rule or the
proceeding upon which the rule is based, except to the extent the board is
authorized by law to keep them confidential; provided, however, that when any
such materials are deleted because they are authorized by law to be kept
confidential, the board shall identify in the record the particular materials
deleted and state the reasons for that deletion;
d. Any official transcript of oral presentations made in the
proceeding upon which the rule is based or, if not transcribed, the stenographic
record or electronic recording of those presentations, and any memorandum
prepared by a presiding officer summarizing the contents of those
presentations;
e. A copy of any regulatory analysis or fiscal impact
statement prepared for the proceeding upon which the rule is based;
f. A copy of the rule and any concise statement of reasons
prepared for that rule;
g. All petitions for amendment or repeal or suspension of the
rule;
h. A copy of any objection to the issuance of that rule
without public notice and participation that was filed pursuant to Iowa Code
section 17A.4(2) by the administrative rules review committee, the governor, or
the attorney general;
i. A copy of any objection to the rule filed by the
administrative rules review committee, the governor, or the attorney general
pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.4(4), and any board response to that
objection;
j. A copy of any significant written criticism of the rule,
including a summary of any petitions for waiver of the rule; and
k. A copy of any executive order concerning the
rule.
4.13(3) Effect of record. Except as
otherwise required by a provision of law, the board rule–making record
required by this rule need not constitute the exclusive basis for board action
on that rule.
4.13(4) Maintenance of record. The
board shall maintain the rule–making record for a period of not less than
five years from the later of the date the rule to which it pertains became
effective, the date of the Notice of Intended Action, or the date of any written
criticism as described in 4.13(2) “g,” “h,”
“i,” or “j.”
591—4.14(17A) Filing of rules. The board shall
file each rule it adopts in the office of the administrative rules coordinator.
The filing must be executed as soon after adoption of the rule as is
practicable. At the time of filing, each rule must have attached to it any
fiscal impact statement and any concise statement of reasons that was issued
with respect to that rule. If a fiscal impact statement or statement of reasons
for that rule was not issued until a time subsequent to the filing
of that rule, the note or statement must be attached to the filed
rule within five working days after the note or statement is issued. In filing
a rule, the board shall use the standard form prescribed by the administrative
rules coordinator.
591—4.15(17A) Effectiveness of rules prior to
publication.
4.15(1) Grounds. The board may make a rule
effective after its filing at any stated time prior to 35 days after its
indexing and publication in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin if it finds that a
statute so provides, the rule confers a benefit or removes a restriction on some
segment of the public, or that the effective date of the rule is necessary to
avoid imminent peril to the public health, safety, or welfare. The board shall
incorporate the required finding and a brief statement of its supporting reasons
in each rule adopted in reliance upon this subrule.
4.15(2) Special notice. When the board
makes a rule effective prior to its indexing and publication in reliance upon
the provisions of Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(3), the board shall
employ all reasonable efforts to make its contents known to the persons who may
be affected by that rule prior to the rule’s indexing and publication.
The term “all reasonable efforts” requires the board to employ the
most effective and prompt means of notice rationally calculated to inform
potentially affected parties of the effectiveness of the rule that is justified
and practical under the circumstances considering the various alternatives
available for this purpose, the comparative costs to the board of utilizing each
of those alternatives, and the harm suffered by affected persons from any lack
of notice concerning the contents of the rule prior to its indexing and
publication. The means that may be used for providing notice of such rules
prior to their indexing and publication include, but are not limited to, any one
or more of the following means: radio, newspaper, television, signs, mail,
telephone, personal notice or electronic means.
A rule made effective prior to its indexing and publication in
reliance upon the provisions of Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(3)
shall include in that rule a statement describing the reasonable efforts that
will be used to comply with the requirements of subrule 4.15(2).
591—4.16(17A) General statements of
policy.
4.16(1) Compilation, indexing, public inspection.
The board shall maintain an official, current, and dated compilation that is
indexed by subject, containing all of its general statements of policy within
the scope of Iowa Code sections 17A.2(11)“a,” “c,”
“f,” “g,” “h,” and “k.” Each
addition to, change in, or deletion from the official compilation must also be
dated, indexed, and a record thereof kept. Except for those portions containing
rules governed by Iowa Code section 17A.2(11)“f,” or otherwise
authorized by law to be kept confidential, the compilation must be made
available for public inspection and copying.
4.16(2) Enforcement of requirements. A
general statement of policy subject to the requirements of this subsection shall
not be relied on by the board to the detriment of any person who does not have
actual, timely knowledge of the contents of the statement until the requirements
of subrule 4.16(1) are satisfied. This provision is inapplicable to the extent
necessary to avoid imminent peril to the public health, safety, or
welfare.
591—4.17(17A) Review by board of
rules.
4.17(1) Any interested person, association, board, or
political subdivision may submit a written request to the administrative rules
coordinator requesting the board to conduct a formal review of a specified rule.
Upon approval of that request by the administrative rules coordinator, the board
shall conduct a formal review of a specified rule to determine whether a new
rule should be adopted instead or the rule should be amended or repealed. The
board may refuseto conduct a review if it has conducted such a review of the
specified rule within five years prior to the filing of the written
request.
4.17(2) In conducting the formal review, the board
shall prepare within a reasonable time a written report summarizing its
findings, its supporting reasons, and any proposed course of action. The report
must include a concise statement of the board’s findings regarding the
rule’s effectiveness in achieving its objectives, including a summary of
any available supporting data. The report shall also concisely describe
significant written criticisms of the rule received during the previous five
years, including a summary of any petitions for waiver of the rule received by
the board or granted by the board. The report shall describe alternative
solutions to resolve the criticisms of the rule, the reasons any were rejected,
and any changes made in the rule in response to the criticisms as well as the
reasons for the changes. A copy of the board’s report shall be sent to
the administrative rules review committee and the administrative rules
coordinator. The report must also be available for public inspection.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
17A.
ARC 1102B
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section
455G.4(3)“a,” the Iowa Comprehensive Petroleum Underground Storage
Tank Fund Board hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to rescind Chapter 11,
“Remedial or Insurance Claims,” and adopt new Chapter 11,
“Claims,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendment is intended to implement changes to
comply with Executive Order Number 8. The amendment reorganizes the rules in
the chapter to place rules in a format that should be easier for the public to
read. The change is being made subsequent to a review of the existing rules for
clarity, statutory authority and intent, fairness, necessity and cost. Several
areas were deleted; most were moved to be grouped with related
subjects.
Public comments concerning the proposed amendment will be
accepted until 4 p.m. on December 4, 2001. Interested persons may submit
written or oral comments by contacting the Office of the Deputy Commissioner of
Insurance, Division of Insurance, 330 Maple Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319;
telephone (515)281–5705.
This amendment does not mandate additional combined
expenditures exceeding $100,000 by all affected political subdivisions or
agencies and entities which contract with political subdivisions to provide
services.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
455G.
The following amendment is proposed.
Rescind 591—Chapter 11 and adopt the following
new chapter in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 11
CLAIMS
591—11.1(455G) Reserving and payment of claims
pursuant to Iowa Code sections 455G.9 and 455G.21.
11.1(1) All claims shall be investigated and overall
fund liability estimated. Claims shall be reserved for their estimated exposure
to the fund on the specific site. The reserve shall reflect the estimated
exposure less copayment or deductible obligations.
11.1(2) Reserves shall reflect estimated total cost to
the program, regardless of actual funding provided.
11.1(3) Prioritization pursuant to Iowa Code section
455G.12 shall be accomplished with rules if required and as determined by the
board.
11.1(4) An estimated reserve for incurred but not
reported claims shall be developed.
11.1(5) Reserves may be changed to reflect changing
knowledge on eligible claims.
11.1(6) Owner or operator compliance with regulatory
and program requirements shall be evaluated as part of the investigation.
Failure to meet regulatory and program requirements which exist at the time of
payment may result in cost recovery claims as provided under Iowa Code section
455G.13.
11.1(7) Cause of loss and determination of responsible
parties shall be ascertained as a part of the investigation process.
Independent environmental consultants may be retained to assist in the
determination of the cause of the release and for the application of
coverage.
591—11.2(455G) Eligible claims. All claims
eligible for benefits under Iowa Code sections 455G.9 and455G.21 will be subject
to available funding. In order to be eligible for reimbursement under any claim
type, the claimant must prove either that the release was reported by October
26, 1990, or that the release occurred prior to October 26, 1990. Releases that
cannot be proven to have occurred prior to October 26, 1990, must be addressed
using the owners’ or operators’ chosen financial responsibility
mechanism. Failure to carry an adequate financial responsibility mechanism,
such as continuous insurance, is deemed to be self–insurance. The
provisions of these rules do not confer a right upon any party.
11.2(1) Financial responsibility required. To be
eligible for benefits under Iowa Code sections 455G.9 and 455G.21, any owner or
operator applying for such benefits shall demonstrate that such owner or
operator had continuous financial responsibility coverage in effect using a
method provided for under 567—Chapter 136, beginning no later than October
26, 1990. If an owner or operator is unable to demonstrate financial
responsibility coverage, or there is a lapse in the financial responsibility
coverage for any period after October 26, 1990, the owner or operator will no
longer be eligible for benefits if the site for which benefits are being
requested had active tanks during the time the owner or operator was unable to
demonstrate financial responsibility or if there is a lapse of financial
responsibility coverage subject to the following limitation:
a. The financial responsibility coverage requirement shall not
be required on temporarily closed tanks consistent with subrule
11.2(3).
b. An owner or operator who has had a lapse of financial
responsibility coverage shall be allowed to remain eligible for remedial
benefits if the following conditions are met:
(1) The owner or operator applies for reinstatement of
remedial benefits and submits a reinstatement fee according to the following
table:
Years for Which Financial Responsibility Not
Demonstrated
|
Per–Tank
Reinstatement Fee
|
July 1, 1991, through June 30, 1992
|
$330
|
July 1, 1992, through June 30, 1993
|
$415
|
July 1, 1993, through June 30, 1994
|
$495
|
July 1, 1994, through June 30, 1995
|
$575
|
July 1, 1995, through present
|
$450
|
For each fiscal year in which the owner or operator lacked
financial responsibility coverage, such owner or operator shall pay the
per–tank reinstatement fee for such fiscal year, as set forth above, for
each active tank. The reinstatement fees above are for full years and shall be
prorated on a per–month basis for each month or portion of a month for
which there was a lapse of financial responsibility coverage. There is a
minimum reinstatement fee of $500 per site per lapse of coverage.
(2) At the time of the application for reinstatement of
remedial benefits, all active tanks must be in compliance with all state and
federal technical and financial responsibility requirements.
(3) The owner or operator is in compliance with all other
requirements of this chapter.
(4) An owner or operator is only eligible for reinstatement of
remedial benefits one time per site. The one–time reinstatement may
remedy multiple past lapses in financial responsibility. If there is subsequent
lapse of financial responsibility coverage on any active tank on site after
remedial benefits have been reinstated, the owner or operator will lose
eligibility for remedial benefits and will be subject to cost recovery pursuant
to Iowa Code section 455G.13.
11.2(2) Impact of insurance on remedial account
benefits. If owners or operators have insurance to cover corrective action
costs for their underground storage tanks after January 1, 1985, other than
pursuant to Iowa Code section 455G.11 or other than pursuant to 40 CFR 280.95,
280.96, 280.99, 280.101, 280.102, and 280.103, the remedial account is available
to eligible owners and operators only as follows:
a. The remedial account will pay the deductible amount
applicable to such insurance for owners and operators who are eligible for
remedial account benefits, subject to the applicable remedial account deductible
and copayment provisions.
b. Except for payments made pursuant to
11.2(2)“a,” remedial account benefits are secondary to all such
insurance.
c. Remedial account benefits shall not be used to reimburse
insurance companies for proceeds paid by those companies pursuant to the terms
of such insurance.
d. In the event of a dispute between the insurance company and
the owner or operator or the board regarding insurance coverage, otherwise
eligible owners and operators will receive remedial account benefits upon
assigning their interest in such insurance to the board.
11.2(3) Technical requirements. An owner or operator
eligible for remedial benefits who complied with 11.2(1) by using program
insurance authorized pursuant to Iowa Code section 455G.11 will remain eligible
for remedial benefits even though the insured tanks were not upgraded by
December 22, 1998, under the following conditions:
a. The owner or operator temporarily closed the tanks in
compliance with the closure requirements of the environmental protection
commission 567—subrule 135.9(1) while the tanks were still insured under
Iowa Code section 455G.11; and
b. The owner or operator certifies that the tanks continuously
had financial responsibility coverage acceptable under 567—Chapter 136
from October 26, 1990, until the temporary closure; and
c. The owner or operator establishes that the tanks were empty
and were not used during the entire period of the temporary closure.
“Empty” means all materials have been removed from the tanks using
commonly approved practices so that no more than 2.5 centimeters (1 inch) of
residue, or 0.3 percent of weight of the total capacity of the tank system,
remain in the tank system; and
d. The owner or operator establishes that, during the entire
period of the temporary closure, vent lines were left open and functioning and
all other lines, pumps, manways, and ancillary equipment were capped and
secured; and
e. The owner or operator certifies that, within one year from
the time the tanks were temporarily closed, the tanks were either permanently
closed, removed and replaced, or upgraded; and
f. The owner or operator certifies that the upgraded tanks and
replacement tanks meet the new tank or upgrade standards of the environmental
protection commission rule 567—135.3(455B); and
g. Financial responsibility for the tanks, using a method
provided for under 567—Chapter 136, was in effect; and
h. The owner or operator meets all other applicable
requirements pertaining to remedial benefits.
An owner or operator receiving remedial account benefits
pursuant to this subrule will be subject to cost recovery pursuant to Iowa Code
section 455G.13 in the event the owner or operator does not comply with all of
the conditions of this subrule, the provisions of the certifications required by
this subrule, and applicable statutes and rules of the environmental protection
commission and the board.
11.2(4) Compliance with report submittal deadlines.
To be eligible for remedial or innocent landowner benefits, claimants must
comply with all department of natural resources (DNR) deadlines for submittal of
Tier 1, Tier 2 and corrective action design report (CADR) requirements as
published in 567—Chapter 135, and must, by June 30, 2000, or 180 days
after confirmation of a release from the site, whichever is later, provide a
copy of an executed contract with a certified groundwater professional, which
contract must include a timetable that meets DNR deadlines for completion of a
Tier 1 and Tier 2 if required.
11.2(5) Tanks and sites not eligible. The following
underground storage tanks are not eligible for remedial account
benefits:
a. Tanks that were taken out of use prior to January 1, 1974.
For purposes of this rule, tanks taken out of use are tanks which have not
actually been used by either depositing petroleum in the tanks or by pumping
petroleum from the tanks.
b. Underground storage tanks which were removed from the
ground prior to July 1, 1985.
c. Underground storage tanks which were closed prior to July
1, 1985.
d. Underground storage tanks which do not contain petroleum.
For the purposes of this subrule petroleum means petroleum, including crude oil
or any fraction of crude oil which is liquid at standard conditions of
temperature and pressure (60° F
and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute). The following two categories of
substances are not petroleum:
(1) Substances which are regulated as hazardous waste under 42
U.S.C. 6921 et seq.
(2) Substances which would be regulated under 42 U.S.C. 9601
et seq. if the substance were to leak from a tank, related piping, other part of
the system or from spills or releases into the environment, including lands,
waters and air.
11.2(6) Retroactive claims.
a. Retroactive claims are:
(1) Claims which were filed with the board prior to January
31, 1990, for releases reported to the DNR after July 1, 1987, but prior to May
5, 1989; and
(2) If filed by a city or county, claims which were filed with
the board prior to September 1, 1990, for releases reported to DNR after July 1,
1987, but prior to May 5, 1989; and
(3) Claims filed with the board prior to September 1, 1990,
for releases reported to the DNR after January 1, 1984, but prior to July 1,
1987.
b. Retroactive claims shall be eligible for reimbursement if
all of the following criteria are met:
(1) The claim has been verified and all supporting materials
have been supplied to the administrator for review; and
(2) A signed and notarized claim form is submitted to the
board; and
(3) The claimant is not a person whose method of showing proof
of financial responsibility sufficient to comply with the federal Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act or the Iowa environmental protection
commission’s underground storage tank financial responsibility rules,
567—Chapter 136, is one in which the ultimate financial responsibility for
corrective action costs is not shifted from the owner or operator; and
(4) The claimant satisfies the copayment requirements of Iowa
Code section 455G.9(4); and
(5) The claimant has not filed bankruptcy anytime
after:
1. July 1, 1987, if the release was reported to DNR prior to
May 5, 1989, but after July 1, 1987; or
2. January 1, 1985, if the release was reported to DNR prior
to July 1, 1987, but after January 1, 1984.
11.2(7) Remedial claims. Remedial claims are claims
filed with the board prior to February 26, 1994, for releases reported to DNR
after May 5, 1989, and on or before October 26, 1990. Remedial claims shall be
eligible for reimbursement if all of the following criteria are met:
a. A signed and notarized claim form is submitted to the
board.
b. All bills and estimates pertinent to the submitted claim
are received by the board, along with any contracts, any remedial plans and
correspondence for budget approval on the work required by DNR.
c. The work is complete or, if ongoing, is approved by the
administrator and in accordance with priority rules.
d. The owner or operator has met all relevant deadlines and
DNR’s technical requirements for cleanup. To be eligible, corrective
action costs must be reasonable and necessary to complete the work required by
DNR. The board shall reimburse or pay only those corrective action costs which
will cover the work as mandated by Iowa Code sections 455B.471 to
455B.479.
e. The claimant satisfies the copayment requirements of Iowa
Code section 455G.9(4).
11.2(8) Innocent landowner claims. Consistent with
Iowa Code chapter 455G, the board may reimburse an owner of
petroleum–contaminated property, or an owner or operator of an underground
storage tank located on such property, who, but for this rule because of the
date the release was reported, because of the date the claim was filed, because
the tank(s) in question was removed from service prior to January 1, 1974, or
because the tank(s) in question was removed or permanently closed prior to July
1, 1985, would not be eligible to receive benefits under Iowa Code section
455G.9. Eligible expenses shall not exceed the benefits such claimant would
otherwise receive if such claimant were eligible under Iowa Code section
455G.9(1)“a”(1) to (3). All such reimbursements shall be subject
to:
• The copayment requirements
of Iowa Code section 455G.9(4),
• The requirements of
11.2(1), and
• The available funding and
limitations of the innocent landowner fund created by Iowa Code section
455G.21(2)“a” for corrective action.
In the event the innocent landowner fund lacks sufficient
funds to pay all claims submitted, innocent landowner claims shall be subject to
the following priority:
a. Late filed retroactive claims. For releases reported to
DNR on or after January 1, 1984, but prior to May 5, 1989:
(1) Claims must be filed with the board by February 26,
1994.
(2) All costs incurred on or after July 10, 1996, must be
preapproved by the board to be eligible for reimbursement.
b. Preregulation claims. For releases from petroleum
underground storage tanks (USTs) which are not eligible for remedial account
benefits under Iowa Code section 455G.9(1)“a”(1) to (3) only because
the USTs were taken out of use prior to January 1, 1974, or permanently closed
or removed before July 1, 1985:
(1) Claims must be filed with the board by December 1,
1997.
(2) USTs must not have been operated on the site since the
time the tanks were taken out of use or permanently closed.
(3) All costs incurred after July 10, 1996, must be
preapproved by the board to be eligible for reimbursement.
(4) The owner cannot have claimed bankruptcy on or after the
date of the reported release.
c. Late filed remedial claims. For releases reported by
owners of petroleum–contaminated property as defined under 455G.9(8) who
did not comply with the reporting or filing deadlines identified in this
chapter, with priority to those owners who did not have knowledge of the USTs or
did not have control over the property.
(1) Claims must be filed with the board by December 1,
1997.
(2) The owner or operator must have reported a known release
to DNR consistent with DNR requirements.
(3) The owner did not have knowledge of the UST or of a
release impacting the property prior to acquisition of the property if the
property was acquired on or after October 26, 1990, or, if the owner did have
such knowledge, the acquisition was necessary to protect a security
interest.
(4) All costs incurred on or after July 10, 1996, must be
approved by the board to be eligible for reimbursement.
(5) The owner cannot have claimed bankruptcy on or after the
date of the reported release.
d. Acquired properties. For releases reported by owners of
petroleum–contaminated property as defined under 455G.9(8) who acquired
the petroleum contaminated property after October 26, 1990, and who did not
comply with the reporting or filing deadlines identified in this
chapter:
(1) Claims must be filed with the board by December 1,
1997.
(2) The owner or operator must have reported a known release
to the DNR consistent with the DNR requirements.
(3) The owner could not have been the owner or operator of the
UST system which caused the release prior to acquiring the property after
October 26, 1990.
(4) All costs incurred on or after December 1, 1996, must be
preapproved by the board to be eligible for reimbursement.
(5) For claims submitted under this paragraph, the
precorrective action value shall be the purchase price paid by the owner after
October 26, 1990.
(6) For claims submitted under this paragraph, the purchase
must have been an arm’s–length transaction.
(7) The owner cannot have claimed bankruptcy on or after the
date of the reported release.
e. Other innocent landowner claims. Claims for releases
submitted to the board after December 1, 1997, which would have been eligible
for benefits pursuant to paragraphs “a” through “d” of
this subrule if filed by December 1, 1997, will be eligible for reimbursement
subject to a first–in, first–out priority and the funding
limitations of the innocent landowner fund. The owner must demonstrate that the
owner has met all other requirements of this subrule in order to receive
benefits.
11.2(9) County tax deed claims. The board shall pay
100 percent of the costs of corrective action and third–party liability
for a release situated on property acquired by a county for delinquent taxes
pursuant to Iowa Code chapters 445 through 448, for which a responsible owner or
operator able to pay, other than the county, cannot be found. A county is not a
“responsible party” for a release in connection with property which
it acquires in connection with delinquent taxes, and does not become a
responsible party by sale or transfer of property so acquired.
Third–party liability specifically excludes any claim, cause of action, or
suit for personal injury including, but not limited to, loss of use or of
private enjoyment, mental anguish, false imprisonment, wrongful entry or
eviction, humiliation, discrimination, or malicious prosecution.
11.2(10) Hardship funding claims. The board shall pay
100 percent of corrective action costs and third–party liability not to
exceed $1 million for a release for which the eligible claimant, pursuant to
Iowa Code section 455G.9, is subject to financial hardship if all of the
following conditions are met:
a. The claimant has completed the claim form, had it
notarized, and submitted it to the board on or before December 1,
1996.
b. The claimant is a small business as defined inIowa Code
section 455G.2(18) and has submitted self–certification forms documenting
small business status.
c. The claimant does not have a net worth of $15,000 or
greater and has submitted documentation of net worth in accordance with Iowa
Code section 455G.10(4) and 591— 12.6(455G) or the claimant is an
individual who is financially unable to pay copayments associated with the cost
of corrective action as determined by using the DNR’s evaluation of
ability to pay found at 567—135.17(455B).
d. The release for which the claim has been made occurred
prior to October 26, 1990.
e. The release for which the claim has been made was reported
to DNR on or before December 1, 1996.
f. The site for which the claim is made is in compliance with
all technical requirements of 567—Chapters 135 and 136.
g. The site for which the claim is made shall not be deeded or
quitclaimed to the state or board in lieu of cleanup.
h. Property taxes shall not be delinquent, unpaid or otherwise
overdue.
i. A responsible party with the ability to pay corrective
action expenses cannot be found.
j. The release for which the claim is made is one for which
the federal Underground Storage Tank Trust Fund or other federal moneys do not
provide coverage.
k. The work is complete or, if ongoing, is approved by the
administrator or the board pursuant to the cost containment provisions of Iowa
Code section 455G.12A.
l. All claims and payments are subject to prioritization
guidelines as may be published by the board at the time of payment.
11.2(11) Governmental subdivision claims. The board
shall pay 100 percent of the costs of corrective action for a governmental
subdivision in connection with a tank, where the release occurred, if the
governmental subdivision did not own or operate the tank from which the release
occurred, and the property was acquired pursuant to eminent domain after the
release occurred. A governmental subdivision which acquires property pursuant
to eminent domain in order to obtain benefits under this paragraph is not a
responsible party for a release in connection with property which the
governmental subdivision acquired, and does not become a responsible party by
sale or transfer of property so acquired.
Also, the board shall pay 100 percent of the costs of
corrective action for a governmental subdivision in connection with a tank which
was in place on the date the release was discovered or reported if the
governmental subdivision did not own or operate the tank which caused the
release and if the governmental subdivision did not obtain the property upon
which the tank giving rise to the release is located on or after May 3, 1991.
Property acquired pursuant to eminent domain in connection with a United States
Department of Housing and Urban Development–approved urban renewal project
is eligible for payment of costs under this subrule whether or not the property
was acquired on or after May 3, 1991.
11.2(12) Inheritance claims. The board may pay claims
for corrective action for the costs of a release if the claimant proves that all
of the following conditions are met:
a. The property upon which the tank causing the release was
situated was transferred by inheritance, devise, or bequest.
b. The property upon which the tank causing the release was
situated has not been used to store or dispense petroleum since December 31,
1975.
c. The person who received the property by inheritance,
devise, or bequest was not the owner of the property during the period of time
when the release which is the subject of the corrective action
occurred.
d. The release was reported to the board by October 26,
1991.
11.2(13) Financial institution claims.
Reserved.
11.2(14) State agency or department claims.
Reserved.
11.2(15) No further action claims. The board shall
pay for corrective action in response to a high–risk condition caused by a
release from an underground storage tank located on a site for which the
department of natural resources, after January 31, 1997, has issued a no further
action certificate under Iowa Code section 455B.474. As a condition of
receiving benefits under this subrule, the department of natural resources must
determine that the condition necessitating the corrective action was not a
result of a release that occurred after the issuance of the no further action
certificate, and that the site qualified for remedial benefits under Iowa Code
section 455G.9 prior to the issuance of the no further action certificate. No
more than $100,000 per site may be used for the costs of a corrective action
under this subrule. This subrule does not confer a legal right on an owner or
operator of petroleum–contaminated property or on any other person to
receive benefits under this subrule.
591—11.3(455G) Eligible costs.
11.3(1) Claims may be paid monthly. Claim payments
will include all approved expenses, including tank and piping removal for active
systems if the tank and piping removal occurred on or before March 17, 1999, and
other costs as provided in Iowa Code chapter 455G. Replacement of excavated
materials shall be a reimbursable expense. Contractors and groundwater
professionals shall confirm that the work meets DNR requirements.
11.3(2) The board shall reimburse or pay eligible
expenses only if those expenses have been approved prior to the commencement of
work, as required by Iowa Code section 455G.12A. No corrective action costs
shall be reimbursed unless reasonable, necessary and approved by the board or
its designee.
11.3(3) When practical to do so, the board shall bid
any work associated with this chapter with firms that have indicated to the
administrator an interest to be on the board’s list of firms supplying
goods or services. Any firm supplying goods and services including, but not
limited to, testing laboratories, cleanup equipment manufacturers and leak
detection testing firms may also be included in the vendors list.
11.3(4) Reimbursement to the owner, operator
orcontractor under this chapter is subject to overall site cleanup report
prioritization and classification. Sites which are classified as low risk are
eligible for remedial account benefits for monitoring expenses required by Iowa
Code section 455B.474(1)“f”(6), unless the tank is removed,
upgraded, or replaced.
11.3(5) The board may reimburse expenses associated
with tank systems described in paragraphs 11.2(5)“a” to
“c” when all of the following conditions have been documented:
a. The release for which benefits are being requested is from
tanks operated on a site which is otherwise eligible for benefits under Iowa
Code section 455G.9(1); and
b. The release for which benefits are being requested is
commingled with an on–site release which is eligible for benefits under
Iowa Code chapter 455G; and
c. The site has had active underground storage tanks
continuously from the date of the release for which benefits are being requested
until the date on which the release for which the site is currently eligible for
benefits was reported to DNR; and
d. The claimant certifies that the tanks for which benefits
are being requested will be permanently closed within 90 days of notification of
eligibility and does permanently close the tanks in compliance with rule
567—135.9(455B) within the 90 days; and
e. All other eligibility requirements have been met.
11.3(6) An owner or operator of a site which is
eligible for benefits under Iowa Code section 455G.9 who discovered a tank on
the site after October 26, 1990, shall maintain eligibility for benefits even if
that tank does not meet the financial responsibility requirements continuous
since October 26, 1990, if all of the following conditions have been
met:
a. The tank was discovered after October 26, 1990;
and
b. The tank has not been operated since the discovery and has
never been operated by the claimant; and
c. The tank has been emptied of all product as soon as
practicable after it was discovered; and
d. The tank was properly registered with DNR as soon as
practicable after it was discovered; and
e. The tank is a regulated tank, pursuant to Iowa Code section
455G.1, which previously contained only petroleum products as defined in this
chapter; and
f. The tank is permanently closed within 90 days of discovery
or by July 1, 1995, whichever date is later.
11.3(7) Payments for conducting risk–based
corrective action (RBCA) analysis on monitor–only sites. When reviewing
applications for benefits for the cost of completing an RBCA analysis on a site
which has an approved Site Cleanup Report (SCR) requiring monitoring only, or on
a site with an SCR submitted between August 15, 1996, and January 31, 1997, the
criteria in this rule shall apply when determining payment
eligibility.
a. One hundred percent of the costs may be preapproved not to
exceed $10,000 for all activities associated with the completion of the Tier 1,
Tier 2, or Tier 3 analysis. Costs which exceed $10,000 will be subject to the
limitations of Iowa Code section 455G.9(1)“f.”
b. Sites receiving benefits pursuant to this rule must comply
with the other requirements of board rules.
11.3(8) Ineligible costs and copayments.
a. The board shall pay any eligible claims subject to
copayment requirements unless the payment of any copayment for the claim is
specifically exempted in Iowa Code section 455G.9.
b. The claimant shall pay a copayment equal to the greater of
either $5,000 or 18 percent of the first $80,000. All approved costs that
exceed $80,000, up to the statutory benefit limit for the claim, will be paid by
the board.
c. The first $20,000 of costs incurred for assessment of a
site eligible to receive benefits will be exempted from the copayment
requirement. Assessment includes, but is not limited to, risk–based
corrective action Tier 1 and Tier 2 reports and site cleanup reports.
Assessment does not include excavation of an underground storage tank for the
purposes of repairing a leak or removal of a tank, removal of contaminated soil,
cleansing of groundwaters or surface waters, actions taken to address
contamination and its possible influence on a receptor or potential receptor or
the preparation of a corrective action design report.
11.3(9) The board shall only reimburse eligible
claimants for corrective action. “Corrective action” means an
action taken to minimize, eliminate, or clean up a release to protect the public
health and welfare or the environment. Corrective action includes, but is not
limited to, excavation of an underground storage tank for the purposes of
repairing a leak or removal of a tank, removal of contaminated soil, and
cleansing of groundwaters or surface waters. Corrective action does not include
replacement of an underground storage tank or other capital improvements to the
tank. Corrective action specifically excludes third–party liability.
Corrective action includes the expenses incurred to prepare a site cleanup
report or risk–based corrective action tiered report for approval by the
department of natural resources detailing the planned response to a release or
suspected release, but not necessarily all actions proposed to be taken by a
site cleanup report.
11.3(10) Expenses of cleanup not required. Any
expenses incurred for cleanup beyond the level required by the department of
natural resources are not covered under any of the accounts established under
the fund. The cleanup expenses incurred for work completed beyond what is
required are the responsibility of the person contracting for the excess
cleanup.
591—11.4(455B,455G) Tank and piping upgrades and
replacements.
11.4(1) Definitions.
“Administrator” means the Iowa comprehensive
petroleum underground storage tank fund board administrator as provided in Iowa
Code section 455G.5.
“Automatic in–tank gauging” means a device
used for leak detection and inventory control in tanks that meets DNR’s
standards as set out in 567—paragraph 135.5(4)“d.”
“Board” or “UST board” means the Iowa
comprehensive petroleum underground storage tank fund board as provided for in
Iowa Code section 455G.4.
“DNR” means the Iowa department of natural
resources.
“Environmentally sensitive site” means, as
classified under the Unified Soil Classification System as published by the
American Geologic Institute or ASTM designation: D 248785, any site where the
native soils outside or under the tank zone are materials where more than half
of the material is larger than no. 200 sieve size. As used herein, “tank
zone” means the native soils immediately outside the excavation area or
nearest native soil under the tank.
The following classifications of soil descriptions are
considered environmentally sensitive:
1. Well–graded gravels, gravel–sand mixtures,
little or no fines, classified using the group symbol
“GW”;
2. Poorly graded gravels, gravel–sand mixtures, little
or no fines, classified using the symbol “GP”;
3. Silty gravels, gravel–sand–clay mixtures,
classified using the symbol “GM”;
4. Clayey gravels, gravel–sand–clay mixtures,
classified using the symbol “GC”;
5. Well–graded sands, gravelly sands, little or no
fines, classified using the symbol “SW”;
6. Poorly graded sands, gravelly sands, little or no fines,
classified using the symbol “SP”;
7. Silty sands, sand–silt mixtures, classified using the
symbol “SM”.
In addition, environmentally sensitive sites include any site
which is within 100 feet of a public or private well, other than a monitoring
well on a site, and any site where the tank is installed in fractured bedrock or
“Karst” formations. Any one of the above–specified conditions
shall constitute an environmentally sensitive site under this rule.
A site shall be classified as environmentally sensitive
when:
Fifty percent or more of the soils from a boring or a
monitoring well are logged and classified as one or more of the areas noted in
paragraphs “1” through “7” above and 50 percent of the
total wells located on or immediately next to the property show the same or
similar conditions. If no testing of the site has occurred and the soil
condition as classified under the Unified Soil Classification System in or under
the tank zone is one of the conditions as classified, the site shall be
considered to be environmentally sensitive. Reports previously prepared on the
site and available from DNR may be used to make the soil classification. At
least three borings/wells must have been completed. If fewer than three have
been completed, an additional well which triangulates the tank zone shall be
completed to determine the types of soils present.
For the purposes of this definition, fractured bedrock or
“Karst” formations appearing in the tank zone or piping run, or
within a 25–foot diameter around the tank zone or piping run, or within 25
feet of the bottom of the tank excavation area shall be classified
environmentally sensitive. Generally available data, including that available
from local utilities, may be used when specific drilling has not determined that
conditions specified in this definition have not been identified on the site.
If the site shows any surface condition which is fractured bedrock or
“Karst,” then the site shall be classified as being environmentally
sensitive.
For the purposes of this definition, wells are those which are
in use and the water is being used for human consumption. The well as developed
shall generate a volume of two gallons per minute, unless a holding device or
cistern is used for water pumped. An abandoned well, or a well being used for
some other purpose, shall not be included in the definition, unless the end use
may be for human consumption.
“Piping replacement” means any modernization or
modification of piping at a site which includes the removal of the existing
piping and the installation of new piping.
“Piping upgrade” means any modernization or
modification of piping at a site which does not include the removal of the
existing piping and the installation of new piping.
“System upgrade” or “upgrading” means
the modernization or modification of underground storage tank system
installations through tank and piping upgrades to comply with the rules of DNR
under 567—subrule 135.3(2).
“Tank replacement” means any modernization or
modification of a tank at a site which includes the removal of the existing tank
and the installation of a new tank.
“Tank upgrade” means any modernization or
modification of a tank at a site which does not include the removal of the
existing tank and the installation of a new tank.
“Upgrade benefit” means the cost of
board–approved systems specified in subrule 11.4(6). If the installation
includes a board–approved secondary containment system, the upgrade
benefit relates specifically to the cost difference attributable to the
board–approved system specified in subrule 11.4(6). The upgrade benefit
includes the following:
1. Cost of double walled tanks and pipes minus the cost of
single wall tanks and piping, or
2. Cost of double walled steel tanks minus the cost of single
wall steel tanks, or
3. Cost of nonmetallic double walled tanks minus the cost of
nonmetallic single wall tanks.
In addition, the upgrade benefit shall include the cost of the
additional labor, if any, to install the board–approved system which is in
excess of the cost to install a single wall system. The upgrade benefit also
includes the cost of automatic in–tank gauging equipment when installed in
conjunction with secondary containment, but such costs shall be limited to the
lowest expense for the system best suited to provide a reasonable degree of
protection.
If the system does not include the approved secondary
containment, no upgrade benefit is payable. Secondary containment as defined in
subrule 11.4(6) is mandatory after March 25, 1992.
11.4(2) The maximum upgrade benefit payable from the
remedial fund on any tank or system installed since January 1, 1985, to meet
upgrading requirements shall be $10,000 for any one site, subject to applicable
copayment requirements as specified in Iowa Code section 455G.9. Benefits
payable under subrule 11.4(6) cover the additional cost of the tank system
upgrade or replacement as set forth in the definition of upgrade benefits.
Prior to installation, budgets shall be provided to the administrator outlining
the cost and scope of work proposed and the cost differences between a single
wall system and the board–approved system which is proposed. The cost of
the original upgraded or new system without board–approved secondary
containment as defined herein is not subject to these fund upgrade benefits for
tank system upgrades or replacements.
11.4(3) The cost for system upgrading or replacement
shall be separated from all other corrective action costs incurred on an
individual site classified as high risk or low risk by DNR. The upgrade
benefits are not payable on any site classified by DNR as a No Action Required
site.
11.4(4) Upgrade benefit payments under subrule 11.4(6)
shall be made upon evidence that the upgrade met standards in 567—Chapter
135 and DNR registration Form 148 has been completed and mailed to DNR and the
administrator. These upgrade benefits shall be paid only if all requirements of
591—Chapter 15 have been met. If a site does not comply with the
applicable provisions of 591—Chapter 15, the site is not eligible for
these upgrade benefits unless installation or upgrade occurred prior to October
26, 1990. In that event, the individual reimbursement request will be reviewed
to determine if other information is necessary before upgrade benefit payment
can be made. In addition, the completed work must be within the budget
previously approved by the administrator pursuant to Iowa Code section
455G.12A.
11.4(5) Upgrades and replacements allowed at
contaminated sites. Iowa Code section 455B.474(1)“f”(8) provides
that the replacement or upgrade of tank systems on high– or low–risk
sites must be equipped with a secondary containment system with monitoring of
the space between the primary and secondary containment structures or other
board–approved methodology. The following are the upgrade and replacement
options which are board approved for purposes of Iowa Code section
455B.474(1)“f”(8):
a. Tank upgrades. The following options are allowed for tank
upgrades on any contaminated site:
(1) The tank meets DNR’s new tank standards set forth in
567—paragraph 135.3(1)“a”; or
(2) The tank meets DNR’s upgrade standards set forth in
567—paragraphs 135.3(2)“b” and “d.”
b. Tank replacements. The following options are allowed for
tank replacements:
(1) On any contaminated site, a double walled tank or a tank
equipped with a secondary containment system meeting DNR’s new tank
standards set forth in 567—subrule 135.3(1) and with monitoring of the
space between the primary and secondary containment structures in accordance
with DNR’s standards set forth in 567—paragraph
135.5(4)“g.”
(2) On any contaminated site which is not environmentally
sensitive the following additional options are allowed:
1. Tanks meeting DNR’s new tank standards set forth in
567—paragraph 135.3(1)“a” with automatic in–tank gauging
acceptable under 567—subrule 135.5(4).
2. Tanks meeting DNR’s new tank standards set forth in
567—paragraph 135.3(1)“a” with an electronic tank level
monitor used in conjunction with a DNR–approved statistical reconciliation
method acceptable under 567—subrule 135.5(4). The owner must have monthly
records on premises which show that all requirements for statistical
reconciliation have been met.
c. Piping upgrades. The following options are allowed for
piping upgrades at any contaminated site:
(1) Double walled piping.
(2) Single walled piping installed in a barrier providing
secondary containment between soil and the piping.
(3) Single wall piping meeting DNR’s upgrade standards
set forth in 567—paragraph 135.3(2)“c” and leak detection
standards set forth in 567—paragraph 135.5(2)“b.”
d. Piping replacements. The following options are allowed for
piping replacements:
(1) For any contaminated site:
1. Double walled piping.
2. Single walled piping installed in a barrier providing
secondary containment between soil and the piping.
3. On suction systems, single wall piping when only one check
valve is on the line directly under the pump.
(2) For sites which are not environmentally sensitive, suction
systems with single wall piping meeting DNR’s upgrade standards set forth
in 567—subrule 135.3(2) on pipes with leak detection are allowed if there
is no more than one valve on the piping. All suction systems shall be installed
with the slope of the pipe back to the tank and shall have only one check valve
located directly under the suction pump.
e. Spill and overfill protection, cathodic protection, and
leak detection. Nothing in this rule alters DNR’s upgrade requirements
for spill and overflow protection, cathodic protection, and leak
detection.
11.4(6) Tank and piping upgrades and replacements
eligible for upgrade benefits.
a. The following tank and piping upgrades or replacements are
eligible for upgrade benefits if completed on or before March 17,
1999:
(1) Double walled tanks.
(2) Single walled tanks meeting DNR’s requirements as
specified in 567—paragraph 135.5(4)“g,” the tank zone
providing an impermeable barrier between native soils and the tank, thus
providing secondary containment.
(3) Double walled piping.
(4) Single wall piping installed in a barrier system,
providing secondary containment between the soil and the piping. Nothing in
this rule alters upgrade requirements for spill/overfill protection, cathodic
protection and leak detection.
b. The following tank and piping upgrades and replacements are
eligible for upgrade benefits when the tank upgrade or replacement occurred on
or after March 25, 1992, and on or before March 17, 1999, on sites which are
classified as being environmentally sensitive:
(1) Pressurized systems: Tanks and piping shall comply with
one of the tank and piping options specified in
11.4(6)“a.”
(2) Suction systems: Tanks and piping shall be installed with
the slope of the pipe back to the tank on all suction systems. All suction
system pipes shall have the check valve located at the suction pump. These
systems shall meet one of the options specified in 11.4(6)“a,”
except that piping may be single wall when one check valve is on the line, under
the pump.
c. The following tank and piping upgrades and replacements are
eligible for upgrade benefits when the tank upgrade or replacement occurred on
or after March 25, 1992, and on or before March 17, 1999, on sites which are not
classified as being environmentally sensitive:
(1) Pressurized systems: Piping shall comply with one of the
pipe options specified in 11.4(6)“a.” Tanks installed must be
either one of the options specified in 11.4(6)“a” or be a
DNR–approved tank with automatic in–tank gauging pursuant to
567—subrule 135.5(4) or, in lieu of automatic in–tank gauging, be a
DNR–approved electronic tank level monitor in conjunction with a
DNR–approved UST statistical inventory reconciliation method pursuant to
567—subrule 135.5(4). Should the statistical inventory reconciliation
method be used, the owner shall have monthly records on premises showing that
all requirements on the system have been met. If either the automatic
in–tank gauging or the electronic level reconciliation device is used, the
program shall pay only the cost of the system installed and not ongoing monthly
or yearly expenses.
(2) Suction systems: Tanks and piping shall be installed with
the slope of the pipe back to the tank on all suction systems. All suction
system piping shall have the check valve located at the suction pump. These
systems must be either one of the options specified in 11.4(6)“a”
or:
1. Pipes: Single wall pipes meeting DNR’s upgrade
standards on the pipes with leak detection pursuant to 567—subrule
135.3(2). If more than one valve is on the pipe, this option is not
available.
2. Tanks: Must be either one of the options specified in
11.4(6)“a” or be a DNR–approved tank with automatic
in–tank gauging pursuant to 567—subrule 135.5(4) or, in lieu of
automatic in–tank gauging, be a DNR–approved electronic tank level
monitor in conjunction with a DNR–approved UST statistical inventory
reconciliation method pursuant to 567— subrule 135.5(4). Should the
statistical inventory reconciliation method be used, the owner shall have
monthlyrecords on premises showing that all requirements on the system have been
met. If either the automatic in–tank gauging or the electronic level
reconciliation device is used, the program shall pay only the cost of the system
installed and not ongoing monthly or yearly expenses.
11.4(7) Any system upgrade or replacement installed
prior to March 25, 1992, which complies with the provisions of this rule shall
be eligible for upgrade benefits if the system has been fully upgraded or
replaced in accordance with 567—Chapter 135.
11.4(8) The board reserves the right to establish
costcontrols on the purchase and installation of underground storage tank
equipment and systems. Upgrade benefits are not equipment and capital
improvements for purposes of Iowa Code section 455G.9(6).
11.4(9) Evidence of insurance or self–insurance
shall be provided to DNR upon completion of the upgrade or replacement unless
the Iowa UST program provides insurance coverage. If the Iowa UST program
provides coverage, the administrator will notify DNR.
11.4(10) Failure to obtain approval or qualify for
upgrade benefits may be appealed as provided in 591—Chapter 17.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
455B.474(1)“f”(8) and 455G.9(1)“a”(5).
591—11.5(455G) Cost recovery and containment.
The board, in addition to measures described to preapprove all costs, may take
other actions to ensure costs are reasonable and to recover moneys spent at
sites that become ineligible. Subrogation and cost recovery opportunities shall
be pursued against any responsible party, as deemed appropriate by the board to
do so.
11.5(1) Definitions. For purposes of this rule, the
following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
“Affiliate” means a person who, directly or
indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or
is under common control with the person specified. Entities which have one or
more officers or directors in common, whether simultaneously or otherwise, shall
be rebuttably presumed to be affiliates.
“Control,” “controlling,”
“controlled by” and “under common control with” means
the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies or day–to–day activities of
a person, whether through ownership, by contract, or otherwise.
“Predecessor” means a person the major portion of
whose business and assets another person acquired in a single succession or in a
series of related successions in which the acquiring person acquired the major
portion of the business and assets of the acquired person.
11.5(2) Liens on tank sites.
a. The board shall have a lien upon real property where an
underground storage tank, which was the subject of corrective action, was or is
situated and the board has incurred expenses related to the property.
b. The board’s lien shall be in the amount the owner or
operator of the underground storage tank is liable to the fund.
c. The liability of an owner or operator shall be no less than
the full and total costs of corrective action and bodily injury or property
damage to third parties, as specified in Iowa Code section 455G.13(1), if the
owner or operator has not complied with the financial responsibility or other
underground storage tank rules of DNR or the fund or with Iowa Code chapter
455G.
d. The liability of an owner or operator eligible for
assistance under the remedial account shall be no less than the amount of any
unpaid portion of the deductible or copayment.
e. A lien shall attach at the later of the following: the date
the fund incurs an expense related to the property or the date the board mails a
certified letter, return receipt requested, to the last–known address of
the owner or operator demanding payment for fund expenses.
f. Liens under this rule shall continue for ten years from the
time the lien attaches unless sooner released or otherwise discharged. The lien
may be extended, within ten years from the date the lien attaches, by filing for
record a notice with the appropriate county official of the appropriate county
and from the time of such filing, the lien shall be extended to the property in
such county for ten years, unless sooner released or otherwise discharged, with
no limit on the number of extensions.
g. In order to preserve a lien against subsequent mortgagees,
purchasers, or judgment creditors, for value and without notice of the lien, on
any property situated in a county, the board shall file with the recorder of the
county in which the property is located a notice of the lien. The county
recorder of each county shall record such liens in the index of income tax
liens. The recorder shall endorse on each notice of lien the day, hour, and
minute when received and preserve the notice, and shall immediately index the
notice in the index book and record the lien in the manner provided for
recording real estate mortgages, and the lien shall be effective from the time
of indexing.
h. The board shall pay a recording fee as provided in Iowa
Code section 331.604 for the recording of the lien, or for its
satisfaction.
i. Upon the payment of the lien as to which the board has
filed notice with a county recorder, the board shall file with the recorder a
satisfaction of the lien and the recorder shall enter said satisfaction on the
notice on file in the recorder’s office and indicate that fact on the
index.
11.5(3) Fraud disqualification of contractors. No
contractor or subcontractor shall be eligible for payment with UST program
funds, nor shall any owner or operator be reimbursed for payments to any
contractor or subcontractor, nor shall any contract between an owner or operator
and a contractor or subcontractor be approved if the administrator determines
that such contractor or subcontractor or any of its predecessors, affiliates,
directors, officers, general partners, or beneficial owners of 10 percent or
more of such contractor or subcontractor:
a. Has, within the preceding five years, pleaded guilty to,
been convicted of, or received a suspended or deferred judgment for theft,
fraud, or any other felony or misdemeanor involving deceit, attempted deceit, or
falsification or alteration of documents;
b. Is subject to an order, judgment, or decree of a court of
competent jurisdiction (including probation) or an administrative order of any
state or federal administrative agency entered within the previous five years,
which order, judgment, decree, or administrative order temporarily,
preliminarily, or permanently enjoins or restrains the contractor or
subcontractor from engaging in or continuing the performance of any services
relating to underground storage tanks or the assessment or remediation of
petroleum contamination as a consequence of the contractor’s or
subcontractor’s own misconduct, negligence, or misfeasance; or
c. Has, within the previous five years, obtained, or attempted
to obtain, UST fund benefits:
(1) By means of any intentional or reckless
misrepresentation;
(2) By means of any falsified or altered document;
(3) For services which were not performed; or
(4) By other improper means.
11.5(4) Waiver or modification of disqualification.
The administrator may, at the administrator’s discretion, to avoid undue
hardship to tank owners or operators, to the UST program, or to contractors or
subcontractors, waive any disqualification under this rule as to work performed
or to be performed for any or for specified owners or operators. The
administrator may also condition or qualify the eligibility of a person or
entity that is subject to disqualification hereunder to be paid with UST program
funds upon such terms and conditions as the administrator shall, in the
administrator’s discretion, deem necessary to protect the integrity of the
UST program. A disqualification under this rule shall cease to exist
if:
a. The basis for the disqualification has been removed by the
legislative body, court, or administrative agency creating it;
b. The court or administrative agency with primary
jurisdiction over the disqualifying event issues a written waiver of the
disqualification;
c. The court or administrative agency with primary
jurisdiction over the disqualifying event declines in writing to enforce the
disqualification; or
d. More than five years have elapsed since the occurrence of
the disqualifying event.
11.5(5) Notice of disqualification; reinstatement.
Following a determination that a contractor or subcontractor is disqualified
pursuant to this rule, the administrator shall notify the contractor or
subcontractor in writing that it is no longer eligible to be compensated with
fund moneys. The administrator shall also, unless the disqualification has been
waived as to existing clients of the contractor or subcontractor, notify in
writing all known clients of the disqualified contractor or subcontractor who
are participating in UST fund programs of the disqualification. A disqualified
contractor or subcontractor may apply to the administrator for reinstatement of
eligibility. If the disqualification has ceased to exist, the administrator,
upon receiving such an application, shall reinstate the eligibility of the
contractor or subcontractor to be compensated with fund moneys. If the
disqualification has not ceased to exist, the administrator may, in the
administrator’s discretion, reinstate the eligibility of the contractor or
subcontractor. The administrator shall notify the contractor or subcontractor
who has applied for reinstatement of the administrator’s decision within
45 days. The administrator may condition or qualify the reinstatement of a
contractor’s or subcontractor’s eligibility to be compensated with
UST fund moneys upon such terms and conditions as the administrator shall, in
the administrator’s discretion, deem necessary to protect the integrity of
the UST program.
11.5(6) Verification of eligibility. For purposes of
implementing this rule, the administrator may require that, prior to the
approval by the board of any contract or budget for assessment or remedial work,
the contractor specified in such contract or budget, and all subcontractors to
perform work thereunder, certify that the contractor or subcontractor is not
subject to disqualification for any of the reasons specified in subrule
11.10(1). The administrator may develop, and revise as necessary, a form by
which contractors and subcontractors may make such certification.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
455B.474 and chapter 455G.
ARC 1103B
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section
455G.4(3)“a,” the Iowa Comprehensive Petroleum Underground Storage
Tank Fund Board hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to rescind Chapter 12,
“Guaranteed Loan Program,” Iowa Administrative Code, and to adopt a
new Chapter 12 with the same title.
The proposed amendment is intended to implement changes to
comply with Executive Order Number 8 from the Governor. The rules in new
Chapter 12 are organized in a format that should be easier for the public to
read. This change is being made subsequent to a review of the existing rules
for clarity, statutory authority and intent, fairness, necessity and cost. The
new chapter reflects the current status of the Loan Guarantee Program, which is
no longer accepting applications.
Public comments concerning the proposed amendment will be
accepted until 4 p.m. on December 4, 2001. Interested persons may submit
written or oral comments by contacting the Office of the Deputy Commissioner of
Insurance, Division of Insurance, 330 Maple Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319;
telephone (515)281–5705.
This amendment does not mandate additional combined
expenditures exceeding $100,000 by all affected political subdivisions or
agencies and entities which contract with political subdivisions to provide
services.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
455G.
The following amendment is proposed.
Rescind 591—Chapter 12 and adopt the following
new chapter in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 12
GUARANTEED LOAN PROGRAM
591—12.1(455G) General policies and loan terms.
The following general policy issues and terms shall apply to guaranteed
loans:
12.1(1) Amount of loan. There is no maximum amount of
a loan subject to the UST fund’s guaranty.
12.1(2) Loan maturities. The loan
guaranty shall automatically terminate at loan maturity, unless the loan is in
default or bankruptcy at that time, or on the date that the loan is paid in
full, whichever occurs first.
12.1(3) Variable rate or fixed rate loan.
Loans may have either a variable or fixed rate of interest that shall be
mutually determined by the lender and borrower. Variable rate loans shall be
adjusted according to the terms of the loan agreement and promissory note.
However, variable rate loans shall not be adjusted upward more than 100 basis
points per year or the maximum rate defined in subrule 12.1(4), whichever is
lower.
12.1(4) Interest rate structure. The following
interest rate structure represents the maximum allowable rate for all guaranteed
loans:
a. 90% loan guaranty Local prime + 100 basis points
b. 80% loan guaranty Local prime + 125 basis points
c. 70% loan guaranty Local prime + 150 basis points
d. 60% loan guaranty Local prime + 175 basis points
e. 50% loan guaranty Local prime + 200 basis points
Local prime is defined as the interest rate charged the
lender’s most creditworthy customers. In no instance shall the local
prime interest rate exceed the national prime interest rate, as published in the
Wall Street Journal on the date that the guaranteed loan is approved, by more
than 100 basis points.
Lenders charging interest rates in excess of this structure on
any loan may have the loan guaranty terminated.
12.1(5) Guaranty charges. Guaranty charges are
not permitted on loans guaranteed by the UST fund.
12.1(6) Prepayment penalties.
Prepayment penalties are not permitted on loans guaranteed by the UST
fund.
12.1(7) Late penalty fees.
Additional penalty fees not to exceed 1.5 percent of the delinquent
installment(s) may be charged monthly.
12.1(8) Sale or participation of guaranteed
loans. Sale of loans guaranteed by the UST fund is not
permitted.
12.1(9) Collateral release. The lender shall
not release any collateral securing the loan without written permission from the
UST fund administrator.
12.1(10) Collateral subordination. The
lender shall not subordinate any collateral securing the loan without written
permission from the UST fund administrator.
12.1(11) Causes for termination of loan
guaranty. The loan guaranty may be canceled at any time for the following
causes:
a. Failure to exercise due diligence in disbursing guaranteed
loan proceeds per subrule 12.2(2).
b. Charging interest rates in excess of the maximum allowable
per subrule 12.1(4).
c. Failure to notify the UST fund administrator in writing
that a loan is in default per the loan default definition in
12.4(2)“b.”
d. Failure to perform with due diligence in complying with any
applicable loan closing requirements.
e. Failure to perform with due diligence in complying with the
loan servicing responsibilities of rule 12.3(455G).
f. Fraud or misrepresentation by the lender regarding the
policies, procedures, and forms of this program.
If the UST fund administrator has cause to terminate the loan
guaranty, written notification outlining the cause of termination shall be given
to the lender. The lender shall then have ten business days to respond to the
termination notification. Should such response outline an acceptable resolution
to the condition causing termination, the administrator shall notify the lender
of the administrator’s approval of the plan to resolve the condition.
Should the response, in the view of the administrator, not adequately address
the condition, the guaranty shall be terminated. If no written response is
received in ten business days, the guaranty is terminated. If the lender finds
that the termination is unwarranted, the lender may pursue any administrative
remedy as outlined in Iowa Code chapter 17A.
12.1(12) Loan assumption. Loans
guaranteed by the UST fund shall not be assumed without prior written approval
of the UST fund administrator.
591—12.2(455G) Eligibility requirements. Loan
guarantees may be offered only for the following purposes:
1. To reimburse all or a portion of the expenses incurred by
the applicant for its share of corrective action.
2. To pay for tank and monitoring equipment improvements
necessary to satisfy federal and state standards to become insurable.
3. Capital improvements made on a tank site.
4. Purchase of a leaking underground storage tank
site.
Determination that the lender has failed to exercise due
diligence in disbursing the guaranteed loan proceeds may result in termination
of the loan guaranty. Examples of satisfying the due diligence standards
include, but are not limited to, loan proceeds issued jointly in the name of an
owner or operator and the contractor or installer performing underground storage
system upgrade services; or loan proceeds issued jointly in the name of the
owner or operator and the environmental consulting firm or underground leak
response contractor performing corrective action activities.
591—12.3(455G) Servicing responsibilities after loan
funding. The following is a listing of servicing responsibilities and
procedures that the lender must comply with after the loan is funded in order to
maintain the guaranty:
12.3(1) Monitor monthly loan payments.
12.3(2) Provide written notification to the UST fund
administrator of all loans that are 60 days delinquent.
12.3(3) If the loan is in default status, follow all
procedures set out in rule 12.4(455G) of this loan policy.
12.3(4) Establish and maintain a basic loan file on
each loan.
12.3(5) Establish procedures to ensure notification of
UCC refiling dates, insurance expiration dates, financial statement due dates
and similar events.
12.3(6) Obtain and review income tax returns of the
borrowers and guarantors annually.
12.3(7) Obtain and review annual financial statements
on all borrowers and guarantors. These statements must be available no later
than 90 days after the borrower’s fiscal year end. Copies of these
statements are to be sent to theUST fund administrator upon receipt from the
borrower/guarantor. Unusual items or trends on the financial statements or tax
returns shall be analyzed and a determination made if the items should have an
adverse financial impact on the borrower. Documentation shall be placed in the
loan file to support conclusions.
12.3(8) Annual field visits shall be made to the
borrower’s place of business. A record of the visit shall be maintained
in the loan file. A record of telephone contacts with the borrower or visits by
the borrower to the lender’s office shall be maintained in the loan
file.
591—12.4(455G) Loan default definition and
procedures.
12.4(1) “Loan default” means a loan
guaranteed by the UST fund for which the loan payment(s) is delinquent 90 days
or more.
12.4(2) Lenders that have UST fund guaranteed loans
shall follow these specified procedures to ensure that the UST fund guaranty
remains in effect:
a. Notify the UST fund administrator in writing when the loan
payment(s) is delinquent 60 days.
b. Notify the UST fund administrator in writing when the loan
payment(s) is delinquent 90 days. At this time the loan shall be deemed to be
in default and the Defaulted Loan Status Report must be completed and sent to
the UST fund administrator.
c. After the loan is deemed to be in default, a period of 30
days will be given to cure the default. “Cure” is defined for
purposes of this chapter as bringing all delinquent payments current. The
lender is responsible for delivering the notice to cure to the
borrower.
d. If the loan is still in default after the cure period, the
lender shall submit within the next ten business days in writing to the UST fund
administrator an action plan on how the lender intends to handle the loan
default. The action plan shall include procedures to either restructure the
loan or move toward judgment and collection of the loan. The action plan shall
be reviewed and approved by the UST fund administrator within ten business days
of receipt of the plan. Action plans not approved by the UST fund administrator
shall be returned to the lender submitting the plan, and a new action plan will
be jointly developed by the lender and the UST fund administrator. If the
lender and the UST fund administrator cannot develop and agree on a new action
plan, the guaranty is terminated.
If in any case the lender feels such termination is
unwarranted, the lender may pursue any administrative remedy as outlined in Iowa
Code chapter 17A or as approved by the UST board.
e. The lender shall follow the procedures outlined in the
approved action plan and inform the UST fund administrator in writing by the end
of each calendar quarter of the status of the defaulted loan until such time as
the loan is no longer deemed in default. A loan will be deemed to no longer be
in default at that point in time when the loan is restructured according to the
approved action plan or terminated.
f. At such time as the loan has been reduced to judgment and a
UST fund lien has been filed or, alternatively, when the borrower files for
reorganization under Chapter 11, 12 or 13 of the Bankruptcy Code, the lender
shall submit to the UST fund administrator an estimated report of loss. The UST
fund administrator will pay the lender the estimated loss on the guaranteed
portion of the loan from the UST fund. Estimated loss payments must first be
applied to the principal portion of the debt and then to the interest. Interest
will continue to accrue on the unpaid guaranteed principal until such date of
final settlement, provided that the lender proceeds expeditiously with the
approved action plan. The lender is responsible for protecting the guaranteed
loan debt and all collateral securing the loan in judgment and bankruptcy
proceedings.
g. The property shall be sold to satisfy the judgment or
bankruptcy order as expeditiously as possible.
h. Upon complete performance of an approved action plan for
collection of the loan, the lender shall complete a final report of loss.
Within 30 days of receipt of the final report of loss form from the lender, the
UST fund will pay to the lender any remaining balance of the loan guaranty and
the third–party costs as outlined in 12.4(2)“i.”
i. Third–party costs incurred by the lender in
collecting on guaranteed loans in default will be reimbursed to the lender on a
percentage basis of the UST loan guaranty with a maximum cap of 10 percent of
the principal loan guaranty. The reimbursement scale shall be as
follows:
(1) 90% guaranty 90% third–party cost
reimbursement*
(2) 80% guaranty 80% third–party cost
reimbursement*
(3) 70% guaranty 70% third–party cost
reimbursement*
(4) 60% guaranty 60% third–party cost
reimbursement*
(5) 50% guaranty 50% third–party cost
reimbursement*
*Not to exceed 10 percent of the principal loan
guaranty.
j. After a loan has been liquidated and a final loss has been
paid by the UST fund, any future funds which may be recovered by the lender
shall be prorated between the UST fund and the lender in proportion to the
guaranty percentage per the loan guaranty agreement.
591—12.5(455G) Participating lender
program.
12.5(1) The participating lender program has been
established to stimulate additional private capital for loans to qualifying
borrowers under the UST fund guaranteed loan program. Participating lenders
will receive assistance in the following areas relative to underground storage
tanks that they currently own:
a. UST fund payment up to 100 percent of the site
cleanup.
b. UST fund payment up to 100 percent of the third–party
liability expenses.
12.5(2) The following outlines the criteria necessary
to qualify as a participating lender:
a. The lender shall at the time of application to become a
participating lender be the owner of record of at least one underground storage
tank site that requires a cleanup.
b. The lender agrees at no cost to the UST fund to assist the
UST fund in marketing sites that the UST fund cleans up and takes possession of
if the site is located in the lender’s trade territory as defined by the
lender’s Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) statement.
12.5(3) The following options are available to
participating lenders:
a. The UST fund will pay $1 of the financial
institution’s cleanup costs and third–party liability expenses in
cleaning up a site for which the financial institution is the owner of record
for each $4 in nonguaranteed loans made to owners/operators that qualify for the
guaranteed loan program. Termination of the loan by the lender could only be
made in the event of default by the borrower or other breach of the loan
agreement by the borrower. Termination for any other reason by the lender shall
result in repayment of the funds advanced to the lender plus interest at a rate
of 10 percent per annum from the date the funds were advanced to cover the
lender’s cleanup and third–party liability costs.
b. The UST fund will pay $1 of the financial
institution’s cleanup costs and third–party liability expenses in
cleaning up a site for which the financial institution is the owner ofrecord for
each $8 in guaranteed loans made to owners/operators that qualify for the
guaranteed loan program.
591—12.6(455G) Guaranteed loan program—general
provisions.
12.6(1) Calculation of the net worth requirement shall
include all the assets and liabilities of the business entity and all equity of
other assets of the owner(s) and shall be calculated using the fair market value
of the tank site(s) and all equity of other net assets of the
owner(s).
a. “Fair market value” is defined as the price at
which an asset passes from a willing seller to a willing buyer through an
arm’s–length transaction. It is assumed that both the seller and
the buyer are rational and have a reasonable knowledge of relevant
facts.
b. When determining net worth, the fair market value of a site
eligible for benefits pursuant to Iowa Code section 455G.9 shall include an
adjustment for anticipated benefits pursuant to that section.
12.6(2) Financial institutions are prohibited from
selling UST fund guaranteed loans to other financial institutions.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
455G.
ARC 1088B
PRESERVES, STATE ADVISORY BOARD
FOR[575]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 465C.8, the
State Advisory Board for Preserves hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
amend Chapter 2, “Management of State Preserves,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
This Notice is filed simultaneously with agency action
(Adopted and Filed Emergency, published herein as ARC 1089B)
rescinding an amendment to subrule 2.2(2) before it becomes effective. This
Notice proposes an alternative amendment clarifying the intent of the
rule.
The rescinded subrule provided that a management plan shall be
prepared for each preserve and kept on file at the Wallace State Office
Building. It further provided that the management plan shall identify
compatible and incompatible uses. The intent of the amendment has been
questioned and clarification is desirable.
The subrule proposed in this notice explains in more detail
the management plan process for new and existing preserves and clarifies the
process for approval of a management plan.
Any interested person may make written or oral suggestions or
comments on this proposed amendment on or before December 6, 2001. Such written
material should be directed to the State Preserves Program, Department of
Natural Resources, Wallace State Office Building, 502 East Ninth Street, Des
Moines, Iowa 50319–0034, fax (515)281–6794. Persons who wish to
convey their views orally should contact the Preserves staff at
(515)281–8524 or at the office on the fourth floor of the Wallace State
Office Building.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 6, 2001, at
11 a.m. in the Fourth Floor West Conference Room of the Wallace State Office
Building at which time persons may present their views either orally or in
writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and
addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
amendment.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
465C.8.
The following amendment is proposed.
Rescind subrule 2.2(2) and adopt in lieu thereof the following
new subrule:
2.2(2) Management plan. For each preserve, an
authorized representative of the owner shall prepare a management plan in
consultation with the department staff assigned to the board. The management
plan shall be consistent with the articles of dedication and shall include
identification of uses of the preserve that are compatible and incompatible with
its dedication as a preserve. The management plan shall be amended from time to
time as appropriate in response to new information. The management plan and
amendments shall be submitted to the board for approval. The department shall
keep a copy of the current management plan. A management plan for a new
preserve shall be submitted for approval by the board in conjunction with
approval of dedication of the preserve. Management plans for existing preserves
shall be prepared and submitted for approval as resources are available. If the
director and board disagree concerning the plan for a department–managed
preserve, the disagreement shall be resolved by obtaining commission approval of
a management plan.
ARC 1078B
RACING AND GAMING
COMMISSION[491]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 99D.7(14), the
Racing and Gaming Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 5, “Track and Excursion Boat Licensees’
Responsibilities,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment proposes a subrule requiring that racetracks
provide purse information to the Commission at the close of each racing
meet.
Any person may make written suggestions or comments on the
proposed amendment on or before December 4, 2001. Written material should be
directed to the Racing and Gaming Commission, 717 E. Court, Suite B, Des Moines,
Iowa 50309. Persons who wish to convey their views orally should contact the
Commission office at (515)281–7352.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 4, 2001, at 9
a.m. in the office of the Racing and Gaming Commission, 717 E. Court, Suite B,
Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may present their views at the public hearing either
orally or in writing.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
99D.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 491—5.5(99D) by adopting the following
new subrule:
5.5(10) Purse information. Each licensee shall
provide to the commission at the close of each racing meet the following purse
information:
a. The identity of ownership interest in racing animals that
have won purses at the facility, to include name, residential or business
addresses and amounts won by each individual or corporate owner, including the
underlying individual owners of the corporation or other business entity. The
data should be assembled separately for Iowa resident owners and for
non–Iowa resident owners, and aggregates should be presented in descending
order of magnitude.
b. The identity of ownership interest in Iowa–bred
animals that win purses at the facility, to include name, residential or
business addresses and amounts won by each individual with regard to
supplemental funds received because of ownership of Iowa–bred animals.
The data should be assembled separately for Iowa resident owners and for
non–Iowa resident owners, and aggregates should be presented in descending
order of magnitude.
ARC 1126B
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 421.17(19) and
422.68, the Department of Revenue and Finance hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to amend Chapter 15, “Determination of a Sale and Sale
Price,” and Chapter 17, “Exempt Sales,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
Item 1 amends 701—15.13(422,423) to implement 2001 Iowa
Acts, House File 705, section 1, which provides that delivery charges for
delivery of electricity or natural gas are exempt from tax to the extent that
the gross receipts from the sale, furnishing, or service of electricity or
natural gas are exempt from sales or use tax under Iowa Code chapters 422 and
423.
Item 2 amends 701—Chapter 17 to add a new rule which
implements 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 705, section 2, which provides for a 1
percent phase–out per year of state sales tax on metered natural gas,
electricity and the sale of fuel to residential customers for use as energy in
residential dwellings.
In compliance with Iowa Code chapter 25B, the proposed
amendments may necessitate additional expenditures by political subdivisions or
agencies and entities which contract with political subdivisions. The potential
expenditures are expected to be de minimus.
Any person who believes that the application of the
discretionary provisions of these amendments would result in hardship or
injustice to that person may petition the Department for a waiver of the
discretionary provisions, if any.
The Department has determined that these proposed amendments
may have an impact on small business. The Department has considered the factors
listed in Iowa Code section 17A.4A. The Department will issue a regulatory
analysis as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4A if a written request is filed
by delivery or by mailing postmarked no later than December 17, 2001, to the
Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, Hoover
State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines, Iowa 50306. The request may
be made by the Administrative Rules Review Committee, the Administrative Rules
Coordinator, at least 25 persons signing that request who each qualify as a
small business or an organization representing at least 25 such
persons.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on these proposed amendments on or before December 14, 2001. Such written
comments should be directed to the Policy Section, Compliance Division,
Department of Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457,
Des Moines, Iowa 50306.
Persons who want to orally convey their views should contact
the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, at
(515)281–4250 or at the Department of Revenue and Finance offices on the
fourth floor of the Hoover State Office Building.
Requests for a public hearing must be received by December 7,
2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
422.45 as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, House Files 1 and 705.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
701—15.13(422,423) as follows:
Adopt the following new third unnumbered
paragraph:
Effective July 1, 2001, gross receipts from charges for
delivery of electricity or natural gas are exempt from tax to the extent that
the gross receipts from the sale, furnishing, or service of electricity or
natural gas or its use are exempt from sales or use tax under Iowa Code chapters
422 and 423.
Amend Example 6 as follows:
EXAMPLE 6. Manufacturer EFG contracts
with utility DEF for the purchase of natural gas with a separate contract for
its delivery. The gas is to be transported from DEF’s storage facility
near Osceola to EFG’s manufacturing plant in Fort Dodge by way of
DEF’s pipeline. Ownership of the gas passes from DEF to EFG in Fort
Dodge. EFG uses 92 percent of the gas which is transported to its plant in
processing the goods manufactured there. The receipts which EFG pays DEF for
the transport of the gas are excluded from the transportation exemption, but
they are not excluded from the processing exemption. Ninety–two percent
of those receipts are exempt from tax because that is the percentage of gas used
by EFG in processing. In addition, utility DEF charges manufacturer EFG
$9.95 as a delivery fee for the gas. Since the purchase of the gas has a 92
percent exemption from Iowa sales tax because of a 92 percent usage in
processing, 92 percent of the delivery charge of $9.95 is also exempt from
tax.
Amend the implementation clause as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
422.43, and 423.2, and Iowa Code
section 422.45(2) as amended by 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter 151
422.45 as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 705.
ITEM 2. Amend 701—Chapter 17 by
adopting the following new rule:
701—17.38(422,423) State sales tax phase–out
on energies. Beginning January 1, 2002, the state sales tax is phased out
at the rate of 1 percent per year on the gross receipts from the sale,
furnishing, or service of metered natural gas, electricity and fuels, including
propane and heating oils, to residential customers for use as energy for
residential dwellings, apartment units, and condominiums for human
occupancy.
Local option taxes are not included in the phase–out of
the state sales tax.
This phase–out of tax does not impact franchise fees.
Franchise fees will continue to be imposed where applicable.
17.38(1) Definitions. The following definitions are
applicable to this rule:
“Energy” means a substance that generates power to
operate fixtures or appliances within a residential dwelling or that creates
heat or cooling within a residential dwelling.
“Fuel” means a liquid source of energy for a
residential dwelling, individual apartment unit, or condominium.
“Fuel” includes propane, heating fuel, and kerosene. However,
“fuel” does not include blended kerosene used as motor fuel or
special fuel.
“Metered gas” means natural gas that is billed
based on metered usage to provide energy to a residential dwelling, individual
apartment unit, or individual condominium.
“Residential dwelling” means a structure used
exclusively for human occupancy. This does not include commercial or
agricultural structures, nor does it include nonresidential buildings attached
to or detached from a residential dwelling, such as an outbuilding. However, a
garage attached to or detached from a residential dwelling and that is used
strictly for residential purposes will fall within the phase–out
provisions. A building containing apartment units is not considered to be
qualifying property for purposes of this rule. However, if each apartment has a
separate meter, it may qualify for the phase–out if classified as
qualifying property by the utility. Also excluded from the phase–out
provisions are certain nonqualifying properties that include, but are not
limited to, nursing homes, adult living facilities, assisted living facilities,
halfway houses, charitable residential facilities, YMCA residential facilities,
YWCA residential facilities, apartment units not individually metered, and group
homes.
17.38(2) Schedule for phase–out of tax. State
sales tax will be phased out at the rate of 1 percent per year based on the
following schedule:
a. If the date of the utility billing or meter reading cycle
of the residential customer for the sale, furnishing, or service of metered gas
and electricity is on or after January 1, 2002, through December 31, 2002, or if
the sale, furnishing, or service of fuel for purposes of residential energy and
the delivery of the fuel occur on or after January 1, 2002, through December 31,
2002, the rate of state tax is 4 percent of the gross receipts.
b. If the date of the utility billing or meter reading cycle
of the residential customer for the sale, furnishing, or service of metered gas
and electricity is on or after January 1, 2003, through December 31, 2003, or if
the sale, furnishing, or service of fuel for purposes of residential energy and
the delivery of the fuel occur on or after January 1, 2003, through December 31,
2003, the rate of state tax is 3 percent of the gross receipts.
c. If the date of the utility billing or meter reading cycle
of the residential customer for the sale, furnishing, or service of metered gas
and electricity is on or after January 1, 2004, through December 31, 2004, or if
the sale, furnishing, or service of fuel for purposes of residential energy and
the delivery of the fuel occur on or after January 1, 2004, through December 31,
2004, the rate of state tax is 2 percent of the gross receipts.
d. If the date of the utility billing or meter reading cycle
of the residential customer for the sale, furnishing, or service of metered gas
and electricity is on or after January 1, 2005, through December 31, 2005, or if
the sale, furnishing, or service of fuel for purposes of residential energy and
the delivery of the fuel occur on or after January 1, 2005, through December 31,
2005, the rate of state tax is 1 percent of the gross receipts.
e. If the date of the utility billing or meter reading cycle
of the residential customer for the sale, furnishing, or service of metered gas
and electricity is on or after January 1, 2006, or if the sale, furnishing, or
service of fuel for purposes of residential energy and the delivery of the fuel
occur on or after January 1, 2006, the rate of state tax is 0 percent of the
gross receipts.
17.38(3) Determination of tax rate. Determination of
the rate of state tax to be imposed on a transaction depends on the type of
energy that is being purchased.
a. Electricity or metered natural gas. If the energy being
purchased is either electricity or natural gas, then the rate of tax is governed
by either the billing date or meter reading date. For example, ABC natural gas
company sends out bills with a billing date of December 31, 2002, to qualifying
residential customers. However, the bills to these qualifying customers are not
placed in the United States mail until January 2, 2003. Based on the foregoing
facts, the state sales tax to be imposed on the bills is 4 percent. Four
percent is the tax rate imposed at the time of the billing date on the gas bills
sent to the customers.
If a billing for the same usage period needs to be billed more
than once due to loss of the original bill or some other error, the billing date
of the original bill controls qualification for the phase–out provisions
of metered gas or electricity. For example, a utility company issues a billing
for metered gas on December 28, 2001, to a customer and the customer loses the
billing. The customer calls the utility company on January 10, 2002, to report
the lost billing and to request a new billing. The utility company issues a new
billing with a billing date of January 12, 2002, to the customer. The original
billing date issued to the customer is determinative for the tax rate to be
imposed. As a result, a 5 percent state tax rate should be imposed on the
billing because the original billing date was prior to January 1,
2002.
b. Fuel and heating oil. The proper rate of tax to be imposed
for the sale, furnishing or service of fuel including propane is governed by the
date of delivery of the fuel to the customer. Consequently, if a farmer
purchases propane for home heating by executing and paying for the propane in
October 2002 but the propane is not delivered to the farmer until January 2003,
the rate of state sales tax that should be imposed on the transaction is 3
percent.
17.38(4) Qualifying and nonqualifying usage.
Customers that have both qualifying and nonqualifying usage on the same meter or
fuel tank are subject to a proration formula to obtain the qualifying portion
eligible for the phase–out provisions. In these situations the percentage
of qualifying usage must be determined by the purchaser for the purposes of
applying the phase–out tax. Nonqualifying usage would be subject to the
full state tax rate. Consequently, a proration of the metered gas, electricity
or fuel usage for the qualifying and the nonqualifying usage must be calculated
by the purchaser. See 701—subrules 15.3(4) and 15.3(5) for guidance on
proration of electricity, natural gas and fuels. In addition, the purchaser must
furnish an exemption certificate to the supplier with respect to that percentage
of metered gas or electricity that is eligible for the phase–out
provisions. See 701—subrule 15.3(2). The customer may provide a
calculation which includes only the usage not subject to
phase–out.
The customer must notify the utility provider of the
percentage of qualifying and nonqualifying usage and the customer has the burden
of proof regarding the percentage. The customer is liable for any mistakes or
misrepresentations made regarding the computation or for failure to notify the
utility provider in writing of the percentage of qualifying or nonqualifying
usage.
Security lights used by customers that are billed as a flat
rate tariff will be subject to the phase–out if the customer is classified
as a residential customer. However, if a customer uses security lights which
are billed as a flat rate tariff and that customer is classified as a commercial
customer, the gross receipts including the usage of the security lights are not
subject to the phase–out of state sales tax and are subject to the full
state sales tax rate, unless another exemption from state sales tax is
applicable.
17.38(5) Reporting over the phase–out period.
Sales/use tax returns will be filed on the same basis as they are currently
filed. During each phase–out period, the entire gross receipts from sales
should be reported on the return. The appropriate state sales tax rate for the
tax period will be applied by claiming the phased–out portion of the tax
rate as a deduction on the return.
Gross receipts for local option taxes are also to be reported
in their entirety and computed by applying the appropriate local option tax
rate.
The following are examples regarding how state sales and local
option taxes should be reported:
EXAMPLE 1. Reporting of tax by an energy
provider:
Gross receipts for a tax period in 2002
|
$100,000
|
Phase–out (20,000 for the first year, 40,000 for the
second year, etc.)
|
20,000
|
Taxable sales
|
80,000
|
State tax at 5% (to compute state sales tax due)
|
4,000
|
Gross receipts to be reported for local option
|
100,000
|
Local option tax rate (assuming a 1% local option tax
rate)
|
? 1%
|
Local option tax due
|
1,000
|
Total tax due (local option and state sales tax)
|
$5,000
|
EXAMPLE 2. Reporting of tax on an
individual billing:
Monthly charge during a billing or delivery period in 2002
|
$400
|
State tax rate
|
? 4%
|
State tax due
|
16
|
Gross receipts for local option tax
|
400
|
Local option tax rate
|
? 1%
|
Local option tax due
|
4
|
Total tax (local option and state sales tax)
|
$20
|
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 422.45 as
amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, House Files 1 and 705.
ARC 1107B
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 421.14,
421.17(19), 421B.11, 425.8, 425.37, 426A.7, 437A.25, and 453A.25, the Department
of Revenue and Finance hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter
71, “Assessment Practices and Equalization,” Chapter 72,
“Examination and Certification of Assessors and Deputy Assessors,”
Chapter 73, “Property Tax Credit and Rent Reimbursement,” Chapter
74, “Mobile, Modular, and Manufactured Home Tax,” Chapter 75,
“Property Tax Administration,” Chapter 78, “Property Tax
Exemptions,” Chapter 80, “Property Tax Credits and
Exemptions,” Chapter 81, “Administration,” Chapter 82,
“Cigarette Tax,” Chapter 84, “Unfair Cigarette Sales,”
Chapter 122, “Administration,” and Chapter 125, “Review of
Agency Action,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Items 1 through 48 set forth amendments that clarify existing
rules, remove obsolete rules or rule provisions, correct Iowa Code citations in
the rules and implementation clauses, add implementation clauses, and correct
references to Departmental organization. These amendments are the result of
survey responses received by the Department pursuant to the Governor’s
executive orders. Responses were received primarily from City and County
Assessors and County Auditors, Recorders and Treasurers. An in–depth
review of rules was also performed by Department employees.
The following is a summary of the amendments set forth in this
Notice:
Items 1 and 2 add buildings on leased land and property with a
value of not more than $5,000 to the list of property types that Department
appraisers are not to appraise for purposes of the sales ratio study because
they would be considered abnormal sales.
Item 3 corrects an inaccurate cross reference to a
rule.
Item 4 adds an implementation clause.
Item 5 corrects an inaccurate Iowa Code citation within an
implementation clause.
Items 6 and 10 correct outdated Departmental organization
references brought about by reorganization.
Items 7 and 8 delete obsolete date references.
Items 9 and 10 correct inaccurate references to a continuing
education committee name.
Items 11 through 15 correct Iowa Code citations within
implementation clauses that resulted from the renumbering of Iowa Code
sections.
Item 16 clarifies that a person cannot receive a rent
reimbursement for a rented homestead if the person qualifies for a property tax
credit on an owned homestead.
Item 17 clarifies that only the income of the husband or the
income of the wife is to be used in calculating the husband’s or
wife’s rent reimbursement or property tax credit if the husband and wife
maintain separate homesteads.
Items 18 through 24 add Iowa Code citations to implementation
clauses or correct citations that resulted from the renumbering of Iowa Code
sections.
Item 25 adds Iowa Code chapter 437A as one to which the
confidentiality rule applies and shortens to 20 days the number of days the
taxpayer has to substantiate a claim of confidentiality.
Item 26 adds Iowa Code sections to the implementation clause
which applies to the rule.
Item 27 clarifies that a person may claim the disabled veteran
homestead property tax credit on any home acquired during the veteran’s
lifetime.
Item 28 corrects an Iowa Code reference in the rule.
Items 29 and 30 correct Iowa Code references in the rule and
in the implementation clause.
Item 31 corrects an Iowa Code reference in the rule.
Item 32 corrects an Iowa Code citation in the implementation
clause.
Item 33 adds an Iowa Code chapter to the parenthetical
implementation for the rule.
Items 34 and 35 correct Iowa Code references in the
rules.
Item 36 corrects a cross reference in the rule.
Items 37 through 45 clarify that cigarette distributors are
required to obtain a permit rather than a license.
Item 46 corrects an Iowa Code reference in the rule.
Item 47 corrects a Departmental reference resulting from
reorganization.
Item 48 clarifies what members are to be appointed by the
director to the assessor education grievance committee.
The proposed amendments will not necessitate additional
expenditures by political subdivisions or agencies and entities which contract
with political subdivisions.
Any person who believes that the application of the
discretionary provisions of these amendments would result in hardship or
injustice to that person may petition the Department for a waiver of the
discretionary provisions, if any.
The Department has determined that these proposed amendments
may have an impact on small business. The Department has considered the factors
listed in Iowa Code section 17A.4A. The Department will issue a regulatory
analysis as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4A if a written request is filed
by delivery or by mailing postmarked no later than December 17, 2001, to the
Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, Hoover
State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines, Iowa 50306. The request may
be made by the Administrative Rules Review Committee, the Administrative Rules
Coordinator, at least 25 persons signing that request who each qualify as a
small business or an organization representing at least 25 such
persons.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on these proposed amendments on or before December 14, 2001. Such written
comments should be directed to the Policy Section, Compliance Division,
Department of Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457,
Des Moines, Iowa 50306.
Persons who want to convey their views orally should contact
the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, at
(515)281–4250 or at the Department of Revenue and Finance offices on the
fourth floor of the Hoover State Office Building.
Requests for a public hearing must be received by December 7,
2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
421B, 425, 427, 427C, 428, 433, 434, 435, 437, 437A, 438, 441, and 453A and
Executive Order Number 8.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend numbered paragraph
71.12(2)“c”(3)“2” as follows:
2. The department appraiser shall appraise the property
selected unless it is ineligible because of any of the following
restrictions:
Vacant building
Current year sale
Partial assessment
Prior equalization appraisal
Tax–exempt
Only one portion of a total property unit (example—a
parking lot of a grocery store)
Value established by court action
Value is not more than $5,000
Building on leased land
ITEM 2. Amend numbered paragraph
71.12(3)“c”(3)“2” as follows:
2. The department appraiser shall appraise the property
selected unless it is ineligible because of any of the following
restrictions:
Vacant building
Current year sale
Partial assessment
Prior equalization appraisal
Tax–exempt
Only one portion of a total property unit (example—a
parking lot of a grocery store)
Value established by court action
Value is not more than $5,000
Building on leased land
ITEM 3. Amend rule 701—71.13(441)
as follows:
701—71.13(441) Tentative equalization notices.
Prior to the issuance of the final equalization order to each county
auditor, a tentative equalization notice providing for proposed percentage
adjustments to the aggregate valuations of classes of property as set forth in
rule 701—17.12 71.12(441) shallbe mailed to the
county auditor whose valuations are proposed to be adjusted. The tentative
equalization notice constitutes the ten days’ notice required by Iowa Code
section 441.48.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 441.47
and 441.48.
ITEM 4. Amend rule
701—71.18(441) by adopting the following new
implementation clause:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 441.17
and 441.35.
ITEM 5. Amend rule
701—71.19(441), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
441.31 to 441.37 section 441.2.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 72.2(6) as
follows:
72.2(6) Review of examination. Persons who have taken
the examination may, after presenting proper identification, review their
examinations in the office of the department’s property tax
division section within 60 days after the date
the examination has been administered. The review shall consist only of
examining the person’s own answer sheet indicating the questions answered
incorrectly and the question book. Persons reviewing their examinations shall
not be permitted to take notes or otherwise transcribe information during this
review, nor shall they have access to the answers to questions contained in the
examination. Persons who review their examinations shall be permitted to do so
only once, and shall not be eligible to take an examination for the position of
assessor or deputy assessor for a period of at least 30 days following the date
of the review of the examinations.
ITEM 7. Amend rule 701—72.12(441),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
701—72.12(441) Register of eligible candidates.
Following the administration and grading of an examination for assessor or
deputy assessor, the director shall establish updated registers containing the
names, in alphabetical order, and addresses of all persons eligible for
appointment. The registers shall not contain test scores, but the scores
shall be given to the city or county conference board upon request. Eligible
candidates shall remain on the register for two years following the date of
certification by the director after which time the person must successfully
retake the examination to be placed on the register. However, assessors and
deputy assessors in office on or after May 12, 1988, with six
years of consecutive service, shall be placed on the register
permanently without further testing being required. “Consecutive
service” means service in which there was not more than 30
days’ break–in–service. Assessor and
deputy assessor service cannot be combined to meet the six–year
consecutive service requirement.
ITEM 8. Amend subrule 72.14(1) as
follows:
72.14(1) Membership. Each voting unit of the
conference board shall appoint a member of the examining board. Members of the
examining board shall not be members of the conference board, a body which
selects a member of the conference board, or the local board of review (1960
O.A.G. 226). Beginning July 1, 1988, a A person must be
a resident of the assessing jurisdiction served to qualify for appointment as a
member of the examining board. Nonresidents of the assessing
jurisdiction appointed to the board prior to July 1, 1988, may continue to serve
as a member of the board until expiration of the member’s current term of
office. Also, a A member changing assessing jurisdiction
residency after appointment to the board may continue to serve on the board
until the member’s current term of office expires.
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 72.16(2) as
follows:
72.16(2) Continuing education. A conference
board shall not reappoint an incumbent assessor if the board has not received
from the assessor education commission advisory
committee certification that the incumbent assessor has satisfied all
continuing education requirements.
ITEM 10. Amend subrules 72.18(5) and
72.18(8) as follows:
72.18(5) Violations. Any person who intentionally
violates any of the provisions of subrule 72.18(2), 72.18(3), or 72.18(4) shall
be subject to the penalties specified in this subrule. If an infraction of
subrule 72.18(2), 72.18(3), or 72.18(4) occurs and is detected and confirmed
during the examination, the examination of the person committing the infraction
shall be confiscated by the instructor and shall not be scored. If the
infraction is detected and confirmed after the examination of the person
committing the infraction has been scored, the score resulting from that
examination shall be reduced to a failing grade and the director shall notify
the assessor education commission advisory committee of
the action taken. If the infraction is detected and confirmed during the
course, the instructor shall expel the student from the classroom, and the
student shall not be permitted to take the examination for the course.
72.18(8) Review of examination. Persons who have
taken a course examination may, after presenting proper identification, review
their examination in the office of the department’s property tax
division section within 60 days after the date the
examination has been administered. The review shall consist only of examining
the person’s own answer sheet and the question book. Persons reviewing
their exam–inations shall not be permitted to take notes or otherwise
transcribe information during this review, nor shall they have access to the
answers to questions contained in the examination. Persons who review their
examinations shall be permitted to do so only once, and shall not be eligible to
take the same examination for a period of at least 30 days following the date of
the review of the examinations.
ITEM 11. Amend rule
701—73.2(425), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
425.17(5) (4).
ITEM 12. Amend rule
701—73.4(425), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
425.17(9) (8).
ITEM 13. Amend rule
701—73.5(425), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
425.17(9) (8).
ITEM 14. Amend rule
701—73.7(425), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
425.17(9) (8).
ITEM 15. Amend rule
701—73.9(425), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
425.17(4).
ITEM 16. Amend rule 701—73.13(425)
as follows:
701—73.13(425) Nursing homes. A claimant whose
homestead is a nursing home is eligible to file a reimbursement claim for rent
constituting property tax paid unless the person is eligible for a property
tax credit on an owned homestead.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
425.17(3) (4) as amended by 1994 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1125.
ITEM 17. Amend rule 701—73.18(425)
as follows:
701—73.18(425) Separate homestead—husband and
wife rent reimbursements. If a husband and wife are both qualified
claimants renting separate and distinct homesteads, and rent is paid by each
or a member of their respective households, each is eligible to
file an individual reimbursement claim for rent constituting property tax
paid.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code subsection
425.17(7) (4).
ITEM 18. Amend rule
701—73.20(425), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code subsection
425.17(5) (4).
ITEM 19. Amend rule
701—73.23(425), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 425.17(8)
and section 425.26(8) as amended by 1994 Iowa Acts, chapter
1165.
ITEM 20. Amend rule
701—73.24(425), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code subsection
425.17(3) (6).
ITEM 21. Amend rule
701—73.28(425), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 425.16
to 425.39 40.
ITEM 22. Amend rule
701—73.31(425) by adopting the following new
implementation clause:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
425.20.
ITEM 23. Amend rule
701—74.2(435), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
435.22 435.24.
ITEM 24. Amend rule
701—74.3(435), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
435.22 435.24.
ITEM 25. Amend rule
701—75.5(428,433,434,437,438) as follows:
701—75.5(428,433,434,437,437A,438) Central
assessment confidentiality. The release of information contained in any
reports filed under Iowa Code chapters 428, 433, 434, 437, 437A, and 438,
or obtained by the department in the administration of those chapters, is
governed by the general provisions of Iowa Code chapter 22 since there are no
specific provisions relating to confidential information contained in those
chapters. Any request for information must be made pursuant to rule
701—6.2(17A). See rule 701—6.3(17A).
Any request for information pertaining to a taxpayer’s
business affairs, operations, source of income, profits, losses, or expenditures
must be made in writing to the director. The taxpayer to whom the information
relates will be notified of the request for information and will be allowed
30 20 days to substantiate any claim of confidentiality
under Iowa Code chapter 22 or any other statute such as Iowa Code section
422.72. If substantiated, the request will be denied; otherwise, the
information will be released to the requesting party. This rule will not prevent
the exchange of information between state and federal agencies.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 428,
433, 434, 437, 437A, and 438.
ITEM 26. Amend rule
701—78.6(427,441), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
427.1(1), and 427.1(2), 427.2, 427.18, and
427.19.
ITEM 27. Amend subrule 80.1(3) as
follows:
80.1(3) Disabled veteran’s homestead tax credit.
The disabled veteran’s homestead tax credit may be claimed by any person
who acquired homestead property under 38 U.S.C. Sections 21.801 and 21.802
provided the veteran’s annual income and that of the veteran’s
spouse does do not exceed $25,000. The amount of the
credit is equal to the entire amount of tax payable on the homestead. Even
though this financial assistance is available to disabled veterans on only one
homestead during their lifetime, the credit may be claimed upon the acquisition
of other homesteads for which no financial assistance is available
providing all qualifications have been met.
ITEM 28. Amend subrule 80.2(2),
paragraphs “e” and “g,” as
follows:
e. As used in Iowa Code subsection 426A.12(3)
427.4(3) as amended by 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter 151, the term
minor child means a person less than 18 years of age or less than 21 years of
age and enrolled as a full–time student at an educational
institution.
g. The person claiming a military service tax exemption must
be an Iowa resident. However, the veteran need not be an Iowa resident if such
person’s exemption is claimed by a qualified individual enumerated in Iowa
Code section 426A.12 427.4 as amended by 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter
151. (1942 O.A.G. 140)
ITEM 29. Amend subrule 80.3(6) as
follows:
80.3(6) The sale, transfer, or lease of property does
not affect its eligibility for exemption as long as the requirements of Iowa
Code subsection 427.1(32) (19) and rule
701—80.3(427), Iowa Administrative Code, are satisfied.
ITEM 30. Amend rule
701—80.3(427), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code subsection
427.1(32) (19) as amended by 1993 Iowa Acts,
chapter 159.
ITEM 31. Amend subrule 80.5(1) as
follows:
80.5(1) Authority of city council and board of
supervisors. A city council or county board of supervisors may enact an
ordinance granting property tax exemptions for value added as a result of new
construction, reconstruction or renovation of speculative shell buildings owned
by community development organizations, not–for–profit cooperative
associations under Iowa Code chapter 499A, or for–profit entities. See
Iowa Code section 427.1(41) (27) for definitions. The
percentage of exemption and period of time over which the exemption may be
allowed are established by the council or board in the ordinance authorizing the
exemption and the same exemption applies to all qualifying property within that
jurisdiction.
ITEM 32. Amend rule
701—80.5(427), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
427.1(41) (27) as amended by 1995 Iowa Acts,
House File 556.
ITEM 33. Amend rule
701—80.9(161,441), parenthetical implementation, as follows:
701—80.9(161 427C,441)
Forest and fruit–tree reservations.
ITEM 34. Amend subrule 80.11(1),
paragraph “a,” subparagraph (1), as
follows:
(1) The tract of land must be an “eligible tract of
agricultural land” as defined in Iowa Code subsection
425A.2(4) (5). This means the tract must be ten acres
or more or contiguous to a tract of more than ten acres and used in good faith
for agricultural or horticultural purposes. More than half of the acres in the
tract must be devoted to the production of crops or livestock by a designated
person. Contiguous tracts under the same legal ownership and located within the
same county are considered one tract. Only tracts of land that are classified
as agricultural real estate qualify for the credit.
ITEM 35. Amend subrule 80.11(1),
paragraph “a,” subparagraph (2), numbered paragraph
“4,” as follows:
4. An authorized farm corporation as defined in Iowa Code
subsection 9H.1(9) (3).
ITEM 36. Amend subrule 81.13(3),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
81.13(3) Revocation of a permit. The
department may revoke the permit of any permit holder who becomes substantially
delinquent in paying any tax which is administered by the department or the
interest or penalty on the tax. If the permit holder is a corporation, the
department may revoke the permit if any officer, with a substantial legal or
equitable interest in the ownership of the corporation, owes any delinquent tax,
penalty, or interest of the applicant corporation. In this latter instance, the
corporation must, initially, owe the delinquent tax, penalty, or interest, and
the officer must be personally and secondarily liable for the tax. If the
permit holder is a partnership, a permit cannot be revoked for a partner’s
substantial delinquency in paying any tax, penalty, or interest which is not a
liability of the partnership. See rule 701—13.6
13.16(422) for characterizations of the terms “tax administered by
the department” and “substantially delinquent” in paying a
tax. This subrule is applicable to tax, interest, and penalty due and payable
on and after January 1, 1987.
ITEM 37. Amend rule
701—81.16(453A), introductory paragraph, as follows:
701—81.16(453A) Inventory tax. All persons
required to be licensed obtain a permit under Iowa Code
section 453A.13 as distributors shall take an inventory of all cigarettes and
little cigars in their possession prior to delivery for resale upon which the
tax has been affixed and all unused cigarette tax stamps and unused metered
imprints in their possession at the close of business on the day preceding the
effective date of an increase in the tax rate.
ITEM 38. Amend subrule 82.1(1) as
follows:
82.1(1) Distributor’s permit. Every person
acting as a distributor as defined in Iowa Code section 453A.1 must obtain a
permit from the department. A distributor is any person who obtains unstamped
cigarettes within or without this state by manufacture, production, import or by
any means for the purpose of making the first intrastate sale or distribution or
the first use or consumption in Iowa. Every distributor holding a
distributor’s permit will cause to be affixed, within or without Iowa, all
cigarette tax stamps or meter impressions as set forth in rule 82.8(453A) and
Iowa Code section 453A.10. The distributor permit expires annually on June 30,
and costs $100. A distributor must obtain a duplicate permit for each place of
business owned or operated by the distributor from which distributor activities
are carried on. Duplicate distributor permits may be obtained from the
department at an annual cost of $5 for each duplicate permit. A distributor may
act as a wholesaler without obtaining a wholesaler’s
license permit, but a wholesaler’s
license permit may be obtained upon meeting all of the
requirements for the issuance of a wholesaler’s license
permit. If a distributor performs any other function which requires a
license permit, a separate license
permit must be obtained. If a person is not performing the functions of
a distributor, a permit will not be issued.
ITEM 39. Amend subrule 82.1(2),
second unnumbered paragraph, as follows:
The XYZ Grocery Chain has a warehouse in Des Moines where
stamped cigarettes are stored. The stamped cigarettes are purchased from a
licensed permitted distributor. XYZ transfers the
cigarettes to its retail outlets across the state for the purpose of making
retail sales, and makes no other sales. The storage of stamped cigarettes and
the retail sale of cigarettes are not functions of a wholesaler, and XYZ would
not be eligible for a wholesaler’s permit.
ITEM 40. Amend rule 701—82.8(453A)
as follows:
701—82.8(453A) Affixing stamps. Every package
of cigarettes received in this state by a licensed
permitted distributor or for distribution within or without the state of
Iowa must be stamped within 48 hours of their its
receipt, unless the distributor is also licensed
permitted as and is acting as a distributing agent. The cigarettes held
by a person acting as a distributor and those held by the same person who is
also acting as a distributing agent must be kept separate, and if not, the
entire inventory will be subject to the 48–hour limitation. The
48–hour period shall be exclusive of Sundays and legal holidays. (See
1958 O.A.G. 25.)
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 453A.10
and 453A.17.
ITEM 41. Amend rule 701—82.9(453A),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
701—82.9(453A) Reports. Every person
licensed permitted as a cigarette distributor or
manufacturer, or any other person as deemed necessary by the director, must
file a monthly report on or before the tenth day of the month following the
month for which the report is made. The report must be complete and certified
by the person responsible for filling out the report. The failure to file a
report or the filing of a false or incomplete report shall subject the person to
a penalty as set forth in Iowa Code section 453A.31 as amended by 1999
Iowa Acts, chapter 151, section 81. (See rule 701— 10.76(453A).)
The report must be so certified or the report shall be considered incomplete.
Whenever “cigarette” is used in this rule, it shall also include
taxable “little cigars.”
ITEM 42. Amend subrule 82.10(1),
paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. Be sent to a licensed permitted
distributor.
ITEM 43. Amend subrule 82.10(2),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
82.10(2) Remittance of tax and acknowledgment of
payment. Iowa Code section 453A.39 provides that the tax will be paid by a
licensed permitted distributor. The payment of tax
should accompany the distributor’s affidavit (Form
70–033).
The department will stamp the distributor’s affidavit
containing the remittance and return a copy of the affidavit to the distributor
as the acknowledgment that taxes have been paid on the samples. After receiving
the acknowledgment, and before the sample cigarettes are distributed, each
distributor is requested to stamp the cartons of free samples with a stamp
containing the following information:
IOWA STATE TAX PAID
Distributor’s name
License Permit number
The department will make every effort to return a copy of the
distributor’s remittance report on the same day it is received. In the
event the distributor needs acknowledgment sooner, the distributor may request
that the department acknowledge by telephone or telegraph and follow up with the
affidavit acknowledgment at a later date.
In the event sample cigarettes must be returned to the
manufacturer for some reason, a refund of the taxes previously paid will be made
to the distributor who actually remitted the tax to the department. The refund
will be made in the same manner as for regular cigarettes by the distributor
filing the appropriate forms with the department.
ITEM 44. Amend paragraph
82.10(3)“a,” Example, as follows:
EXAMPLE. A manufacturer ships packs of
20, free of charge, to a licensed permitted distributor
with instructions to stamp them and send them to retail outlets or deliver them
to one of the manufacturer’s employees. The manufacturer reimburses the
distributor for the cost of stamping the cigarettes. The manufacturer sends or
furnishes the retailers instructions and display materials for the retail
distribution of the cigarettes. This method of distribution would be
proper.
ITEM 45. Amend subrule 82.11(2) as
follows:
82.11(2) Return of used stamps. Refunds shall be
issued for stamps which have been affixed to cigarettes which have become unfit
for use or consumption or unsaleable. This refund is available to any
licensed permitted distributor or manufacturer upon
proof that the cigarettes were returned to the person who manufactured the
cigarettes. The proof required shall be an affidavit from the distributor
setting forth to whom the cigarettes were returned and verifying that cigarette
stamps had been affixed thereto. There must also be included therewith an
affidavit from the manufacturer to whom the cigarettes were returned verifying
the information.
ITEM 46. Amend rule
701—84.2(421B), first unnumbered paragraph, as follows:
Any wholesaler or retailer who desires to prove that the
wholesaler’s or retailer’s cost is less than the statutory
presumptive cost computed according to the Iowa unfair cigarette sales Act, Iowa
Code chapter 421B, shall submit a petition for approval of a lower cost along
with actual cost data to the department of revenue and finance. The statutory
presumptive cost must be used in determining minimum price until approval has
been granted by the department. If the requester continues to sell cigarettes
at less than the presumptive cost, the department may revoke the
requester’s permit or seek an injunction pursuant to Iowa Code section
427B.10 421B.10 to prevent such action.
ITEM 47. Amend rule 701—122.2(441)
as follows:
701—122.2(441) General operation. Chairperson
of the committee shall be the director. Appointed by the director to the
committee is a representative of the local government services
division property tax section of the department of revenue and
finance, and two assessor representatives, and
the state training administrator. The committee will meet at least
once each year.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
441.8.
ITEM 48. Amend rule
701—125.2(441), second unnumbered paragraph, as follows:
The director shall appoint a grievance committee comprised of
three members of the assessor education advisory committee to review
petitions and grievances, meet with the affected parties if necessary, and
recommend in writing to the director a proposed resolution of the matter. The
director will consider the recommendation of the grievance committee at its next
meeting and inform the affected parties of the decision in writing within ten
days. The date of the written reply by the director shall constitute final
agency action for purposes of appeal.
ARC 1084B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Notice of Intended Action
Notice is also given to the public that the
Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written
request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section
17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons
may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10, 307.12
and 321.52, the Department of Transportation hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to amend Chapter 405, “Salvage,” rescind Chapter 453,
“Weight Equalizing Hitch and Sway Control Devices for Trailers,” and
amend Chapter 454, “Towing Wrecked or Disabled Vehicles,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The amendments to Chapter 405 delete an obsolete form number,
delete unnecessary language, delete language that repeats the statute, correct
office names and addresses and simplify the process for obtaining a permit to
drive the vehicle to and from the examination location.
Chapter 453 is being rescinded because the Department of
Transportation no longer has statutory authority to promulgate these rules.
1997 Iowa Acts, chapter 108, section 24, amended Iowa Code section 321.430 to
remove the DOT Director’s authority to approve these devices.
Chapter 454 makes the distinction between tow trucks and
flatbed vehicles used to transport wrecked or disabled vehicles by requiring all
or some of the wheels of the wrecked or disabled vehicle to be on the roadway.
Many wrecker services use flatbeds as well as conventional wreckers. The
proposed amendments allow flatbeds to transport wrecked or disabled vehicles.
Other changes are made for clarification.
These rules do not provide for waivers. Any person who
believes that the person’s circumstances meet the statutory criteria for a
waiver may petition the Department for a waiver under 761—Chapter
11.
Any person or agency may submit written comments or may submit
a written request to make an oral presentation concerning these proposed
amendments or the proposed recission. The comments or request shall:
1. Include the name, address, and telephone number of the
person or agency authoring the comments or request.
2. Reference the number and title of the proposed rule, as
given in this Notice, that is the subject of the comments or request.
3. Indicate the general content of a requested oral
presentation.
4. Be addressed to the Department of
Transportation,Director’s Staff Division, 800 Lincoln Way, Ames, Iowa
50010; fax (515)239–1639; Internet E–mail address tracy.
george@dot.state.ia.us.
5. Be received by the Director’s Staff Division no later
than December 4, 2001.
A meeting to hear requested oral presentations is scheduled
for Thursday, December 6, 2001, at 8 a.m. in the DOT Conference Room, which is
located on the lower level of Park Fair Mall, 100 Euclid Avenue, Des Moines,
Iowa.
The meeting will be canceled without further notice if no oral
presentation is requested.
The proposed amendments may have an impact on small business.
A request for a regulatory analysis pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.4A must be
received by the Director’s Staff Division at the address listed in this
Notice no later than 32 days after publication of this Notice in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
321.
Proposed rule–making actions:
ITEM 1. Amend rule
761—405.2(321), definition of “junking certificate,” as
follows:
“Junking certificate” means an Iowa junking
certificate, Form 411123.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 761—405.3(321),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
761— 405.3(321) Salvage title. The following
applies to an Iowa salvage certificate of title.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 405.3(2) as
follows:
405.3(2) Assignment. A salvage title may be
assigned only as provided in Iowa Code subsection 321.52(4).
a. A salvage title may be assigned
to:
(1) An educational institution.
(2) A new motor vehicle dealer.
(3) A person engaged in the business of purchasing
bodies, parts of bodies, frames or component parts of vehicles for sale as scrap
metal.
(4) A salvage pool.
(5) An authorized vehicle recycler.
b. Only a new motor vehicle dealer or an authorized
vehicle recycler may assign a salvage title to any person.
c. Upon assignment, the transferee shall
apply for a new salvage title within 30 days after the date of assignment
unless, within this time period, application for a regular title is made or a
junking certificate is obtained.
ITEM 4. Amend paragraph
405.6(1)“b” as follows:
b. Fair market value is the average retail value found in the
“National Automobile Dealers Association (NADA) Official Used Car
Guide.” If there is no value available, the office of vehicle
registration services in Des Moines shall determine the
fair market value upon request. The Des Moines address is: Office of
Vehicle Services, Department of Transportation, Park Fair Mall, 100 Euclid
Avenue, P.O. Box 9278, Des Moines, Iowa 50306–9278; telephone (515)
237–3148.
ITEM 5. Amend subparagraph
405.15(1)“a”(1) as follows:
(1) To arrange for a salvage theft examination by an
investigator from the department of transportation, the applicant shall contact
the local county treasurer’s auto department, the district
enforcement office, or the office of motor vehicle enforcement in Des
Moines. The Des Moines address is: Office of Motor Vehicle Enforcement,
Iowa Department of Transportation, Park Fair Mall, 100 Euclid
Avenue, P.O. Box 10382 10473, Des Moines, Iowa
50306–0382 50306–0473; telephone
(515)237–3247 237–3214.
ITEM 6. Amend paragraph
405.15(1)“b,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
b. The owner of the vehicle may obtain a permit
to drive the vehicle to and from the examination location by
submitting an affidavit of salvage vehicle repairs to the agency
performing the examination completing the permit section located on
the affidavit of salvage vehicle repairs form.
ITEM 7. Amend subparagraph
405.15(1)“b”(2) as follows:
(2) To be valid, the permit to drive the vehicle to and
from the examination location must be signed by an authorized
officer of the agency conducting the examination the owner or
owner’s authorized agent.
ITEM 8. Amend paragraph
405.15(1)“e” as follows:
e. A $30 fee paid by check or money order made payable to the
agency conducting the salvage theft examination shall be collected. The agency
shall retain $20 and forward $10 to the office of motor vehicle
enforcement services at the Des Moines address. The
department shall deposit the $10 into the funds specified by law.
ITEM 9. Amend subparagraph
405.15(1)“f”(1) as follows:
(1) The white copy shall be mailed with the $10 to the office
of motor vehicle enforcement services
at the Des Moines address.
ITEM 10. Amend paragraph
405.15(1)“h” as follows:
h. The peace officer shall return the salvage title or the
certified copy of the salvage title, the permit to drive section, if
applicable, on the affidavit of salvage vehicle repairs, and the bills of
sale to the owner or the owner’s representative.
ITEM 11. Amend subrule 405.15(2) as
follows:
405.15(2) Permit Affidavit of
salvage vehicle repairs form and salvage theft examination
certificate.
a. The permit affidavit of salvage vehicle
repairs form may be obtained from the office of motor vehicle enforcement at the
Des Moines address, any local enforcement agency with officers certified to
conduct salvage theft examinations or any local county treasurer’s
office and salvage theft examination certificate shall be controlled
forms furnished by the department.
b. The salvage theft examination certificate shall be a
controlled form and furnished by the department.
b c. The owner of the vehicle may
obtain a duplicate copy of the salvage theft examination certificate upon
written request and payment of a $10 fee to the office of motor vehicle
enforcement at the Des Moines address.
c d. The salvage theft examination
certificate is not transferable.
ITEM 12. Rescind and reserve
761—Chapter 453.
ITEM 13. Amend rule 761—454.1(321)
as follows:
761—454.1(321) Definitions. For the purpose of
Iowa Code section 321.463, the following definitions are established:
“Tow” means the transportation by a vehicle
designed to tow or transport wrecked or disabled vehicles directly from
the scene of an accident a crash, disablement, or
impoundment to any place of repair, storage, or safekeeping.
1. The wrecked or disabled vehicle must be towed with
all or some of its wheels on the roadway unless supported during movement by a
dolly or other special device designed for use when a vehicle cannot roll on its
own wheels.
2. Movement of wrecked or disabled vehicles on vans,
flatbeds, carryalls, or other freight vehicles does not constitute towing under
this rule.
“Vehicle designed to tow” means a vehicle
that has been designed or materially altered to enable the transportation of a
wrecked or disabled vehicle by lifting all or some of the wrecked or disabled
vehicle off the roadway.
“Wrecked or disabled vehicle” means a vehicle upon
a highway involved in an accident a crash or having
mechanical failure, broken parts, or other defects, any of which prevent the
vehicle from moving safely under its own power, or any vehicle impounded by the
order of a police authority peace officer.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
321.463.
ARC 1095B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Notice of Intended Action
Notice is also given to the public that the
Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written
request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section
17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons
may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10, 307.12
and 321E.15, the Department of Transportation hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to amend Chapter 511, “Special Permits for Operation and Movement
of Vehicles and Loads of Excess Size and Weight,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
2001 Iowa Acts, House File 324, section 26, increases the
width allowed under the annual oversize/overweight permit to 13 feet 5 inches.
Item 2 makes this change in the rules. 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 324, section
27, strikes Iowa Code language concerning annual permits. Items 1 and 3 rescind
subrules concerning annual permits and all–system permits. These permit
provisions are covered under other permits that are less restrictive.
These rules do not provide for waivers. Any person who
believes that the person’s circumstances meet the statutory criteria for a
waiver may petition the Department for a waiver under 761—Chapter
11.
Any person or agency may submit written comments concerning
these proposed amendments or may submit a written request to make an oral
presentation. The comments or request shall:
1. Include the name, address, and telephone number of the
person or agency authoring the comments or request.
2. Reference the number and title of the proposed rule, as
given in this Notice, that is the subject of the comments or request.
3. Indicate the general content of a requested oral
pres–entation.
4. Be addressed to the Department of
Transportation,Director’s Staff Division, 800 Lincoln Way, Ames, Iowa
50010; fax (515)239–1639; Internet E–mail address tracy.
george@dot.state.ia.us.
5. Be received by the Director’s Staff Division no later
than December 4, 2001.
A meeting to hear requested oral presentations is scheduled
for Thursday, December 6, 2001, at 10 a.m. in the conference room of the Motor
Vehicle Division, which is located on the upper level of Park Fair Mall, 100
Euclid Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa.
The meeting will be canceled without further notice if no oral
presentation is requested.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
321E as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 324.
Proposed rule–making actions:
ITEM 1. Rescind and reserve subrule
511.7(4).
ITEM 2. Amend paragraph
511.8(1)“a” as follows:
a. Width. 12 feet 5 inches 13 feet 5
inches.
ITEM 3. Rescind and reserve subrule
511.9(4).
ARC 1096B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Notice of Intended Action
Notice is also given to the public that the
Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written
request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section
17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons
may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10 and
307.12, the Department of Transportation hereby gives Notice of Intended Action
to amend Chapter 529, “For–Hire Interstate Motor Carrier
Authority,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The Code of Federal Regulations was updated in October 2000,
and the Department needs to cite the current version in these rules. No changes
to the federal regulations have occurred; however, Part 369 is excluded. This
part was eliminated in 1997. Also, an Internet address is added as a source for
reviewing a copy of the regulations.
Any person or agency may submit written comments concerning
this proposed amendment or may submit a written request to make an oral
presentation. The comments or request shall:
1. Include the name, address, and telephone number of the
person or agency authoring the comments or request.
2. Reference the number and title of the proposed rule, as
given in this Notice, that is the subject of the comments or request.
3. Indicate the general content of a requested oral
presentation.
4. Be addressed to the Department of
Transportation,Director’s Staff Division, 800 Lincoln Way, Ames, Iowa
50010; fax (515)239–1639; Internet E–mail address tracy.
george@dot.state.ia.us.
5. Be received by the Director’s Staff Division no later
than December 4, 2001.
A meeting to hear requested oral presentations is scheduled
for Thursday, December 6, 2001, at 1 p.m. in the conference room of the Motor
Vehicle Division, which is located on the upper level of Park Fair Mall, 100
Euclid Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa.
The meeting will be canceled without further notice if no oral
presentation is requested.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
327B.
Proposed rule–making action:
Amend rule 761—529.1(327B) as follows:
761—529.1(327B) Motor carrier regulations. The
Iowa department of transportation adopts the Code of Federal Regulations, 49 CFR
Parts 365–379 365–368 and 370–379,
dated October 1, 1999 2000, for regulating interstate
for–hire carriers.
Copies of this publication are available from the statelibrary
or through the Internet at http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov.
NOTICE—PUBLIC FUNDS INTEREST
RATES
In compliance with Iowa Code chapter 74A and section 12C.6,
the committee composed of Treasurer of StateMichael L. Fitzgerald,
Superintendent of Credit Unions James E. Forney, Superintendent of Banking
Holmes Foster, and Auditor of State Richard D. Johnson have established today
the following rates of interest for public obligations and special assessments.
The usury rate for November is 6.75%.
INTEREST RATES FOR PUBLIC
OBLIGATIONS AND ASSESSMENTS
74A.2 Unpaid Warrants Maximum 6.0%
74A.4 Special Assessments Maximum 9.0%
RECOMMENDED for 74A.3 and 74A.7: A rate equal to 75%
of the Federal Reserve monthly published indices for U.S. Government securities
of comparable maturities.
The rate of interest has been determined by a committee of the
state of Iowa to be the minimum interest rate that shall be paid on public funds
deposited in approved financial institutions. To be eligible to accept deposits
of public funds of the state of Iowa, a financial institution shall demonstrate
a commitment to serve the needs of the local community in which it is chartered
to do business. These needs include credit services as well as deposit
services. All such financial institutions are required to provide the committee
with a written description of their commitment to provide credit services in the
community. This statement is available for examination by citizens.
New official state interest rates, effective November 3, 2001,
setting the minimums that may be paid by Iowa depositories on public funds are
listed below.
TIME DEPOSITS
7–31 days Minimum 1.80%
32–89 days Minimum 1.80%
90–179 days Minimum 1.80%
180–364 days Minimum 1.80%
One year to 397 days Minimum 1.90%
More than 397 days Minimum 2.40%
These are minimum rates only. The one year and less are
four–tenths of a percent below average rates. Public body treasurers and
their depositories may negotiate a higher rate according to money market rates
and conditions.
Inquiries may be sent to Michael L. Fitzgerald, Treasurer of
State, State Capitol, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
FILED EMERGENCY
ARC 1081B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development adopts amendments to Chapter
7, “Iowa Jobs Training Program,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments implement legislation that authorizes community
colleges to use moneys in their respective job training fund allocations to
conduct entrepreneurial development and support activities. The amendments
provide information about the application process and outline the criteria that
will be used for scoring entrepreneurial training applications.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on September 5, 2001, as ARC 0915B.
A public hearing to receive comments about the amendments was
held on September 26, 2001. No comments concerning the proposed amendments were
received. Written comments concerning wording on the application were received
from Northeast Iowa Community College and changes were made to the application
in response to these comments. The amendments are identical to those published
under Notice.
The Department finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of the amendments, 35
days after publication, should be waived and the amendments be made effective on
October 22, 2001. These amendments confer a benefit on the public by providing
access to entrepreneurial training funds. Some community colleges have already
entered into Notice of Intent agreements with businesses so that entrepreneurial
training applications can be submitted when these amendments become
effective.
The Department is taking the following steps to notify
potentially affected parties of the effective date of the amendments:
publishing the amendments in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, providing free
copies on request, and having copies available wherever requests for information
about the program are likely to be made.
The Iowa Department of Economic Development Board adopted
these amendments on October 18, 2001.
These amendments became effective October 22, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
260F.6 as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 718, section 24.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Renumber rules
261—7.17(260F) to 261— 7.32(260F) as
261—7.18(260F) to 261—7.33(260F).
ITEM 2. Adopt new rule
261—7.17(260F) as follows:
261—7.17(260F) Entrepreneurial training.
Community colleges may use moneys in their respective job training fund
allocations to conduct entrepreneurial development and support activities for
individuals who currently operate or intend to operate any entrepreneurial
venture.
ITEM 3. Amend renumbered subrules 7.18(1)
and 7.18(2) as follows:
7.18(1) A college and a business or
, apprenticeship sponsor or entrepreneurial training provider may,
but are not required to, enter into an agreement of intent.
7.18(2) A college and a business or entrepreneurial
training provider which enter into an agreement of intent shall use
Agreement of Intent, Form 260F–2. A college and an apprenticeship sponsor
which enter into an agreement of intent, shall use
Apprenticeship Agreement Intent, Form 260F–2A.
ITEM 4. Amend renumbered rule
261—7.21(260F) by adopting the following new subrule
7.21(4):
7.21(4) The criteria used for scoring a community
college entrepreneurial training application and the points for each criterion
are as follows:
a. The knowledge attained by the individuals who attend this
training will increase their ability to successfully maintain or establish a
small business enterprise in the state, 23 points.
b. The state of Iowa will realize economic benefits as a
result of providing this training, 23 points.
c. The businesses that are maintained or established will
increase employment opportunities for the state’s workforce, 22
points.
d. The higher the percentage of businesses or potential
businesses participating in training that can be classified as information
technology, advanced manufacturing or life sciences, the more points will be
awarded, up to a maximum of 22 points.
e. The average wages that are or will be paid by the
businesses participating in this training are or will be above the state average
wage rates, 5 points.
f. The cost of this training does not exceed comparable costs
for such training at a state of Iowa community college or university, 5
points.
To be funded, applications must receive a minimum score of 65
out of 100 points and meet all other applicable eligibility criteria.
[Filed Emergency After Notice 10/22/01, effective
10/22/01]
[Published 11/14/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/14/01.
ARC 1121B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 455B.105,
455B.291 to 455B.299, and 466.7, the Environmental Protection Commission hereby
amends Chapter 44, “Drinking Water Revolving Fund,” Chapter 92,
“State Revolving Fund Loans for Wastewater Treatment,” and Chapter
93, “Onsite Wastewater Treatment Assistance Program,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The amendments for the drinking water and wastewater revolving
loan funds (Chapters 44 and 92) provide for a lower, uniform interest rate
versus the existing rate formula, increase the annual loan servicing fee, revise
loan repayment criteria, provide more flexibility in loan repayment schedules
(e.g., allow for shorter term loans), amend parity requirements with respect to
other obligations outstanding, and specify detailed revenue pledge coverage
requirements. Other changes to these chapters include the following:
• No water supply system
project may receive funding for more than five years in succession.
• The amount of funding
available for private, for–profit water supply systems in a single year is
restricted to 5 percent of the amount of the particular bond issues in any given
year.
• Definitions for
“applicable interest rate” and for “debt service coverage
ratio” are eliminated, as the terms are no longer needed with the new
uniform interest rate.
• The project initiation
conference requirement, previously required for water supply system funding, is
now optional at the Department’s discretion.
• The wastewater revolving
loan fund rules recognize the relationship to the onsite wastewater assistance
fund established in Chapter 93, as a portion of the annual wastewater
capitalization grant from the Environmental Protection Agency will be used to
capitalize the onsite program fund.
• Terminology and other
updates are made for overall rule consistency.
The amendment to Chapter 93 replaces language stating that the
Department will assume the risk for loans made under the onsite wastewater
assistance program with language stating that neither the Department nor the
state will assume the risk for loans.
The changes to Chapters 44 and 92 are needed to implement
provisions reflecting a restructuring of the drinking water and wastewater
revolving loan program as recommended by the Iowa Finance Authority. This
restructuring will allow lower and more uniform interest rates as well as
provide loan recipients with more flexibility. The change to Chapter 93 was
necessitated by a conflict with the Iowa Constitution. Under Article VII,
Section 1 of the Iowa Constitution, the “credit of the state” cannot
be given or loaned to any individual, association, or corporation. Informal
advice from the Attorney General’s office indicated the previous language
(i.e., the Department would assume the risk) was in direct conflict with this
provision.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Commission finds
that notice and public participation are impractical because of the need to
secure and commit available loan funds in a timely manner. The Department
applies for annual federal grant funds that are used to capitalize the revolving
loan funds. Prior to submitting the grant applications, the Department must
prepare Intended Use Plans detailing the projects that will receive loans for
the coming year. As the adopted rules provide for lower and more uniform
interest rates than available under previous rules, many municipalities and
water systems might have otherwise delayed applying for loans until such time as
new rules were adopted. Without a firm commitment for loans as expressed in the
Intended Use Plan (IUP), the state would not receive its full 2002 grant award.
The adopted changes must coincide with the restructuring of the revolving loan
funds. In addition, funds from the wastewater revolving loan capitalization
grant are being used to capitalize the onsite revolving loan fund and must be
reflected in the IUP, so it is essential the existing constitutional conflict be
removed as soon as possible to implement this new program. Therefore, it is in
the interest of municipalities, water systems, and individual homeowners for the
Commission to adopt the amendments as soon as possible.
The Commission also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of the amendments
should be waived and these amendments should be made effective upon filing with
the Administrative Rules Coordinator, as they confer a benefit upon
municipalities, water systems, and rural homeowners.
These amendments are also published herein under Notice of
Intended Action as ARC 1122B to allow public comment.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
455B.291 to 455B.299.
These amendments became effective October 26, 2001.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 567—44.1(455B)
as follows:
567—44.1(455B) Statutory authority. The
authority for the Iowa department of natural resources to provide loansto
eligible applicants to assist in the construction of drinking water treatment
facilities is provided by 1997 Iowa Acts, chapter 4 Iowa
Code sections 455B.291 to 455B.299.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 567—44.2(455B)
as follows:
567—44.2(455B) Scope of title. The department
has jurisdiction over the surface and groundwater of the state to prevent,
abate, and control pollution. As a part of that general responsibility, the
department and the Iowa finance authority (“authority”) are jointly
designated to conduct the administration of the drinking water state
revolving fund (SRF) (DWSRF) loan program to
assist in the financing of infra–structure projects pursuant to the Safe
Drinking Water Act. A project must comply with this chapter to be eligible for
an SRF a DWSRF loan. This chapter provides for the
background, the general rules of practice for the department’s
administration of the program, including the criteria for loan eligibility, and
the general project and program administration rules.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 567—44.3(455B)
as follows:
567—44.3(455B) Purpose. The state
revolving fund program DWSRF provides financial assistance to
eligible public drinking water supplies for the design and construction of
facilities to ensure public health and the provision of safe and adequate
drinking water. The program reserves a certain percentage of money each year
for administrative purposes, to improve and protect source water quality, and to
provide technical assistance to smaller drinking water systems. The program is
administered by the Iowa department of natural resources
(“department”), with assistance from the authority. The director
will coordinate with the authority under the terms of an interagency agreement
entered into pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 28E. The Iowa
department of natural resources establishes priorities for the
use of the state revolving loan fund DWSRF and publishes
them each year in its intended use plan (IUP). Published IUPs may include loan
funding applications (capitalization grant applications, submitted by the
department to the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regional
administrator) for either single or for multiple years, depending on the
department’s preference and resource utilization plans, as long as the
fund account or set–aside account remains in operation. The IUP will
identify all proposed uses of available funds and how each will be
managed. All potentially funded projects must be approved by the
Iowa department of natural resources before
they can be considered for certification to the Iowa finance
authority.
The EPA provides capitalization grants for this program to the
state of Iowa department. Financial assistance projects
must be in conformance with the requirements of the Public Health Service Act
(42 U.S.C. 300f et seq.), United States Code, Title XIV, Section 1452, Part
E.
ITEM 4. Amend rule
567—44.4(455B) as follows:
Amend the following definitions:
“Drinking water state revolving fund
(SRF) (DWSRF)” means a state–administered
fund intended to develop provide drinking water
revolving loans to help finance drinking water infrastructure improvements,
source water protection, system technical assistance, and other activities
intended to encourage and facilitate public water supply system rule compliance
and public health protection established by 1997 Iowa Acts, chapter
4 Iowa Code sections 455B.291 to 455B.299.
“Eligible cost” means the cost of all labor,
material, machinery, equipment, loan initiation and loan service fees, design
and construction engineering services, legal fees and expenses directly related
to the project, capitalized interest during construction of the project, and all
other expansion, construction, and rehabilitation of all or part of a project
incurred after the date of approval of an intended use plan (IUP) which contains
the project on a list of projects which are approved for SRF
DWSRF loan assistance.
“Intended use plan (IUP)” means a plan identifying
the intended uses of funds available for loans in the SRF
DWSRF for each fiscal year as described in Section 1452 of the Safe
Drinking Water Act.
“Project priority list” means the list of projects
in priority order that may qualify for SRF DWSRF loan
assistance contained in the IUP document prepared pursuant to rule 44.8(455B).
The priority list shall identify all projects eligible for funding and the
points assigned to each project pursuant to subrule 44.7(8).
“SRF DWSRF funds” means
the combination of a particular fiscal year’s federal capitalization grant
appropriation plus the 20 percent state of Iowa match.
Rescind the following definitions:
“Applicable interest rate” means the
interest rate applied to each individual loan as determined by the director and
in accordance with any agreement with the Iowa finance
authority.
“Debt service coverage ratio” means the
sum of net income plus interest expense plus depreciation, divided by the sum of
debt service, principal plus interest, and repayments.
Adopt the following new definition in
alphabetical order:
“Commission” means the environmental protection
commission of the state of Iowa.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 44.5(1) as
follows:
44.5(1) Administration expense set–aside. These
set–aside funds are to be used to administer the state revolving
loan fund (SRF) DWSRF. This includes loan portfolio management,
debt issuance, SRF DWSRF program startup and other
administrative costs, financial, management, and legal consulting fees, and
related support services. This set–aside allows a maximum of 4 percent of
the total available federal capitalization grant and state match funds in a
particular year.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 44.5(3) as
follows:
44.5(3) Source water protection implementation
set–aside. These set–aside funds will be used to delineate and
assess source water protection areas, and may be used to establish and implement
source water and wellhead protection programs. This set–aside allows a
maximum of 15 percent of the total available federal capitalization grant and
state match funds in a particular year. Up to 10 percent of the total funds (67
percent of this set–aside) will be used by the department in the first two
years of the SRF DWSRF to delineate and assess source
water protection areas; some of these funds may be subcontracted to third
parties to perform aspects of this work. Source water (quality partnership)
petition programs (made by individual or consortiums of public water systems)
established under Section 1454 of the SDWA Amendments
amendments will be eligible for money under this set–aside.
Applications for third–party source water petition proposals must be
submitted and will be accepted and evaluated pursuant to subrules 44.7(2)
through 44.7(8) prior to publication of the IUP in a given year.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 44.6(1),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
44.6(1) The following systems are eligible to receive
funds from the Iowa drinking water revolving loan fund
DWSRF, for health improvements as listed and defined in
the Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended in 1996.
ITEM 8. Amend subrule 44.6(2),
paragraph “d,” as follows:
d. Projects and activities deemed ineligible for participation
in the drinking water SRF DWSRF program by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency’s February 28, 1997, guidelines, or by the
department.
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 44.7(1) as
follows:
44.7(1) The director shall develop and maintain a
project priority list of public water systems that have a need for either a new
or an upgraded drinking water system (including individual subcomponents). The
term “public water system projects” may also include separate
segments or phases of a segmented or phased project. The project priority list
may include projects which are not ready to proceed (e.g., it may include
projects by their nature planned and implemented for a longer term than one year
or those unable to be implemented within one calendar year), but letters of
intent for such projects must be received by the department for the projects to
proceed within 5 five years of the submitted letter of
intent, or they shall not receive funding. Projects may be construed as not
ready to proceed due to lack of fiscal capability (of either the loan applicant
or of the state), due to emergencies experienced by the applicant (or the
state), due to failure to complete a loan agreement within one year of a
project’s being listed on the approved IUP, or due to construction or
other scheduling constraints. Projects may will
continue to be eligible for loan funding when funded for the first year of a
multiyear project effort. However, the project applicant must resubmit
the project for priority ranking each subsequent year during the life of a
project. No project may receive funding for more than five years in
succession.
ITEM 10. Amend subrules 44.7(3) and
44.7(4) as follows:
44.7(3) At least once each year, or more often as
necessary, the department may amend the project priority list to add eligible
projects. List adjustment can be done to ensure that the department uses at
least 15 percent of all funds credited to the SRF DWSRF
account to provide loan assistance to systems serving fewer than 10,000 persons
(allowable under Section 1452(a)(2) of the Act), to the extent that there are a
sufficient number of eligible projects to fund. List adjustment can also be
made to maintain the fiscal integrity of the bond fund, pursuant to rule
44.8(455B) and the annual published IUP’s short–term and
long–term goals.
44.7(4) To be eligible for placement on the project
priority list, the water system must have a preliminary engineering study of
potential system needs (e.g., a “planning” study) approved by the
department, and must submit a written application for placement on the list to
the director. The application must include:
1 a. A description of the type of
project for which financial assistance is being requested,
2 b. The amount of financial
assistance being requested, and
3 c. A proposed
preliminary project construction schedule.
Application shall be made on an SRF a
DWSRF application package form provided by the department; the applicant may
include additional information in the application. Applicants must reapply each
year to be placed on the project priority list. Forms can be obtained from the
Environmental Protection Division, Iowa Department of Natural Resources,
Henry A. Wallace Building, 502 E. 9th Street, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0034 Drinking Water Section, 401 SW 7th Street, Suite M,
Des Moines, Iowa 50309.
ITEM 11. Amend subrule 44.7(7) as
follows:
44.7(7) A construction project’s priority points
shall be the total number of points assigned by the department pursuant to the
department’s scoring system, delineated in subrule 44.7(8). All projects
shall be listed in descending order on the published project priority list
according to the number of total priority points assigned each project. When
two or more projects have the same priority point total, the project sponsored
by a system in the process of consolidation shall receive the higher priority.
A private system in the process of forming and becoming a PWS shall have the
next highest priority (if the system is determined by U.S. EPA regulations or
guidance to be eligible for SRF DWSRF funding), and the
entity with the smallest served population shall receive the next highest
priority. The most current official census population shall be used for all
municipalities which serve only the population within their incorporated
boundaries and which apply for these loan funds. For all other
municipalities and other community public water supply systems and for
Nontransient nontransient noncommunity systems,
population will be counted based on either the actual population
verifiable by the department or population as calculated by multiplying
by an occupancy factor of 2.5 persons per service connection. New systems will
be counted based on either census data, an occupancy factor of 2.5 persons per
service connection, an occupancy factor of 2.5 persons per identifiable occupied
building, or other means acceptable to the department. Funding shall be offered
to the projects with highest rank on the project priority list, subject to the
project’s readiness to proceed, and shall proceed from highest project
downward subject to availability of funds. No project is eligible for more than
50 percent of the total available funds in any single calendar year. No project
is eligible for a loan of less than $50,000 $20,000.
Projects comprising for–profit water systems may make up no more than
10 5 percent of the project priority
list particular bond issue in any given year. Private
water companies are eligible to receive loans from the funds generated by the
sale of state tax–exempt bonds. The EPC
commission may adjust these maximum and minimum loan figures in a given
year pursuant to their the commission’s final
approval of the fiscal year’s IUP. The published project priority list
shall also be included in the department’s annual intended use plan (IUP),
pursuant to rule 44.8(455B). Projects involving a multiyear, staged effort
may carry over their original priority point total from the previous
year’s application providing the project owner reapplies for funding each
year.
ITEM 12. Amend subrule 44.8(2) as
follows:
44.8(2) Contents. The IUP will identify the
anticipated uses of loan funds available for that fiscal year and will
include:
a. A list of projects from the state project priority list
(defined in rule 44.7(455B)) that are eligible for SRF
DWSRF loans and any proposed activities eligible for assistance under
set–aside authority of the SDWA. The list will include the name of the
eligible recipient, applicable PWS permit number, the projected amount of loan
assistance, and a schedule of estimated disbursement of funds. The
department’s list will consider the following in developing the list of
eligible recipients for the intended use plan:
(1) Whether a project will be ready to proceed on a schedule
consistent with time requirements for outlay of funds;
(2) Whether the project addresses the need upon which the
system’s priority is based;
(3) Applicant’s financial capability to service the
loan, provide operation and maintenance, and provide replacement and debt
service reserves;
(4) Applicant’s statement of willingness to accept all
loan terms and conditions.
b. Discussion of the long–term and the short–term
goals of the SRF DWSRF.
c. Information on the types of activities to be supported by
the SRF DWSRF.
d. The method by which the IUP may be amended.
e. Assurances on how the state intends to meet environmental
review requirements of the Act.
ITEM 13. Amend subrule 44.9(1) as
follows:
44.9(1) Project/loan initiation conference. The
department may require the loan recipient or the loan recipient’s
representative to meet at a location designated by the department.
Each eligible loan recipient shall schedule a project/loan initiation
conference with the department. The eligible recipient’s official
representative will meet with the department to discuss the following items and
other items relevant to the project/loan as necessary:
a. SRF loan program policies, procedures and
guidelines;
b. Allowable costs;
c. Treatment technologies;
d. Environmental impacts and review
considerations;
e. Public participation;
f. Scheduling;
g. Other information as needed.
ITEM 14. Amend subrule 44.9(2),
paragraphs “f” and “h,” as
follows:
f. Those portions of projects not meeting eligibility
requirements may be excluded from the funded project, but included in the
submitted plans and specifications if the applicant chooses to keep the
loan–ineligible part of the project as part of the overall system
improvement. Ineligible portions of projects include but are not limited to
dams, water rights, monitoring costs, operation and maintenance expenses,
proj–ects designed primarily in anticipation of future or
speculative growth, and projects needed primarily for fire protection.
h. The applicant has demonstrated its ability to provide the
necessary legal, institutional, managerial, and financial capability to complete
the project. Legal, institutional, managerial, and financial capability
includes the requirement that the applicant show the ability to collect the
amount of money sufficient to repay the SRF DWSRF
loan.
ITEM 15. Amend subrule 44.9(3),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
44.9(3) An applicant seeking financial assistance from
the state revolving fund DWSRF for any project appearing
on the project priority list must submit information as required under subrule
44.7(6) on forms provided by and acceptable to the department. Departmental
review requirements shall consist of the following:
ITEM 16. Amend rule 567—44.12(455B)
as follows:
567—44.12(455B) General administrative
requirements.
44.12(1) Loan agreement conditions. The director, in
coordination with the authority, will prepare a loan agreement when the
application has been determined to be in compliance with the requirements of the
SDWA and applicable state rules for SRF DWSRF funding.
The loan agreements to be executed by the applicant and the department shall be
a binding obligation under Iowa law, shall include conditions and terms to be
effective for the loan period, and shall be accompanied by evidence of such
security, legality, and enforceability as shall be satisfactory to the director.
Each borrower’s loan agreement terms may differ due to differences in
legal structure and creditworthiness of eligible borrowers. The expected loan
agreement terms will be discussed with the applicant at the project initiation
conference described in rule 44.9(455B). A copy of the current form of loan
agreement shall be provided to the recipient at the time of
application.
44.12(2) Allowable costs shall be limited to those
costs deemed necessary, reasonable, and directly related to the efficient
completion of the project. The director will determine project costs eligible
for state assistance in accordance with rule 44.6(455B). Land purchase,
easement, or rights–of–way costs are ineligible with the exception
of land which is integral to a project that is needed to meet or maintain public
health protection, and needed to locate eligible treatment or distribution
works. Source water protection easements are considered to be integral to a
project. (The acquisition of land or easements has to be from a willing
seller.) In addition to those costs identified in this chapter, unallowable
costs include the following:
a. Cost of planning and applying for an SRF
a DWSRF loan.
b. Costs of service lines and in–house
plumbing.
c. Administrative costs of the loan recipient.
d. Vehicles and tools.
44.12(3) The recipients shall maintain adequate
records that document all costs associated with the project. Moneys from the
SRF DWSRF and those contributed by the recipient shall
be accounted for separately. Accounting procedures shall conform with generally
accepted government accounting principles, and auditing procedures will be in
accordance with the U.S. General Accounting Office (GAO) publication,
“Government Auditing Standards,” dated June 1994. All records shall
be preserved and made available to the department, the authority, the state
auditor, and the Office of the Inspector General (OIG) of the EPA for at least
three years from the date of the final loan repayment.
44.12(4) The recipient shall provide access at all
times for the department, the authority, the state auditor and the OIG at EPA to
all project records and documents for inspection and audit purposes for a period
of three years from the date of the final loan payment. The same access to the
project site(s) shall be provided for inspection purposes.
44.12(5) Other federal and state statutes and programs
may affect an SRF a DWSRF project. Loan agreements will
include an assurance that a recipient will comply with allapplicable federal and
state requirements. Federal “cross–cutters” which will affect
SRF DWSRF projects include 13 environmental authorities,
four economic and miscellaneous authorities, and nine social policy authorities.
Each of these specific cross–cutters is delineated in Appendix 1.
Additions or deletions to this list may be made by the department as needed
to comply with applicable EPA regulations and program guidance.
44.12(6) The recipient must submit a construction
drawdown schedule to the department prior to the award of contracts.
44.12(7) Loan agreements will be binding commitments
based on estimated eligible costs prior to construction. A final adjustment to
a loan amount may be made upon completion of construction. Loans will be made
to eligible recipients as soon as possible after money is available. The
SRF DWSRF will be managed such that contingency money is
available in loans to allow for final adjustments in allowable costs as approved
by the director. If eligible costs exceed the loan amount, the recipient may
request an increase. The director in coordination with the authority will
evaluate the request considering available money in the fund as well as the
financial risk to determine the appropriate action, including renegotiation of
the loan. Should costs be less than the loan amount, the loan shall be
adjusted. Any project identified in the intended use plan for funding in a
fiscal year that has not signed a binding commitment by August 31 of the next
applicable federal fiscal year may be bypassed by projects of a lower
priority that are in a state of readiness.
44.12(8) The director shall have the right to
terminate any loan when terms of the agreement have been violated or project
activities are not progressing in a satisfactory manner. Loans will be
terminated if construction has not begun within one year of the execution of a
loan agreement. The director in coordination with the authority will establish
a repayment schedule for funds already loaned to the recipient. All
terminations must be in writing.
ITEM 17. Amend subrule 44.13(2),
paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. If the loan recipient is unable to certify the project is
operating as planned and designed, the recipient must submit a corrective action
report to the director for review and approval. The corrective action report
must contain an analysis of the project’s failure to operate as
planned and designed; a discussion of the nature, scope, and
cost of the action needed to correct the failure; and a schedule for completing
the corrective work, acceptable to the department.
ITEM 18. Amend rule 567—44.14(455B)
as follows:
567—44.14(455B) Loan agreements and repayment policy
for loans. Loan agreements shall be entered into for each separate project,
with the director and an authorized representative of the applicant signing the
agreement. For each investment pool there shall be a single interest
rate applicable to all loans Loans made to recipients shall
bear interest at a fixed rate of 3 percent per annum from the date of
origination of the loan. The interest rate set at the time of origination of a
loan will not change. Loans shall bear interest for the entire life
of the loan at a rate set by the authority. The interest rate will be based on
the true interest cost method and may be rounded to the nearest
one–hundredth of one percent. The interest rate shall be equal to A/B
times (C–X), to which there shall be added, but only if available funds
from one or more SRF accounts relating to prior bond issues (“existing SRF
funds”) will be used to fund a portion of the loans made to the pool, D
times E/B; where A is the total amount of the loans being funded by proceeds of
bonds issued for that pool; where B is the total of all loans to be made to that
pool; where C is the true interest cost of the bonds issued for that pool; where
D is the loan rate used for the original pool of loans from which bond issue the
existing SRF funds were derived; where E is the amount of the existing SRF funds
used for loans to the pool; and where X is the lesser of (0.3 times C) or 2.0
percent. If the existing SRF funds used for the pool are derived from more than
one previous bond issue, then a factor of D times E/B shall be calculated for
each bond issue from which the loan funds are derived and shall be added to the
foregoing amount so as to produce a weighted average of interest for that pool.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the interest rate for a loan shall never exceed
the yield on the bonds used to fund that loan. In the event the aforementioned
bonds bear interest at a variable or floating rate of interest, C shall be equal
to the rate set forth in the 20 G.O. Bond Buyer Index in effect on the date that
the bonds are delivered.
Loans shall be for a period of up to 20 years. The
length of the loan period will be determined by the department. It shall not be
set for a period shorter than five years. Fees for servicing the loans may
also be set by the authority. It is the intent of the department to charge a
loan initiation fee of 1.0 percent of the amount of the loan, payable on the
date the loan agreement is entered. It is the intent of the department to
charge an annual loan servicing fee of 0.05 0.25 percent
of the loan principal, due at the time of each annual loan repayment. The
department reserves the right to charge higher credit–based fees to
nongovernmental recipients (with the exception of nonprofit rural water
districts). Loan agreements shall include but shall not be limited to
provisions whereby the recipient ensures water system viability will be
maintained, ensures compliance with the Act will be maintained, and ensures a
certified operator in charge of the system in question will be maintained, all
for the length of the loan agreement.
All principal and interest shall be repaid in accordance with
the terms and conditions of the executed loan agreement, generally on a level
debt service schedule. Adjustments of maturities may be granted to
enable a recipient to conform its loan terms to its existing debt obligations,
but the average life of the principal installments to be made under the combined
repayment schedules shall not be longer than it would be if the total principal
amount to be outstanding was repaid on a level debt service basis over the same
period. Repayments of principal shall begin no later than two years
after receipt of the first loan disbursement. Borrowers must begin
repayment of the loan (both principal and interest) no later than one year after
completion of construction of the project. The maximum repayment period is
20 years. Principal repayments will start not later than one year after project
completion. Principal payments will be made annually and interest payments
will be made semiannually on a schedule determined by the director which is
consistent with these rules and financing requirements applicable to the
SRF DWSRF. Repayment of the loan shall not
exceed a 20–year repayment period as agreed upon in the loan agreement.
Prepayment of the principal in whole or in part may be made, in accordance with
the terms and conditions of the executed loan agreement. Prepayment
may not be made within the first ten years of the loan term, other than those
repayments resulting from a loan agreement adjustment based on final costs.
Exceptions may be made for loans which have deliberately been limited to less
than ten years.
The dedicated source of repayment is expected to be the net
revenues of the public water supply system, with the loan being secured by a
first lien on said net revenues. Loans may rank on a parity basis with other
outstanding obligations or, with the approval of the director and the authority,
may be subordinate in right of payment to other outstanding revenue obligations
of the recipient. Subordinate loans shall be approved only if the net revenues
of the system are expected to be at least 105 percent of the amount of the
combined maximum annual debt service on the outstanding obligations and
subordinate loan. Loans also may be secured by a general obligation of the
recipient providing for a levy of debt service taxes to repay the loan.
Recipients shall not be required to maintain any debt service reserve fund or
improvement fund with respect to their loans.
The recipient shall use the proceeds of the
SRF DWSRF loan solely for the purpose of funding the
project. Timely disbursement from the loan by the borrower shall be made to
contractors.
All costs must be documented to the satisfaction of the
director before proceeds can be disbursed. Records shall be maintained in
accordance with subrule 44.12(3).
The recipient shall agree to comply with all applicable laws,
rules, and regulations of the department, the authority, or other federal,
state, and local jurisdictions concerning the financing, construction,
operation, maintenance, and use of the water facilities.
ITEM 19. Amend rule 567—44.16(455B)
as follows:
567—44.16(455B) Disputes. A person or entity
who disagrees with the project rankings, department funding decisions, or the
withholding of project funding pursuant to rules 44.7(455B), 44.8(455B), and
44.12(455B) may request a formal review of the action. A request for review
must be submitted in writing to the director by the person or entity within 45
days of the date of notification of the final decision made by the department or
department staff. A decision by the director in a formal review case may be
further appealed to the environmental protection commission
(EPC).
ITEM 20. Amend rule 567—92.2(455B)
as follows:
567—92.2(455B) Scope of title. The department
has jurisdiction over the surface and groundwater of the state to prevent, abate
and control pollution. As a part of that general responsibility, the department
and the authority are jointly delegated the administration of (1) the
state sewage treatment works revolving fund
(SRF) (CWSRF) loan program to assist in water pollution
abatement projects pursuant to the Clean Water Act and (2) the drinking water
treatment revolving loan fund described in 567—Chapter 44. A project
must comply with this chapter to be eligible for an SRF a
CWSRF loan. This chapter provides for the general rules of practice for the
department’s administration of the CWSRF program, including the
criteria for loan eligibility, and the general project and program
administration rules.
In addition to loans to municipalities, Section 603(c) of
Title VI of the Clean Water Act allows the use of Title VI capitalization grant
funds to assist the state in implementation of a nonpoint source pollution
management plan as provided for in Section 319 of the Clean Water Act.
Iowa’s nonpoint source management plan identifies the rehabilitation and
improvement of onsite wastewater treatment systems as an area of need. It is
the intent of the commission that a portion of the Title VI capitalization grant
funds be used to establish a program for the purpose of making
low–interest loans available for rural homeowners who need to rehabilitate
or improve existing onsite wastewater treatment systems. 567—Chapter 93
provides for the general administration of the onsite wastewater assistance
fund.
ITEM 21. Amend rule
567—92.3(455B) as follows:
Amend the following definitions:
“Authority” means the Iowa finance
authority (IFA) as established by Iowa Code chapter 220
16.
“Eligible cost” means the cost of all labor,
material, machinery, equipment, loan initiation and service fees, design and
construction engineering services, legal fees and expenses related to the
project, capitalized interest during construction of the project, and all other
expansion, construction and rehabilitation of all or part of a project incurred
after the date of approval of an intended use plan which contains the project on
a list approved for SRF CWSRF assistance.
“Eligible recipient” means a municipality (as
defined below) that meets the following criteria:
1. Appears on the state project priority list.
2. Has submitted a complete application for a project with
eligible costs.
3. Will be in a state of readiness to proceed to construction
and use loan payments timely.
4. Has been included on the state’s intended use plan as
a proposed loan recipient or is otherwise an eligible recipient as described
in rule 567—93.4(455B,79GA,SF479).
“Intended use plan (IUP)” means a plan
identifying the intended uses of funds available for loans in the
SRF CWSRF for each fiscal year as described in Section
606(c) of the Clean Water Act.
“Municipality” means a city, county, sanitary
district, state agency, or other governmental corporation or body
empowered to provide sewage collection and treatment services, or any
combination of the two or more of such governmental bodies, or corporations
acting jointly, in connection with a project.
“State project priority list (PPL)” means the list
of projects in priority order that may qualify for SRF
CWSRF loanassistance. The list is developed in accordance with
567— Chapter 91.
Rescind the following definition:
“Applicable interest rate” means the
interest rate applied to each individual loan as determined by the director and
in accordance with any agreement with the Iowa finance
authority.
Adopt the following new definition:
“CWSRF” means the sewage treatment works
financing program described in this chapter.
ITEM 22. Amend subrule 92.4(1) as
follows:
92.4(1) Administration. The department, in
conjunction with the authority, has been delegated the responsibility of
administering the SRF CWSRF program and the DWSRF
program described in 567—Chapter 44. The director will coordinate
with the authority under the terms of an interagency agreement entered into
pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 28E.
ITEM 23. Amend subrule 92.4(2),
paragraph “a,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
a. Departmental staff decisions in administering the
SRF CWSRF loan program shall conform to generally
accepted principles and standards of good practice. Guidance shall include, but
not be limited to:
ITEM 24. Amend subrule 92.4(4) as
follows:
92.4(4) Minimum/maximum loans. The minimum loan
amount which will be considered is $50,000. The maximum amount loaned to any
municipality shall not exceed 60 percent of the available loan funds in the
SRF CWSRF attributable to any fiscal year.
ITEM 25. Amend subrules 92.4(6) and
92.4(7) as follows:
92.4(6) Eligible recipient determination.
Municipalities projected to be able to qualify for SRF
CWSRF assistance will be identified in an annual intended use plan. Only
those projects on the current fiscal year state project priority list developed
pursuant to 567—Chapter 91 may be considered as an eligible recipient.
SRF CWSRF assistance will be available to projects in
priority order.
92.4(7) State capitalization grant. The Clean
Water Act authorizes the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to offer
capitalization grants to states for use in a revolving fund loan program. A
portion of the capitalization grant, as allowed by Title VI of the Clean Water
Act, will be used to administer the SRF CWSRF
program.
ITEM 26. Amend subrule 92.4(9) as
follows:
92.4(9) Loan adjustments. Loans will be made to
eligible recipients as soon as possible after moneys are available. The
SRF CWSRF will be managed such that contingency moneys
are available in loans to allow for final adjustments in allowable costs as
approved by the director. If eligible costs exceed the loan amount, the
recipient may request an increase. The director in coordination with the
authority will evaluate the request considering available moneys in the fund as
well as the financial risk to determine the appropriate action, including
renegotiation of the loan. Should costs be less than the loan amount, the loan
shall be adjusted.
ITEM 27. Amend subrules 92.5(1) and
92.5(2) as follows:
92.5(1) Forms. The department will provide an
application package to apply for SRF CWSRF loan
assistance and to provide documentation in the program. Forms can be obtained
from the Environmental Protection Division, Iowa Department of Natural
Resources, Henry A. Wallace Building, 502 E. Ninth Street, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0034.
92.5(2) General requirements. The following items in
addition to the requirements of subrule 92.5(1) must be included in a complete
SRF CWSRF loan application:
a. Two copies of the facility plan certified by a professional
engineer licensed to practice in Iowa;
b. A schedule for submission of plans and specifications for
the project;
c. A user charge system;
d. A project construction schedule and cash flow projection
including the acquisition of necessary land;
e. A summary of all financial arrangements necessary to fund
the project; and
f. A description of a dedicated revenue source for loan
repayments.
ITEM 28. Amend subrule 92.6(2) as
follows:
92.6(2) Contents. The IUP will identify the
anticipated uses of loan funds available for that fiscal year and will include
the following:
a. A list of projects from the state project priority list
that are eligible for SRF CWSRF loans and any proposed
activities eligible for assistance under Sections 319 and 320 of the Clean Water
Act. The list will include the name of the eligible recipient, any applicable
NPDES permit number, the projected amount of loan assistance, schedule of
estimated disbursement of funds and preliminary identification of
proj–ects that may undergo an environmental impact statement. The
department will consider the following in developing the list of eligible
recipients for the intended use plan:
(1) Rescinded IAB 5/20/98, effective 6/24/98.
(2) Applications on file.
(3) Whether a project will be ready to proceed on a schedule
consistent with time requirements for outlay of funds.
(4) Whether the proposed project addresses the need upon which
the municipality’s priority is based.
(5) Applicant’s financial capability to service the
loan, provide operation and maintenance, provide replacement and debt service
reserves.
(6) Applicant’s statement of willingness to accept all
loan terms and conditions.
(7) Funds available, project priorities and the
administrative capacity of the department.
b. Discussion of the long– and short–term goals of
the SRF CWSRF.
c. Information on the types of activities to be supported by
the SRF CWSRF. The IUP will identify any funds to be
directed to the onsite wastewater assistance fund (OSWAF) described in rules
567—93.3(455B,79GA,SF479) and 567— 93.10(455B,79GA,SF479) to
implement Iowa’s nonpoint source management plan.
d. Assurances and specific proposals on how the state intends
to meet requirements of the following sections of the Clean Water Act:
(1) 602(a) Environmental reviews.
(2) 602(b)(3) The state will agree to enter binding
commitments equal to at least 120 percent of each quarterly federal
capitalization grant payment within one year after receipt.
(3) 602(b)(4) Certify that expenditure of all funds in the
SRF CWSRF will be done in an expeditious and timely
manner.
(4) Rescinded IAB 5/20/98, effective 6/24/98.
(5) Rescinded IAB 5/20/98, effective 6/24/98.
(6) Contingency list. The IUP will list those projects that
are fundable in a fiscal year. In addition, a contingency list will also be
included. These projects could become fundable in accordance with the
procedures found in subrule 92.8(7) should a fundable project not proceed in a
timely manner.
e. The method by which the IUP may be amended.
ITEM 29. Amend subrule 92.8(1) as
follows:
92.8(1) Loan agreement conditions. The director in
coordination with the authority will prepare a loan agreement when the
application has been determined to be in compliance with the requirements of the
Clean Water Act and applicable state rules for SRF CWSRF
funding. The loan agreement to be executed by the applicant and the department
shall be a binding commitment under Iowa law, shall include conditions and terms
to be effective for the loan period, and shall be accompanied by evidence of
legality and tax–exempt status satisfactory to the director. A copy of
the current form of loan agreement shall be provided to the recipient at the
time of application.
ITEM 30. Amend subrule 92.9(1),
paragraph “c,” as follows:
c. Overpayment. Any funds paid to the recipient that are not
expended after the project is complete shall be repaid to the
SRF CWSRF after the loan is adjusted.
ITEM 31. Amend rule
567—92.10(455B), introductory paragraph, as follows:
567—92.10(455B) Project requirements. The
following requirements of this rule apply to all wastewater treatment projects
defined in Section 212 of the Clean Water Act receiving assistance from the
SRF CWSRF that entered a binding loan commitment or
initiated construction prior to October 1, 1994. They are identified here with
references to sections of the Clean Water Act and federal regulations, where
appropriate. All wastewater treatment projects receiving assistance from the
SRF CWSRF which entered a binding loan commitment on
October 1, 1994, or after and did not initiate construction of the loan project
in whole or in part prior toOctober 1, 1994, need only meet the requirements of
paragraphs 92.10(1)“a,” 92.10(1)“h,”
92.10(2)“b,” 92.10(2)“c,”
92.10(2)“f” to 92.10(2)“i,” and
subrule 92.10(3).
ITEM 32. Amend subrule 92.10(2),
paragraph “f,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
f. Minority business enterprise/women’s business
enterprise (MBE/WBE). The recipient must comply with requirements of MBE/WBE
participation as found in 40 CFR 31.36(e), March 11, 1988. The director
will negotiate with the EPA regional administrator to determine the overall
“fair share” objective for SRF CWSRF
loan–assisted projects. The recipient shall take the following
affirmative steps to ensure that small, minority, and women’s business
enterprises are utilized where possible as sources of supplies, construction,
and services:
ITEM 33. Amend subrule 92.10(3),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
92.10(3) Qualifying requirements. Other
information not identified in any particular phase of a project but which
includes basic qualifying factors necessary to qualify any project for
SRF CWSRF assistance must be provided.
ITEM 34. Amend subrule 92.10(3),
paragraph “d,” as follows:
d. NPDES compliance. To qualify for an SRF
a CWSRF loan, a recipient must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the
director that the project receiving loan assistance is a part of the
recipient’s overall plan that addresses all wastewater treatment needs and
that describes how compliance with NPDES permit limitations will be achieved and
maintained.
ITEM 35. Amend subrule 92.11(2),
paragraphs “c,” “d,” “e” and
“g,” as follows:
c. Applicable interest rate. For each pool there
shall be a single below–market interest rate applicable to all loans made
to recipients. The applicable interest rate shall be equal to A/B times (C -
X), to which there shall be added, but only if available funds from one or more
SRF accounts relating to prior bond issues (“existing SRF funds”)
will be used to fund a portion of the loans made to the pool, D times E/B; where
A is the total amount of the loans being funded by proceeds of bonds issued for
that pool; where B is the total of all loans to be made to the pool; where C is
the true interest cost of the bonds issued for that pool; where D is the loan
rate used for the original pool of loans from which bond issue the existing SRF
funds were derived; where E is the amount of the existing SRF funds used for
loans to the pool; and where X is the lesser of (0.3 times C) or 2 percent. If
the existing SRF funds used for the pool are derived from more than one previous
bond issue, then a factor of D times E/B shall be calculated for each bond issue
from which the loan funds are derived and shall be added to the foregoing amount
so as to produce a weighted average of interest for that pool. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the interest rate for a loan shall never exceed the yield on the
bonds used to fund that loan. The interest rate will be based on the true
interest cost method and may be rounded to the nearest one–hundredth of 1
percent. In the event the aforementioned bonds bear interest at a variable or
floating rate of interest, C shall be equal to the rate set forth in the 20 G.O.
Bond Buyer Index in effect on the date the bonds are delivered.
Loans made to recipients shall bear interest at a fixed rate of 3 percent per
annum from the date of origination of the loan.
d. Repayment. The maximum repayment period allowed is
20 years. Principal repayments will commence not later than one year after
project completion, generally on a level debt service schedule. Adjustments of
maturities may be granted to enable a recipient to conform its loan terms to its
existing debt obligations, but the average principal maturity of the
loan shall not be longer than the average principal maturity of the loan would
be if it were determined on a level debt service basis. Principal payments will
be made annually and interest payments will be made semiannually on a schedule
determined by the director which is consistent with these rules and financing
requirements applicable to the SRF life of the principal
installments to be made under the combined repayment schedules shall not be
longer than it would be if the total principal amount to be outstanding was
repaid on a level debt service basis over the same period. No prepayment of the
loan principal may be made within the first ten years of the loan term, other
than those repayments resulting from a loan agreement adjustment based on final
costs.
e. Security. The loan shall be secured by a first lien
upon the dedicated source of repayment which may rank on a parity basis with
other obligations.
The dedicated source of repayment is expected to be the net
revenues of the municipal sewage utility plant and the system of the
recipient, but may also include a general obligation secured by the levy
of debt service taxes or its equivalent with the loan being secured
by a first lien on said net revenues. Revenue–secured loans may rank on a
parity basis with other outstanding obligations or, with the approval of the
director and the authority, may be subordinate in right of payment to other
outstanding revenue obligations of the recipient. Subordinate loans shall be
approved only if the revenues of the recipient’s utility system are
expected to be at least 105 percent of the amount of the combined maximum annual
debt service on the outstanding obligations and subordinate loan. Loans also
may be secured by a general obligation of the recipient providing for a levy of
taxes to repay the loan. Recipients shall not be required to maintain any debt
service reserve fund or improvement fund with respect to their
loans.
g. Annual loan servicing fee. A fee of 0.05
0.25 percent of the loan principal will be due at the time of each annual
loan repayment.
ITEM 36. Amend subrule 92.11(3),
paragraphs “c” and “d,” as
follows:
c. Audit. The authority or an independent firm
acceptable to the authority may conduct an audit on all projects assisted by
SRF CWSRF loan funds to establish conformance with loan
terms and conditions and the requirements of the Clean Water Act. Audit
authority includes access to all files and documents associated with the
project.
d. Increase revenues Revenue
pledge. To ensure repayment of obligations according to the terms of
the loan agreement, the recipient shall agree to impose, collect, and increase,
if necessary, user charges, taxes, or other dedicated revenue sources identified
for the loan repayment in order to maintain annual net revenues at a level
equal to 110 percent of the amount
necessary to pay debt service on all revenue obligations during the next fiscal
year. In case of loan default, the state shall have authority to require
revenue adjustment to collect delinquent loan payments.
ITEM 37. Amend subrule 93.5(1),
paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. Assume the risk for loans made under the program,
including loan delinquency of greater than 90 days. Once a loan is declared in
default, the director shall cause legal action to be taken to collect amounts
past due. The state and the department are not liable to an
eligible lending institution in any manner for payment of the principal or
interest on the loan to an eligible borrower.
[Filed Emergency 10/26/01, effective 10/26/01]
[Published 11/14/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/14/01.
ARC 1100B
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 505.8, the
Insurance Division hereby amends Chapter 35, “Accident and Health
Insurance,” Chapter 71, “Small Group Health Benefit Plans,”
and Chapter 75, “Iowa Individual Health Benefit Plans,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The purpose of the amendments is to add a reference to a
recently approved method of contraception for which coverage must be made
available.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Division finds
that notice and public participation are unnecessary and impractical. The
approval of the product by the FDA is the prerequisite for inclusion in the rule
and coverage for consumers. This new method needs to be added to the rule to
complete the list of covered drugs and devices.
The Division also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of the amendments
should be waived and these amendments should become effective on October 26,
2001, the date of approval of the product for use by prescription only. Delay
would cause public confusion and might result in denial or delay of payment of
eligible claims.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
514C.19.
These amendments became effective October 26, 2001.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 35.39(1) by
adopting the following new paragraph
“h”:
h. NuvaRing.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 71.24(1) by
adopting the following new paragraph
“h”:
h. NuvaRing.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 75.18(1) by
adopting the following new paragraph
“h”:
h. NuvaRing.
[Filed Emergency 10/26/01, effective 10/26/01]
[Published 11/14/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/14/01.
ARC 1130B
PERSONNEL
DEPARTMENT[581]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 97B.15, the
Department of Personnel hereby amends Chapter 21, “Iowa Public
Employees’ Retirement System,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Subrules 21.6(4), 21.6(7) and 21.6(8) are amended by deleting
provisions relating to the combining of accounts so as to permit flexibility in
wage reporting; by requiring, for wage reports filed for the quarter ending
March 31, 2001, and thereafter, wage reports using magnetic media; and by adding
a provision stating that, for wage reports filed for the quarter ending March
31, 2001, and thereafter, an employer reporting wages for 50 or more members
will be assessed a $50 processing charge for each quarterly wage report filed on
paper.
Paragraphs 21.6(9)“b,” “c,” and
“e” are amended to implement the statutory contribution rates for
special service members recommended by IPERS’ actuary pursuant to Iowa
Code sections 97B.49B and 97B.49C.
Subrule 21.8(1), introductory paragraph, is amended to remove
limitations relating to the period of time following termination of employment
before a refund may be paid to a member. These amendments delete or modify
prior provisions that have been superseded by later amendments permitting a
refund to be paid to a member as soon as practicable after termination of
employment.
Paragraph 21.8(1)“b,” introductory paragraph, is
also amended to implement a prior statutory change relating to the calculation
of a member’s share of employer accumulated contributions. The current
rule uses 100 quarters in determining the service fraction for protection
occupation members. By statute this 100 quarters decreases in steps over time
to 88 quarters. By striking the reference to 100 quarters and incorporating the
“applicable years of service” in its place, a member receives a
larger share of employer accumulated contributions.
Subparagraph 21.8(1)“b”(4) is also amended to deal
with the calculation problems caused when the “applicable years of
service” number changes between the time that a member’s original
refund is issued and the date that a supplemental refund is issued. Since a
supplemental refund is only caused by delayed wage reporting, the subparagraph
is amended to clarify that the “applicable years of service” in
effect at the time of the original refund is used for both original and
supplemental refund calculations.
Subparagraph 21.24(14)“a”(1) is amended in order
to modify the service purchase calculation method used for patient advocates who
purchase service credit prior to July 1, 2002, for patient advocate employment,
pursuant to the legislative directives. The current rule incorrectly uses a
more costly method.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Department
finds that, because these amendments are beneficial to members and necessary to
the current and ongoing administration of the system, additional notice and
public participation prior to implementation are impracticable, unnecessary, and
contrary to the public interest, and that this amendment should be implemented
immediately.
The Department also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b,” that the normal effective date of these amendments
should be waived and these amendments be made effective upon filing with the
Administrative Rules Coordinator on October 26, 2001, because they confer
benefits, or are required to implement the system’s governing statutes, or
both. In conjunction with the Notice of Intended Action also published herein,
this filing will give interested persons adequate notice of the changes and an
opportunity to respond.
The amendment to subrule 21.6(8) will be subject to requests
for waivers. No other amendments will be subject to requests for waivers. The
amendments to subrules 21.6(4), 21.6(7), 21.8(1) and 21.24(14) confer benefits,
and the amendments to subrule 21.6(9) are required by statute.
The Department adopted these amendments on October 25,
2001.
These amendments are also published herein under Notice of
Intended Action as ARC 1129B to allow public comment.
These amendments became effective October 26, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
97B.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 21.6(4) as
follows:
21.6(4) For employers filing quarterly employer
remittance advice forms, contributions must be received byIPERS on or before the
fifteenth day of the month following the close of the calendar quarter in which
the wages were paid.
For employers filing monthly employer remittance advice forms,
contributions must be received by IPERS on or before the fifteenth day of the
month following the close of the month in which wages were paid.
Any employer filing monthly or quarterly employer remittance
advice forms for two or more entities shall attach to each remittance form the
checks covering the contributions due on that form. The combining of
contributions due for payment from two or more entities into one check or
multiple checks will not be accepted. Improperly paid contributions
are considered as unpaid. Upon the request of the employer, IPERS may
grant a waiver of the requirement which prohibits the combining of
contributions. A single entity which has several accounts will be required to
report all wages under one main account effective January 1,
1995.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 21.6(7) as
follows:
21.6(7) Substitute forms may be used if they meet all
the IPERS reporting requirements and the employing unit receives advance
approval from IPERS.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 21.6(8) as
follows:
21.6(8) Magnetic tape reporting may be used by
an employer after submitting a written request to IPERS. When the request is
received, IPERS will send the employer a copy of the specifications for this
type of reporting. Employers reporting wages for 50 or more members
in a quarter must submit these wages via magnetic media (tape, floppy diskette
or cartridge). Noncompliance will result in an administrative charge of $50
issued as a debit to the employer’s account for each quarter of
noncompliance.
ITEM 4. Amend paragraphs
21.6(9)“b,” “c,” and “e” as
follows:
b. Sheriffs, deputy sheriffs, and airport firefighters,
effective July 1, 2000 July 1, 2001.
(1) Member’s rate—5.59%
5.50%.
(2) Employer’s rate—8.39%
8.25%.
c. Members employed in a protection occupation, effective
July 1, 2000 July 1, 2001.
(1) Member’s rate—5.90%
6.20%.
(2) Employer’s rate—8.86%
9.29%.
e. Prior special rates are as follows:
Effective July 1, 1999 July 1, 2000,
through June 30, 2000 June 30, 2001:
(1) Sheriffs, deputy sheriffs, and airport
firefighters—member’s rate—5.69%
5.59%; employer’s
rate—8.54%
8.39%.
(2) Protection occupation—member’s
rate—5.58%
5.90%; employer’s rate—8.38%
8.86%.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 21.8(1),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
21.8(1) Refund formula. A member is eligible for a
refund of the employee accumulated contributions 30 days after the
member’s last paycheck is issued from which IPERS contributions will be
deducted as soon as practicable after the last date the member is
considered an employee, provided that the employee has filed the required forms
and has not returned to covered employment before the date the refund is
paid. Effective July 1, 1999, a vested member’s refund shall also
include a portion of the employer accumulated contributions. Refund amounts are
determined as follows:
ITEM 6. Amend paragraph
21.8(1)“b,” introductory paragraph, as
follows:
b. Employer accumulated contributions. Effective July 1,
1999, IPERS shall also pay to vested members, in addition to the employee
accumulated contributions, a refund of a portion of the employer accumulated
contributions. The refundable portion shall be calculated by multiplying the
employer accumulated contributions by the “service factor.” The
“service factor” is a fraction, the numerator of which is the
member’s quarters of service and the denominator of which is the
“applicable quarters.” The “applicable quarters” shall
be 120 for regular members, 100 the “applicable years
of service” under Iowa Code section 97B.49B(1)“b,” multiplied
by four, for protection occupation members, and 88 for sheriffs, deputy
sheriffs and airport firefighters. All quarters of service credit shall be
included in the numerator of the service factor. In no event will a member ever
receive an amount in excess of 100 percent of the employer accumulated
contributions for that member.
ITEM 7. Adopt new
subparagraph 21.8(1)“b”(4) as follows:
(4) If the applicable quarters under paragraph
21.8(1)“b” for a member employed in a protection occupation change
between the date a refund is calculated and the date of any supplemental refund
to such a member, the supplemental refund shall be calculated using the
applicable quarters in effect at the time the amount of the original refund was
calculated.
ITEM 8. Amend paragraphs
21.8(4)“b” and “e” as follows:
b. The last pay date the member is
considered an employee and the date of the last paycheck from which IPERS will
be deducted must be certified by the employer on the refund application
unless the member has not been paid covered wages for at least one year.
The employee’s “termination date” is the last date on
which the employee was paid and certified by the employer on the IPERS refund
application. The applicant’s signature must be notarized.
Terminated employees must keep IPERS advised in writing of any change in address
so that refunds and tax documents may be delivered.
e. Effective July 1, 2000, an employee is no longer
required to be out of covered employment for 30 days before a refund application
can be processed. However, an An employee must sever all
covered employment for four months and cannot file an application after
returning to covered employment, even if more than four months have elapsed
since the original termination. If the employee returns to covered employment
before four months have passed, the refund will be revoked and the amounts paid
plus interest must be repaid to the system.
ITEM 9. Amend subparagraph
21.24(14)“a”(1) as follows:
(1) For purchases completed prior to July 1, 2002, the
cost for each quarter will be calculated using the methods set forth in
paragraphs 21.24(2)“b” through “e.” of
membership service made prior to July 1, 2002, the cost for each quarter shall
be the total of all employer and employee contributions on the covered wages
that would have been reported to the department under Iowa Code chapter 97B for
the applicable period of service, divided by the total quarters covered by such
period of service. No interest shall be charged in determining said
amounts.
[Filed Emergency 10/26/01, effective 10/26/01]
[Published 11/14/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/14/01.
ARC 1089B
PRESERVES, STATE ADVISORY BOARD
FOR[575]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 465C.8, the
State Preserves Advisory Board hereby amends Chapter 2, “Management of
State Preserves,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment rescinds the amendment of subrule 2.2(2)
adopted August 31, 2001, published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on
September 19, 2001, as ARC 0942B, and scheduled to become effective
October 24, 2001, which was intended simply to revise an existing rule to
conform to existing administrative practices. There were no public comments in
response to the Notice of Intended Action published in the Iowa Administrative
Bulletin on May 30, 2001, as ARC 0712B. However, since its adoption, the
intent of the amendment has been questioned and the Board finds that
clarification would be desirable. This action rescinding the amendment and
restoring the prior language is accompanied by simultaneous Notice of Intended
Action proposing a new subrule.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Board finds
that notice and public participation before rescission of the amendment is
unnecessary and would be impracticable and contrary to the public interest.
Rescission of the amendment before its effective date will simply preserve the
status quo until the public has had notice and an opportunity to comment on the
simultaneous Notice of Intended Action published herein as ARC
1088B.
In compliance with Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), the Board finds that a benefit will be conferred on
the public by making rescission of the amendment immediately effective upon
filing with the Administrative Rules Coordinator because it will prevent the
amendment from becoming effective before the Board has an opportunity to clarify
the intent of the rule through a public rule–making process.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
465C.8.
This amendment became effective October 23, 2001.
The following amendment is adopted.
Rescind subrule 2.2(2) and adopt in lieu thereof the following
subrule:
2.2(2) Management and use. All rules for the
management and use of a preserve shall be included in the articles of
dedication. A specific management plan shall be attached to and made a part of
the articles of dedication.
[Filed Emergency 10/23/01, effective 10/23/01]
[Published 11/14/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/14/01.
FILED
ARC 1108B
ACCOUNTANCY EXAMINING
BOARD[193A]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 542C.3, the
Accountancy Examining Board hereby adopts new Chapter 19, “Transitional
Rules,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These rules are adopted in 2001 to aid transitional planning
for those persons holding certified public accountant (CPA) certificates,
accounting practitioner (AP) licenses, or permits to practice issued in Iowa
prior to July 1, 2002. Comprehensive new rules fully implementing the Iowa
Accountancy Act of 2001 will be adopted in 2002.
This amendment is subject to waiver or variance pursuant to
193—Chapter 5.
The Board adopted this chapter on October 24, 2001.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on September 19, 2001, as ARC 0955B. Since
publication of the Notice, numerous nonsubstantive, corrective changes have been
made. These revisions are intended to respond to concerns and comments received
by the Board from constituent groups and the public.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 542C
and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 451.
This amendment will become effective December 19,
2001.
The following new chapter is adopted.
CHAPTER 19
TRANSITIONAL RULES
193A—19.1(542C,79GA,HF451) Purpose. The Iowa
Accountancy Act of 2001, 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 451, becomes effective July
1, 2002. Iowa Code chapter 542C is repealed effective July 1, 2002. These
rules are intended to aid transitional planning for those persons holding CPA
certificates, AP licenses, or permits to practice issued in Iowa prior to July
1, 2002. Comprehensive new rules fully implementing the Iowa Accountancy Act of
2001 will be adopted in 2002.
193A—19.2(542C,79GA,HF451) CPA certificates and
permits to practice. 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 451, eliminates the
distinction between CPA certificates and permits to practice. As of July 1,
2002, all persons holding CPA certificates may use the title “CPA”
without the need for a separate individual permit to practice. CPAs wishing to
perform attest services or use the title “CPA” in a firm name,
however, may do so only within a CPA firm which holds a firm permit to
practice.
19.2(1) Certificate holders deemed qualified. Persons
holding CPA certificates issued in Iowa prior to July 1, 2002, are deemed to
have satisfied the education, examination and experience qualifications for a
CPA certificate under the Iowa Accountancy Act of 2001.
19.2(2) Certificates remain valid. CPA certificates
issued prior to July 1, 2002, remain valid on and after July 1, 2002, if
properly renewed and in good standing.
19.2(3) Biennial renewal. CPA certificates issued
prior to July 1, 2002, will continue to be renewed on a biennial
schedule:
a. CPA certificates held by persons whose last names begin
with A–K expire on June 30, 2002, if not renewed on or prior to June 30,
2002. The biennial renewal fee for the period between July 1, 2002, and June
30, 2004, is $100.
b. CPA certificates held by persons whose last names begin
with L–Z expire on June 30, 2003, if not renewed on or prior to June 30,
2003. The biennial renewal fee for the period between July 1, 2003, and June
30, 2005, is $100.
19.2(4) Reinstating lapsed certificates. A CPA
certificate which has lapsed may be restored to effective status at any time
prior to July 1, 2002, upon the board’s receipt of a proper application
accompanied by a reinstatement fee of $100 and a renewal fee of $25 (persons
whose last names begin with A–K) or $50 (persons whose last names begin
with L–Z). A person who fails to reinstate a lapsed CPA certificate prior
to July 1, 2002, may reinstate on or after July 1, 2002, but in addition to
payment of applicable renewal fees and a $100 reinstatement fee, the applicant
must satisfy continuing education requirements as described in subrule
19.4(3).
19.2(5) Continuing education. Commencing July 1,
2002, all CPA certificate holders who do not qualify for“inactive
status,” as defined in 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 451, section 6(3), are
required to complete continuing edu–cation as a condition of certificate
renewal. Continuing edu–cation requirements are described in rule
19.4(542C,79GA, HF451).
19.2(6) Peer review. Commencing July 1, 2002, CPA
certificate holders who issue compilation reports other than through a CPA or
LPA firm which holds a firm permit to practice are required to complete
compilation peer review as a condition of certificate renewal. Peer review
requirements are described in rule 19.5(542C,79GA,HF451).
19.2(7) Permits to practice phased out. As of July 1,
2002, the board will no longer issue or renew individual permits to practice as
a CPA. Permits to practice will continue to be issued to CPA firms as described
in subrule 19.2(9).
19.2(8) Attest services. CPA certificate holders who
are responsible for supervising attest services or who sign or authorize someone
to sign the accountant’s attest report on the financial statements on
behalf of a CPA firm must be qualified to perform attest services. The board is
in the process of developing experience and competency standards for attest
services. While additional methods of attaining proper qualification may
accordingly be developed, CPAs holding an individual permit to practice will
qualify as follows:
a. A person holding or having held an individual permit to
practice as a CPA issued prior to July 1, 2002, will be deemed to qualify to
perform attest services on and after July 1, 2002, in a CPA firm holding a firm
permit to practice provided that appropriate continuing education is maintained
as provided in subrule 19.4(4).
b. CPA certificate holders who are in the process of attaining
the two years of full–time, supervised experience as required to hold an
individual permit to practice will be deemed qualified to perform attest
services if they fully satisfy the requirements outlined in 193A—9.8(542C)
and thereafter maintain appropriate continuing education. Such experience must
be attained in a CPA firm holding a firm permit to practice and under the
supervision of a CPA in the following areas of practice:
(1) Application of a variety of auditing procedures and
techniques to the usual and customary financial transactions recorded in
accounting records;
(2) Preparation of audit working papers covering the
examination of the accounts usually found in accounting
rec–ords;
(3) Planning of the program of audit work including the
selection of the procedures to be followed;
(4) Preparation of written explanations and comments on the
findings of the examinations and on the content of accounting records;
and
(5) Preparation and analysis of financial statements together
with explanations and notes thereon.
19.2(9) Firm permits to practice. Firm permits to
practice are renewed annually and expire June 30, 2002. All firms must file an
initial application for a firm permit to practice for the period beginning July
1, 2002.
a. Initial firm permits to practice will be issued for the
period beginning July 1, 2002, and ending June 30, 2003.
b. Applications for initial firm permits to practice will be
deemed timely if hand delivered or postmarked by July 31, 2002, and, if granted,
be effective as of July 1, 2002. New application forms for firm permits to
practice will be available by May 15, 2002, and may be filed prior to enactment
of the new law.
c. CPA firms holding or having held firm permits to practice
issued prior to July 1, 2002, are deemed to qualify for a firm permit to
practice under the Iowa Accountancy Act of 2001.
d. Firm permits to practice will be renewed annually on a
fiscal year ending June 30. The initial application fee will be $50. The
annual renewal fee will be $50.
193A—19.3(542C,79GA,HF451) AP licenses and permits
to practice. 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 451, creates a new license of
licensed public accountant (LPA) to replace the current license of accounting
practitioner (AP). Persons holding a license as an LPA may practice nonattest
public accounting using the title “LPA” without the need for a
separate individual permit to practice. LPAs wishing to use the title
“LPA” in a firm name, however, may do so only within an LPA firm
which holds a firm permit to practice.
19.3(1) AP license holders deemed qualified. Persons
holding AP licenses in full force and effect on July 1, 2002, are deemed
qualified to hold LPA licenses under the Iowa Accountancy Act of 2001.
19.3(2) Licenses remain valid. AP licenses issued
prior to July 1, 2002, remain valid on and after July 1, 2002, if properly
renewed and in good standing. Such licenses shall be treated for all purposes
as LPA licenses and shall be renewed as LPA licenses. The board shall issue at
no charge a replacement license reflecting the new LPA title and retaining the
previously issued license number.
19.3(3) Biennial renewal. AP licenses issued prior to
July 1, 2002, will be renewed as LPA licenses on a biennial schedule:
a. Licenses held by persons whose last names begin with
A–K expire on June 30, 2002, if not renewed on or prior to June 30, 2002.
The biennial renewal fee for the period between July 1, 2002, and June 30, 2004,
is $100.
b. Licenses held by persons whose last names begin with
L–Z expire on June 30, 2003, if not renewed on or prior to June 30, 2003.
The biennial renewal fee for the period between July 1, 2003, and June 30, 2005,
is $100.
19.3(4) Reinstating lapsed licenses. An AP license
which has lapsed may be restored to effective status at any time prior to July
1, 2002, upon the board’s receipt of a proper application accompanied by a
reinstatement fee of $100, prorated renewal fee, and evidence of completion of
satisfactory continuing education. Persons who fail to reinstate a lapsed AP
license prior to July 1, 2002, must reapply for an LPA license, pay applicable
application and reinstatement fees, and satisfy continuing education
requirements, but they will be deemed to be qualified for an LPA
license.
19.3(5) Continuing education. Continuing education
requirements applicable to a person holding an AP license shall remain
applicable to a person holding an LPA license, unless the licensee qualifies for
“inactive status” as defined in 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 451,
section 8. In addition, LPAs who issue compilation reports shall complete
compilation continuing education as provided in subrule 19.4(2).
19.3(6) Peer review. Commencing July 1, 2002, LPA
license holders who issue compilation reports other than through a CPA firm or
LPA firm which holds a firm permit to practice are required to complete
compilation peer review as a condition of license renewal. Peer review
requirements are described in rule 19.5(542C,79GA,HF451).
19.3(7) Permits to practice phased out. As of July 1,
2002, the board will no longer issue or renew individual permits to practice.
Permits to practice will continue to be issued to LPA firms as described in
subrule 19.3(8).
19.3(8) Firm permits to practice. Firm permits to
practice are renewed annually and expire June 30, 2002. All firms must file an
initial application for a firm permit to practice for the period beginning July
1, 2002.
a. Initial firm permits to practice will be issued for the
period beginning July 1, 2002, and ending June 30, 2003.
b. Applications for initial firm permits to practice will be
deemed timely if hand delivered or postmarked by July 31, 2002, and, if granted,
be effective as of July 1, 2002. New application forms for firm permits to
practice will be available by May 15, 2002, and may be filed prior to enactment
of the new law.
c. LPA firms holding or having held firm permits to practice
issued prior to July 1, 2002, are deemed to qualify for a firm permit to
practice under the Iowa Accountancy Act of 2001.
d. Firm permits to practice will be renewed annually on a
fiscal year ending June 30. The initial application fee will be $50. The
annual renewal fee will be $50.
193A—19.4(542C,79GA,HF451) Continuing education.
Commencing July 1, 2002, all persons holding CPA certificates or LPA licenses
must complete, as a condition of certificate or license renewal, 120 hours of
qualifying continuing education as outlined in rule 193A—10.5(542C) within
the three–year period ending on the December 31 preceding the application
for certificate or license renewal. This requirement mirrors the continuing
education required as a condition to renew an individual CPA or AP permit to
practice.
19.4(1) Transition period for persons holding CPA
certificates. A substantial number of persons holding CPA certificates have not
previously been subject to continuing education requirements because they have
not held a permit to practice. In light of that circumstance, CPA certificate
holders will be deemed to be in compliance with continuing education
requirements if they have completed qualifying continuing education in the
amounts and within the time periods stated in the following chart:
Biennial renewal period ending on:
|
Last names begin with:
|
Time period within which continuing education shall be
completed:
|
Required number of qualifying hours:
|
6/30/03
|
L–Z
|
1/1/01–12/31/02
|
40
|
6/30/04
|
A–K
|
1/1/01–12/31/03
|
80
|
6/30/05
|
L–Z
|
1/1/02–12/31/04
|
120
|
6/30/06
|
A–K
|
1/1/03–12/31/05
|
120
|
19.4(2) Commencing with the biennial renewal period
ending June 30, 2003, in each biennial period in which compilation reports are
issued, all CPA certificate holders or LPA license holders who are responsible
for supervising compilation services or who sign or authorize someone to sign
the accountant’s compilation report on the financial statements on behalf
of a firm shall complete, as a condition of certificate or license renewal, a
minimum of seven hours of continuing education devoted to statements on
standards for accounting and review services (SSARS). When required, the
SSARS continuing education shall be completed within the two–year period
ending on the December 31 preceding the application for certificate or license
renewal.
19.4(3) Lapsed certificates or licenses. In addition
to any other applicable requirement, a person filing an application between July
1, 2002, and June 30, 2004, to reinstate a CPA certificate which was initially
issued prior to July 1, 2002, shall complete qualifying continuing education as
follows: The applicant must have completed either 120 hours of qualifying
education in the three years preceding the date of the application, 80 hours of
qualifying education in the two years preceding the date of the application, or
40 hours of qualifying education in the one year preceding the date of the
application. After the application is granted, continuing education will be
required as a condition of biennial renewal on the schedule outlined in subrule
19.4(1).
19.4(4) Special caution for CPAs performing attest
services. CPAs performing attest services are cautioned that the minimum
requirements for qualifying continuing education under this rule may or may not
satisfy other standards applicable to the performance of attest services, such
as “yellow book” standards applicable to government
audits.
193A—19.5(542C,79GA,HF451) Peer review. Under
the Iowa Accountancy Act of 2001, peer review is required as a condition of
renewal for a CPA or LPA who issues compilation reports other than through a CPA
firm or LPA firm which holds a permit to practice and as a condition of firm
permit renewal for LPA firms which issue compilation reports and CPA firms which
provide attest services or issue compilation reports.
19.5(1) Because of the expanded peer review
requirements and the need for peer review programs to accommodate increased
demand, persons or firms subject to peer review for the first time when the law
changes on July 1, 2002, shall have until June 30, 2004, to complete their first
peer review program.
19.5(2) Persons or firms which have already been
subject to peer review prior to July 1, 2002, shall continue with the schedule
outlined in 193A—Chapter 17.
19.5(3) Persons or firms which are initially issued a
certificate, license or permit on or after July 1, 2002, or which become subject
to peer review for the first time after June 30, 2002, due to changes in their
practice shall complete peer review within 18 months of the initial engagement,
as described in rule 193A—17.9(542C), or by June 30, 2004, whichever date
is later.
19.5(4) Satisfactory completion of existing peer
review programs for compilation services administered by the Iowa Society of
Certified Public Accountants, the National Society of Accountants, or
substantially similar peer review programs in Iowa or other states will satisfy
the compilation peer review requirement.
193A—19.6(542C,79GA,HF451) “Safe harbor”
language. Persons who do not hold a CPA certificate or LPA license and
firms which do not hold a CPA or LPA firm permit to practice shall not use
language in any statement relating to the financial affairs of a person or
entity which is conventionally used by CPAs or LPAs in reports on financial
statements. Pursuant to the Iowa Accountancy Act of 2001, 2001 Iowa Acts, House
File 451, section 13(8), such persons or firms may use the following “safe
harbor” language:
“I (we) have prepared the accompanying (financial
statements) of (name of entity) as of (time period) for the (period) then ended.
This presentation is limited to preparing in the form of financial statements
information that is the representation of management (owners). I (we) have not
audited, reviewed or compiled the accompanying financial statements and
accordingly do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on
them.”
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 542C
and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 451.
[Filed 10/26/01, effective 12/19/01]
[Published 11/14/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/14/01.
ARC 1082B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development hereby amends Chapter 11,
“Certified School to Career Program,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The amendments incorporate recent legislative revisions. The
amendments add consortiums as an acceptable business/employer participant,
eliminate the contribution requirement to a postsecondary fund for employer
consortiums currently paying a participant’s tuition as part of a stipend,
expand allowable reimbursement expenses for consortium participation, and
eliminate student participants’ two–year postsecondary employment
obligation. The amendments also designate how claims shall be submitted and
allow for proration of refunds based upon availability of funds.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Code on September 5, 2001, as ARC 0916B.
A public hearing to receive comments about the amendments was
held on October 2, 2001. No comments concerning the proposed amendments were
received. The implementation sentence has been amended.
The Iowa Department of Economic Development Board adopted
these amendments on October 18, 2001.
These amendments will become effective on December 19,
2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
15.362, 15.364 and 15.365 as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, House File
695.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
261—11.2(15) by amending the definition of “employer”
and adopting a new definition of “employer’s
expenditures” as follows:
“Employer” means the person or organization or
a consortium of two or more employers that agrees to provide the paid
internship; provide a mentor for the on–the–job training component
of the education program; participate in curriculum development that identifies
knowledge, skills and behaviors needed in the workplace; oversee the trust
account and payroll expenditure fund; and employ the participant for a minimum
of two years after completion of the participant’s postsecondary
education.
“Employer’s expenditures” means 20
percent of the employer’s costs for nonpaid participant experience
expenses provided for in the certified program agreement which may include
instructor expenses, instructional materials, up to one $150,000 of training
facility costs per program, and project coordination.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 11.3(8) as
follows:
11.3(8) Additional amount to be held in trust for
postsecondary tuition.
a. In addition to the base wage paid to the participant, the
employer shall pay an additional sum to be held in trust and applied toward the
participant’s postsecondary education required for completion of the
certified program. The additional amount must be not less than an amount
determined by the department to be sufficient to provide payment of tuition
expenses toward completion of not more than two academic years of the required
postsecondary education component of the certified program at an Iowa community
college or an Iowa public or private college or university or through a
registered apprenticeship program. The additional amount specified in this
paragraph may include other related postsecondary educational expenses at the
discretion of the employer. An employer that is a consortium of two or more
employers shall not be subject to the requirements of this paragraph, provided
the employers are currently paying a participant’s tuition as part of a
stipend paid by the employer to a participant and the stipend can be identified
as such.
b. to e. No change.
ITEM 3. Rescind and reserve subrules
11.3(9) and 11.3(10).
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 11.4(1) as
follows:
11.4(1) Eligible Iowa payroll expenditure refund. An
Iowa employer who employs a participant in a certified school to career program
may claim a refund of 20 percent of the employer’s payroll expenditures
for each participant in the certified program or 20 percent of the
employer’s expenditures for nonpaid participant experience expenses
provided for in the certified program agreement which may include instructor
expenses, instructional materials, up to $150,000 of training facility costs per
program, and project coordination. The refund is limited to the first 400
hours of payroll or nonpaid participant experience expenditures per
participant for each calendar year the participant is in the certified program,
not to exceed three years per participant. In order to receive the refund, an
employer must submit a finalized certified program work site
agreement claim to the department and receive approval
for the program prior to the participant’s beginning work for the
business by July 1 of the following calendar year. After July 1 the
department will review claims for compliance and make a payment determination.
Payment may be prorated based upon availability of funds.
ITEM 5. Amend rule
261—11.4(15), implementation clause, as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
15.362, and 15.363 and 15.365 as amended by
2000 2001 Iowa Acts, chapter 1013
House File 695, and Iowa Code
Supplement section 15.364 as amended
by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1013.
[Filed 10/22/01, effective 12/19/01]
[Published 11/14/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/14/01.
ARC 1083B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development hereby amends Chapter 168,
“Additional Program Requirements,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
Pursuant to 2001 Iowa Acts, Senate File 81, additional points
may be awarded, or additional consideration given, to applicants for assistance
for economic development–related purposes if:
(1) The business or individual is located in a brownfield area
or a blighted area, or
(2) The area is located in a city or county that meets the
distress criteria under the enterprise zone program.
The amendments incorporate the statutory revision into the
Department’s rules and provide for the awarding of supplementary credit of
up to ten points.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on September 5, 2001, as ARC 0917B.
A public hearing was held on October 5, 2001. No comments
were received. The adopted amendments are identical to those proposed under
Notice.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
15A.1 as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, Senate File 81.
These amendments will become effective December 19,
2001.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Reserve rules
261—168.92 to 261—168.100 in Division II,
“Environmental Criteria.”
ITEM 2. Amend 261—Chapter 168 by
adopting the following new Division III:
DIVISION III
BROWNFIELD
AREAS, BLIGHTED AREAS
AND DISTRESSED
AREAS
261—168.101(79GA,SF81) Purpose. The department
will give additional consideration or additional points in theapplication of
rating or evaluation criteria in providinga grant, loan, or other financial
assistance for economicdevelopment–related purposes provided the person,
or a business for whose benefit the financial assistance is to be provided,
meets the criteria outlined in rule 261— 168.102(79GA,SF81).
261—168.102(79GA,SF81) Criteria. To be eligible
to receive the extra credit points, the person or business shall be located in
an area that meets one of the following criteria:
1. The area is a brownfield site as defined in Iowa Code
section 15.291.
2. The area is a blighted area as defined in Iowa Code section
403.17.
3. The area is located in a city or county that meets the
distress criteria provided under the enterprise zone program in Iowa Code
section 15E.194, subsection 1 or 2.
261—168.103(79GA,SF81) Supplementary credit.
Unless prohibited by state or federal law or rule, department programs using a
point system will provide supplementary credit of up to a maximum of ten points
for applicants meeting the requirements of this division.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 15A.1
as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, Senate File 81.
[Filed 10/22/01, effective 12/19/01]
[Published 11/14/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/14/01.
ARC 1094B
ENGINEERING AND LAND SURVEYING EXAMINING
BOARD[193C]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 542B.6, the
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board hereby rescinds Chapters 1 to 7
and adopts new Chapter 1, “Administration”; Chapter 2, “Fees
and Charges”; Chapter 3, “Application and Renewal Process”;
Chapter 4, “Engineering Licensure”; Chapter 5, “Land Surveying
Licensure”; Chapter 6, “Seal and Certificate of
Responsibility”; Chapter 7, “Professional Development”;
Chapter 8, “Professional Conduct of Licensees”; Chapter 9,
“Complaints, Investigations and Disciplinary Action”; Chapter 10,
“Peer Review”; Chapter 11, “Minimum Standards for Property
Surveys”; Chapter 12, “Minimum Standards for U.S. Public Land Survey
Corner Certificates”; and Chapter 13, “Civil Penalties for
Unlicensed Practice,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment is intended to reformat, clarify, and simplify
the rules governing the licensing and regulation of the professions of
engineering and land surveying in accordance with Executive Order Number
8.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on August 8, 2001, as ARC 0864B.
No public comment was received on this amendment. This
amendment is identical to the Notice of Intended Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
542B, 354, 355 and 272C.
This amendment will become effective January 1,
2002.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Chs 1 to 13] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 0864B, IAB 8/8/01.
[Filed 10/24/01, effective 1/1/02]
[Published
11/14/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
11/14/01.]
ARC 1125B
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of 2001 Iowa Acts, Senate File 276,
section 32, the Insurance Division hereby amends Chapter 10, “Licensing of
Insurance Producers,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendment rescinds Division I and adopts a new division.
The new division is intended to conform the administrative rules to new Iowa
Code chapter 522B which was enacted in 2001 Iowa Acts, Senate File
276.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on September 19, 2001, as ARC 0948B. A public
hearing was held on October 11, 2001. One comment was received which requested
clarification of the rule on letters of certification. No other comments were
received. The amendment is identical to that published under Notice.
This amendment shall become effective January 1,
2002.
These rules are intended to implement 2001 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 276.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 10, division I] is being omitted. These rules are identical to
those published under Notice as ARC 0948B, IAB 9/19/01.
[Filed 10/26/01, effective 1/1/02]
[Published
11/14/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
11/14/01.]
ARC 1104B
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 516E.7, the
Insurance Division rescinds Chapter 23, “Motor Vehicle Service
Contracts,” Iowa Administrative Code, and adopts a new Chapter 23 with the
same title.
The Iowa Motor Vehicle Service Contracts Act (the Act) was
transferred from Iowa Code chapter 321I to Iowa Code chapter 516E pursuant to
2000 Acts, chapter 1147, section 15. New Chapter 23 deletes unnecessary
restatements of Iowa Code chapter 516E and clarifies existing provisions.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 516E.10(6), rule 191— 23.11(516E) adopts
national standards for rebuilt parts used to repair motor vehicles covered by a
motor vehicle service contract. The adopted rule recognizes the vehicle
manufacturers’ performance specifications and the minimum standards set by
the Federal Trade Commission provisions set forth in Part 20 of Title 16,
Section 20.3(b), regarding the process of rebuilding a part, as the applicable
national standards.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on June 27, 2001, as ARC 0750B. No written or
oral comments were received.
One nonsubstantive change from the Notice has been made. In
the first sentence of 191—23.10(516E), the word “make” was
changed to “cause.” The sentence now reads as follows: “A
motor vehicle service contract provider shall not cause or permit any unfair
discrimination between individuals of the same class in the rates charged for
any contract, in the benefits received thereunder, in any of the terms or
conditions of such contract, or in any other manner.”
This amendment shall become effective December 19,
2001.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
516E.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 23] is being omitted. With the exception of the change noted
above, these rules are identical to those published under Notice as ARC
0750B, IAB 6/27/01.
[Filed 10/26/01, effective 12/19/01]
[Published
11/14/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
11/14/01.]
ARC 1127B
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 422.68, the
Department of Revenue and Finance hereby amends Chapter 13,
“Permits,” Chapter 18, “Taxable and Exempt Sales Determined by
Method of Transaction or Usage,” Chapter 19, “Sales and Use Tax on
Construction Activities,” Chapter 28, “Definitions,” Chapter
31, “Receipts Subject to Use Tax,” and Chapter 32, “Receipts
Exempt from Use Tax,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in IAB Volume XXIV,
Number 6, page 390, on September 19, 2001, as ARC 0944B.
The 2001 session of the legislature enacted a variety of
changes in the Iowa sales and use tax laws which make it necessary to amend the
rules which interpret those laws.
Item 1 amends the appropriate rule to allow a business which
is changing its location to use the same sales tax permit at both the old and
new locations.
Item 2 amends a rule applicable to communication
services.
Item 3 rescinds a right which building contractors had to
claim a refund for additional tax paid as a result of the increase, in 1992, in
the sales and use tax rates.
Item 4 adopts a new rule to define the term “retailer
maintaining a place of business in this state” to include a lessor with
only leased property in Iowa.
Item 5 adopts a new rule to reflect the fact that
communication service is now subject to use tax.
Item 6 adopts a new exemption which excludes from use tax any
service exempt from sales tax.
These amendments are identical to those published as Notice of
Intended Action.
These amendments will become effective December 19, 2001,
after filing with the Administrative Rules Coordinator and publication in the
Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
422.53 as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 715, section 9; Iowa Code
section 422.47 as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 715, section 8; Iowa
Code subsection 423.1(10) as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 736, section
5; Iowa Code subsection 423.1(12) as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 736,
section 6; and Iowa Code subsection 423.4(4) as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, House
File 715, section 17.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [13.10, 18.20, 19.2, 28.4, 31.7, 32.2] is being omitted. These
amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0944B,
IAB 9/19/01.
[Filed 10/26/01, effective 12/19/01]
[Published
11/14/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
11/14/01.]
ARC 1128B
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 421.17(19) and
422.68, the Department of Revenue and Finance hereby amends Chapter 15,
“Determination of a Sale and Sale Price,” Chapter 16, “Taxable
Sales,” Chapter 17, “Exempt Sales,” Chapter 18, “Taxable
and Exempt Sales Determined by Method of Transaction or Usage,” Chapter
26, “Sales and Use Tax on Services,” Chapter 31, “Receipts
Subject to Use Tax,” Chapter 32, “Receipts Exempt from Use
Tax,” Chapter 34, “Vehicles Subject to Registration,” Chapter
86, “Inheritance Tax,” and Chapter 89, “Fiduciary Income
Tax,” and adopts Chapter 202, “Accounting Procedures of Public
Impact,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in IAB Volume XXIV,
Number 6, page 392, on September 19, 2001, as ARC 0936B.
Items 1 through 36 set forth amendments that either clarify
existing rules or provide new rules which implement existing Department
policies. These amendments are the result of survey responses received by the
Department pursuant to the Governor’s Executive Orders and based on
in–depth, in–house review of rules and survey responses from
Department employees.
The following is a summary of the amendments:
Item 1 rescinds rule 701—15.7(422,423), which is an
obsolete rule regarding trading stamps.
Item 2 amends rule 701—15.13(422,423) by adopting a new
paragraph explaining what types of charges may be included as freight and
transportation charges.
Item 3 amends subrule 15.19(5) to correct two
citations.
Item 4 amends rule 701—15.19(422,423) by adopting new
subrule 15.19(6) regarding three–way trade–in
transactions.
Item 5 amends subrule 16.4(1) clarifying the time period that
this subrule governs.
Item 6 amends rule 701—16.11(422,423) providing examples
for clarification.
Item 7 amends the introductory paragraph of rule 701—
17.8(422) clarifying that the exemption for sales in interstate commerce
applies.
Item 8 amends rule 701—18.12(422,423) to reference
another rule governing poultry.
Item 9 amends subrule 18.20(1) adopting information regarding
the taxability of paging services.
Item 10 amends rule 701—18.40(422,423) clarifying that
the 31–day rental requirement cannot be accumulated.
Item 11 amends rule 701—26.1(422) by adopting subrule
26.1(2) to provide an explanation regarding taxable and nontaxable
services.
Item 12 amends rules 701—26.5(422) and 701—
26.6(422) by adopting a new paragraph to explain the taxability of disposal fees
charged in connection with a service.
Item 13 amends subrule 26.18(2) by adopting a new paragraph
“e” regarding the taxability of deposits.
Item 14 amends rule 701—26.28(422) to clarify what is
considered to be a “machine” for the purpose of this rule.
Item 15 amends rule 701—26.43(422) to state that
one–way paging services are not included as taxable telephone answering
services.
Item 16 amends rule 701—26.61(422) to amend a definition
and examples of the term “lawn.”
Item 17 rescinds and reserves rule 701—26.70(422,423),
which is an outdated rule regarding lobbying.
Item 18 amends subrule 26.71(1) to remove nonprofit hospitals
licensed under Iowa Code chapter 135B as being taxable.
Item 19 amends rule 701—31.4(423), numbered paragraph
“5,” to implement the five–month lease requirement for leased
property.
Items 20 and 21 amend subrules 31.5(1) and 31.5(2) to
rearrange the text of these subrules for the purpose of clarification.
Item 22 amends rule 701—32.10(423) to reference another
rule regarding vehicles in interstate commerce.
Item 23 amends subrule 34.1(3) to provide that document fees
are not part of the taxable price of a vehicle.
Item 24 amends rule 701—34.7(423) which governs the
titling of used foreign vehicles by dealers.
Item 25 amends 701—Chapter 34 to adopt new rules
701—34.14(423) through 701—34.21(423) regarding the taxation of
vehicles in various situations. The first is rule 701—34.14(423), refunds
of use tax on the purchase of a vehicle. This item also adopts rule
701—34.15(423), registration by manufacturers, rule 701—34.16(423),
rebates, rule 701—34.17(321,423), repossession of a vehicle, rule
701— 34.18(423), federal excise tax, rule 701—34.19(423), claiming
an exemption from Iowa use tax, rule 701—34.20(423), affidavit forms, and
rule 701—34.21(423), insurance companies.
Item 26 amends subrule 86.1(1) by adopting the definition of
the term “unknown heirs.”
Item 27 amends subrule 86.1(6) by adopting joint account
reporting requirements.
Item 28 amends paragraph 86.2(2)“d” by adopting
two new unnumbered paragraphs regarding the limitation on
step–relationships for exemption and the inheritance tax rate
schedule.
Item 29 amends paragraph 86.5(7)“d” clarifying the
taxable status of gifts made within three years prior to death.
Item 30 amends paragraph 86.5(11)“b” to clarify
the requirements necessary for a valid Iowa qualified terminable interest
election.
Items 31 and 32 amend rule 701—86.11(450) by adopting
new subrules 86.11(6) and 86.11(7) which provide an explanation for valuation of
growing crops owned by the decedent and an explanation for valuation of cash
rent farm leases, respectively.
Item 33 amends subrule 86.14(9) to provide an explanation
regarding the posting of bonds in a deferred estate.
Item 34 amends rule 701—86.14(450) by adopting subrule
86.14(10) regarding credit for prior transfers.
Item 35 amends rule 701—89.3(422) by adopting a new
subrule 89.3(3) regarding the taxation of a part–year trust.
Item 36 adopts new 701—Chapter 202, “Accounting
Procedures of Public Impact.” This chapter sets forth sections of the
Department’s “Accounting and Procedures Manual” that impact
the public concerning the payment and collection of money by the Department for
items such as travel expenses, claims, taxes, vendor issues, and
contracting.
Two changes have been made to the Notice of Intended Action.
The first is a change in Item 4. The wording in subrule 15.19(6) was changed to
clarify the three–way trade–in transaction. The reference to the
“same” vehicle in the introductory paragraph was changed to
“another” vehicle.
The introductory paragraph now reads as follows:
“15.19(6) Three–way trade–in
transactions. In a three–way transaction, the agreement provides that a
lessee sells to a third–party dealer a vehicle (or other tangible personal
property) which the lessee owns. The lessor then purchases another vehicle from
the third–party dealer at a reduced price and leases the vehicle to the
lessee. The difference between the reduced sale price and retail price of the
vehicle is not allowed as a trade–in on the vehicle for use tax
purposes.”
The second change was made in Item 33. In subrule 86.14(9),
in the first sentence of the new paragraph, the verb “must” in the
phrase “a bond must be filed” was changed to “may have to be
filed.”
The paragraph now reads as follows:
“If the tax on an estate is deferred, a bond may have to
be filed with the proper clerk of the district court. This bond must remain
effective until the tax on the deferred estate is paid. Failure to maintain or
properly renew the bond will result in the bond’s being declared
forfeited, and the amount collected. For additional details regarding obtaining
a bond, see Iowa Code sections 450.49 and 450.50.”
These amendments will become effective December 19, 2001,
after filing with the Administrative Rules Coordinator and publication in the
Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
422, 423 and 450 and Executive Order Number 8.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [amendments to Chs 15 to 18, 26, 31, 32, 34, 86, 89; Ch 202] is
being omitted. With the exception of the changes noted above, these amendments
are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0936B, IAB
9/19/01.
[Filed 10/26/01, effective 12/19/01]
[Published
11/14/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
11/14/01.]
ARC 1098B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10 and
307.12, the Department of Transportation, on October 24, 2001, adopted Chapter
181, “Statewide Standard for Permitting Certain Implements of
Husbandry,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action for this rule was published in the
September 19, 2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0932B.
Iowa Code subsection 321.463(4) requires the Department to
develop a statewide standard for the issuance of a permit by a local authority
for operation over a bridge of a fence–line feeder, grain cart, tank wagon
or tracked implement of husbandry with a weight in excess of the weights allowed
in Iowa Code chapter 321. This new rule implements this requirement by
requiring a structural evaluation of the bridge.
This rule does not provide for waivers because issuance of
permits is at the discretion of local authorities.
This rule is identical to the one published under Notice of
Intended Action.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 321.1,
321.463(4), and 321.471.
This rule will become effective December 19, 2001.
Rule–making action:
Adopt the following new chapter:
CHAPTER 181
STATEWIDE STANDARD FOR PERMITTING
CERTAIN
IMPLEMENTS OF HUSBANDRY
761—181.1(321) Statewide standard.
181.1(1) A local authority may issue a special permit,
based on this rule, allowing the operation over a bridge within its jurisdiction
of a fence–line feeder, grain cart, tank wagon or tracked implement of
husbandry with a weight in excess of the weights allowed under Iowa Code chapter
321.
181.1(2) A local authority shall evaluate a bridge
according to section 6 of the American Association of State and Highway
Transportation Officials (AASHTO) Manual for Condition Evaluation of Bridges,
Second Edition (2000), as revised by the 2001 Interim Revisions. The operating
level shall be used for the evaluation of the bridge with only one
fence–line feeder, grain cart, tank wagon or tracked implement of
husbandry on the bridge at a time. The live load to be used in the analysis for
permit decisions should be the actual vehicle crossing the bridge, together with
an impact factor in accordance with section 3 of the AASHTO Standard
Specifications for Highway Bridges, Sixteenth Edition (1996), as revised by the
1997, 1998, 1999 and 2000 Interim Revisions.
181.1(3) A local authority is not liable for damage to
any vehicle operating within the terms of a permit the local authority issues
under this rule, or to the vehicle’s cargo, if the local authority imposes
weight limits on a bridge specified in the permit subsequent to the issuance of
the permit. The weight limits are effective when signs giving notice of the
limits are erected.
181.1(4) The AASHTO publications may be ordered from
the Web site www.transportation.org. They may be inspected at the
department’s office of bridges and structures.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 321.1,
321.463(4) and 321.471.
[Filed 10/24/01, effective 12/19/01]
[Published 11/14/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/14/01.
ARC 1097B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10, 307.12
and 328.12, the Department of Transportation, on October 24, 2001, adopted
amendments to Chapter 717, “General Aviation Airport Infrastructure
Program,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action for these amendments was published
in the September 19, 2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
0930B.
These amendments:
• Change the title of the
chapter.
• Update the chapter to
reflect the new office name and telephone number.
• Make editorial changes for
clarity and remove unnecessary language.
• Clarify which airports are
eligible.
• Add a safety-related
facility relocation as an eligible project activity.
• Create consistency between
other administrative rules that serve the same customers.
• Make changes concerning
the selection of projects. Selection will be based on needed economic impact
and will be more consistent with the new Aviation System Plan.
• Remove language that is
placed in the contract agreement.
• Amend the implementation
clause for the chapter.
These rules do not provide for waivers. Any person who
believes that the person’s circumstances meet the statutory criteria for a
waiver may petition the Department for a waiver under 761—Chapter
11.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
328.
These amendments will become effective December 19,
2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [amendments to Ch 717] is being omitted. These amendments are
identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0930B, IAB
9/19/01.
[Filed 10/24/01, effective 12/19/01]
[Published
11/14/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
11/14/01.]
ARC 1093B
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT[871]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 96.11, the
Director of the Workforce Development Department hereby amends Chapter 23,
“Employer’s Contribution and Charges,” and Chapter 24,
“Claims and Benefits,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments incorporate changes mandated by the 79th
General Assembly and a federally mandated change in the definition of
“construction.”
Notice of Intended Action was published in the September 19,
2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0950B. These amendments are
identical to those published under Notice.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
96.7(2)“c”(1) and (2), and 2001 Iowa Acts, Senate Files 418 and 98.
These amendments will become effective on December 19,
2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [amendments to Chs 23, 24] is being omitted. These amendments
are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0950B, IAB
9/19/01.
[Filed 10/24/01, effective 12/19/01]
[Published
11/14/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
11/14/01.]
Previous Bulletin
Table of Contents
Next Bulletin
© 2001 Cornell College and
League of Women Voters of Iowa
Comments about this site or page?
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us.
Please remember that the person listed above does not vote on bills. Direct all comments concerning legislation to State Legislators.
Last update: Tue Nov 13 17:30:01 2001
URL: /Rules/2001/Bulletin/ACB011114.html
sam